Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 4, 2011

1933 Act Registration File No.   33-_______
1940 Act File No. 811- 22525
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
 
FORM N-1A
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
[
X
]
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
   
[
 
]
Post-Effective Amendment No.
       
]
 
and/or
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
[
X
]
Amendment No.
   
[
 
]
 
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

MANAGED PORTFOLIO SERIES
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
 
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI  53202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code:  (414) 287-3700
 
James R. Arnold, President and Principal Executive Officer
Managed Portfolio Series
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI  53202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
Copy to:
Thomas Sheehan, Esq.
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson P.A.
100 Middle Street
P.O. Box 9729
Portland, ME 04104-5029

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
[
 
]
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[
 
]
On April 30, 2010 pursuant to paragraph (b)
[
 
]
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[
 
]
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[
 
]
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
[
 
]
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:
[
 
]
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post- effective amendment.
 
 
 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.






CORPORATE AMERICA SHORT DURATION FUND

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ] )



Prospectus

April [ ], 2011







The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

THE ADVISER INTENDS TO ONLY PURCHASE INVESTMENTS PERMITTED BY SECTION 703 OF THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION (12 C.F.R. § 703).

AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND IS NOT A CREDIT UNION OR BANK DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION SHARE INSURANCE FUND, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.  AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND INVOLVES POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
 

 
CORPORATE AMERICA SHORT DURATION FUND
A series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
4
 
4
 
4
 
5
 
7
7
 
7
 
8
8
 
8
 
9
 
13
 
15
 
16
 
17
 
17
19
 
19
 
19
19
PN-1

 
 
 

 
 
Summary Se ction

 
Corporate America Short Duration Fund
 
Investment Objective
The investment objective of the Corporate America Short Duration Fund (the “Fund”) is to provide high current income to the extent consistent with the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity by investing in obligations authorized under the Federal Credit Union Act, as determined by its investment adviser.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
None
   
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees
0.15%
Other Expenses (1)
[ ]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
[ ]%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement
[ ]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (2)
[ ]%
 
(1)   
Because the Fund is new, these expenses are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s current fiscal year.
 
(2)   
Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion or all of its management fees and/or reimburse the Fund for its expenses to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) for the Fund do not exceed [ ]% of the Fund’s average daily net assets through [at least] […], 20[…], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) and the Adviser.  Prior to expiration, this operating expenses limitation agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.

Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (taking into account the expense limitation only in the first year).  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

One Year
Three Years
$[ ]
$[ ]

Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies
The Adviser intends to invest in obligations authorized by National Credit Union Administration regulations (12 C.F.R. §703), primarily eligible floating rate obligations with a short-term weighted average life.  The Adviser has designed its strategy for managing the Fund’s investments such that they qualify as eligible investments for federally chartered credit unions that may only invest in certain types of securities.  The investments may or may not qualify as eligible investments for state chartered credit unions (depending on whether the state chartered credit unions are subject to the same investment restrictions as federally chartered credit unions or investment restrictions that are not more limited than the federal restrictions).  The Fund may also be appropriate for non-credit union investors seeking a fund that invests primarily in government and other obligations considered to be of high credit quality.  The Adviser will monitor the Federal Credit Union Act (the “FCUA”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, referred to as the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) regulations, (collectively, the “Regulations”) for changes or amendments to the definition of eligible investments for federally chartered credit unions and will take such action as may be necessary to ensure that the investments that comprise the Fund’s portfolio continue to qualify pursuant to the Regulations.  Eligible investments include, but are not limited to, securities domiciled in the U.S. and issued, backed or otherwise guaranteed by the U.S. government, or its agencies (such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), U.S. government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”)), securities backed (in whole or in part) by government guaranteed student loans through the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”), and Small Business Association (“SBA”) loan pools which are generally considered to be of high credit quality).
 
 
The Adviser takes a bottom-up approach to buying securities by monitoring the financial markets to identify securities that match the investment criteria of the Fund, with a focus on identifying securities that are trading at a wide spread to the historic Treasury yield curve and comparing the parameters of such securities to distill which securities will yield more on a relative risk versus yield basis. Toward this end, the Adviser compares each prospective purchase to the Treasury yield curve as a means of determining which securities offer a better value.  In addition, the Adviser considers the credit risk of each security and selects securities for the Fund’s investment portfolio based on the perceived quality and stability of the security when compared to the historic Treasury yield curve, with a view toward minimizing interest rate risk, credit risk, call risk, and marketability risk, while maximizing the potential return.  The Adviser continuously monitors Fund positions to determine whether their original investment strategy continues to hold for each security, taking necessary action to optimize the portfolio as appropriate.  The Adviser may sell an investment when the outlook for the security changes (due to general market or issuer-specific events), for purposes of portfolio construction or risk management, or when a more attractive investment opportunity becomes available.

The Fund is “non-diversified,” meaning that a relatively high percentage of its assets may be invested in a limited number of issuers of securities.

Principal Risks
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  An investment in the Fund is not a credit union or bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration or any other government agency.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund over short or even long periods of time .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk.   The Fund’s net asset value and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  Certain securities selected for the Fund’s portfolio may be worth less than the price originally paid for them, or less than they were worth at an earlier time.

New Fund Risk.   The Fund is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.
 
 
Management Risk.   The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser cannot successfully implement the Fund’s investment strategies.  With respect to credit union investors, it is possible that the Fund may own a security that may be determined to not qualify as an eligible investment under the Regulations, in which case the Adviser would take appropriate remedial action to address the issue. Additionally, the Adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.

Non-Diversified Fund Risk.   Because the Fund is “non-diversified” and may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Debt Securities Risks. The Fund’s investments in debt securities will be subject to credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest.  Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of debt securities fluctuate with changes in interest rates (e.g. increases in interest rates result in a decrease in value of debt securities).  Pre-payment risk is the risk that the principal on debt securities will be paid off prior to maturity causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower interest rates.

Government-Sponsored Entities Risk . The Fund invests in securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored entities.  However, these securities may not be guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government and may only be supported by the credit of the issuing agency.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk . Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if a Fund holds mortgage-backed securities, it may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk.  When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of the Fund because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates.  Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to the loss of money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities.

Portfolio Turnover Risk.   A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more) has the potential to result in the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, which may subject you to a higher tax liability.  High portfolio turnover also necessarily results in greater transaction costs which may reduce Fund performance.

Performance
When the Fund has been in operation for a full calendar year, performance information will be shown here.  Until such time, inception-to-date performance information as of the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter will be available on the Fund’s website at [ website address ] or by calling the Fund toll-free at [ toll-free number ].

Management
Investment Adviser
Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. is the Fund’s investment adviser.

Portfolio Manager
Thomas Bonds, President and CEO of the Adviser, is the portfolio manager responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  He has managed the Fund since its inception in April 2011.

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase or redeem Fund shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business by written request via mail (Corporate America Short Duration Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701), by wire transaction, by contacting the Fund by telephone at [ toll free number ] or through a financial intermediary.  Investors who wish to purchase or redeem Fund shares through a financial intermediary should contact the financial intermediary directly.  The minimum initial investment amount for purchases of shares of the Fund is $50,000.  Subsequent purchases and exchanges may be made with a minimum investment amount of $2,000.
 
 
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement such as a 401(k) plan or individual retirement account.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase Fund shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a credit union, bank or financial advisor), the Fund and/or its Adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create conflicts of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
 
Investment Objective, Strategies, Risks and Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 
  Investment Objective
 
The Fund’s investment objective is to provide high current income to the extent consistent with the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity by investing in obligations authorized under the Federal Credit Union Act, as determined by its investment adviser.  The investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
  Principal Investment Strategies
 
The Adviser intends to invest in obligations authorized by the Regulations, primarily eligible floating rate obligations with a short-term weighted average life.  The Adviser has designed its strategy for managing the Fund’s investments such that they qualify as eligible investments for federally chartered credit unions that may only invest in certain types of securities.  The investments may or may not qualify as eligible investments for state chartered credit unions (depending on whether the state chartered credit unions are subject to the same investment restrictions as federally chartered credit unions or investment restrictions that are not more limited than the federal restrictions).  The Adviser recommends that, prior to investing, any state chartered credit union obtain advice from its legal counsel concerning whether an investment in the Fund is a permissible investment under the applicable state law.  The Fund may also be appropriate for non-credit union investors seeking a fund that invests primarily in government and other obligations considered to be of high credit quality.  The Adviser will monitor the Regulations for changes or amendments to the definition of eligible investments for federally chartered credit unions and will take such action as may be necessary to ensure that the investments that comprise the Fund’s portfolio continue to qualify pursuant to the Regulations.  Eligible investments include, but are not limited to, securities domiciled in the U.S. and issued, backed or otherwise guaranteed by the U.S. government, or its agencies (such as GNMA, GSEs (such as FNMA and FHLMC), securities backed (in whole or in part) by government guaranteed student loans through FFELP, and SBA loan pools which are generally considered to be of high credit quality).

The Fund may also invest in mortgage backed securities (“MBS”) which represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed-rate mortgage loans. MBS may be issued by the U.S. government (or one of its agencies or instrumentalities) or privately issued but collateralized by mortgages that are insured, guaranteed or otherwise backed by the U.S. government, or its agencies or instrumentalities.  Adjustable rate mortgages are mortgages whose interest rates are periodically reset when market rates change. Unlike conventional debt obligations, MBS provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans.
 
 
The Adviser takes a bottom-up approach to buying securities by monitoring the financial markets to identify securities that match the investment criteria of the Fund, with a focus on identifying securities that are trading at a wide spread to the historic Treasury yield curve and comparing the parameters of such securities to distill which securities will yield more on a relative risk versus yield basis. Toward this end, the Adviser compares each prospective purchase to the Treasury yield curve as a means of determining which securities offer a better value.  In addition, the Adviser considers the credit risk of each security and selects securities for the Fund’s investment portfolio based on the perceived quality and stability of the security when compared to the historic Treasury yield curve, with a view toward minimizing interest rate risk, credit risk, call risk, and marketability risk, while maximizing the potential return.  The Adviser continuously monitors Fund positions to determine whether their original investment strategy continues to hold for each security, taking necessary action to optimize the portfolio as appropriate.  The Adviser may sell an investment when the outlook for the security changes (due to general market or issuer-specific events), for purposes of portfolio construction or risk management, or when a more attractive investment opportunity becomes available.

The Fund is “non-diversified,” meaning that a relatively high percentage of its assets may be invested in a limited number of issuers of securities.
 
  Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund
 
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk .  The net asset value of the Fund and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  The market value of a security may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.  These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time.  Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole.  U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.  The market value of securities in which the Fund invests is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of the securities’ value.  In some cases, for example, debt markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default, and valuation difficulties.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.

New Fund Risk .  There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.  Liquidation of a Fund can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board of Trustees if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders.  As a result, the timing of any Fund liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

Management Risk .  The ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to the Adviser’s investment strategies for the Fund.  The value of your investment in the Fund may vary with the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research, analysis and asset allocation among portfolio securities.  If the Adviser’s investment strategies do not produce the expected results, the value of your investment could be diminished or even lost entirely and the Fund could under perform other mutual funds with similar investment objectives.  With respect to credit union investors, it is possible that the Fund may own a security that may be determined to not qualify as an eligible investment under the Regulations, in which case the Adviser would take appropriate remedial action to address the issue.  The Fund’s Adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.
 
 
Non-Diversified Fund Risk .  The Fund is “non-diversified” and therefore is not required to meet certain diversification requirements under federal laws.  The Fund may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer and may have fewer holdings than other mutual funds.  As a result, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Debt Securities Risks.   Debt securities are subject to the following risks:

Credit Risk .  Issuers of debt securities may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due.  There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the issuer to pay back debt.  The degree of credit risk for a particular security may be reflected it its credit rating.  Lower rated debt securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.

Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities could lose value because of interest rate changes.  For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise.  Debt securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt securities with shorter maturities.

Prepayment Risk.   Prepayment occurs when the issuer of a debt security repays principal prior to the security’s maturity.  During periods of declining interest rates, issuers may increase pre-payments of principal causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower yields thus reducing income generation.  Similarly, during periods of increasing interest rates, issuers may decrease pre-payments of principal extending the duration of debt securities potentially to maturity.  Debt securities with longer maturities are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes.  Also, if the Fund is unable to liquidate lower yielding securities to take advantage of a higher interest rate environment, its ability to generate income may be adversely affected.  The potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a debt security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility.

Government-Sponsored Entities Risk .  The Fund may invest in various types of U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the U.S. Treasury.  Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  Investments in debt securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Banks are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.  With respect to these entities, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk .  Mortgage-backed securities often involve risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of debt instruments. Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if a Fund holds mortgage-backed securities, it may exhibit additional volatility.  This is known as extension risk. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of the Fund because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates.  Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to the loss of money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities.
 
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk.   The Fund may sell securities without regard to the length of time they have been held to take advantage of new investment opportunities, when the Adviser believes either the securities no longer meet its investment criteria or for other reasons.  The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary from year to year.  A high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more) increases a Fund’s transaction costs (including brokerage commissions and dealer costs), which would adversely impact a Fund’s performance.  Higher portfolio turnover may result in the realization of more short-term capital gains than if a Fund had lower portfolio turnover.  The turnover rate will not be a limiting factor, however, if the Adviser considers portfolio changes appropriate.
 
  Portfolio Holdings
 
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.  Disclosure of the Fund’s holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  The annual and semi-annual reports will be available by contacting the Corporate America Short Duration Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 or calling [ toll free number ], or by visiting the Fund’s website at [ website address ].

Management of the Fund

 
  Investment Adviser
 
The Fund has entered into an investment advisory agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) with Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc., located at 4365 Crescent Road, Irondale, AL 35210.  Established in 2005, the Adviser was largely dormant until 2011.  The Adviser became an SEC-registered investment adviser in January 2011 and intends to provide investment advisory services to private clients and institutions.  The Adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.  As of March 31, 2011, the Adviser had $[ ] in assets under management.  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser manages the Fund’s investments subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.

The Adviser has overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Fund’s securities portfolio.  The Adviser also furnishes the Fund with office space and certain administrative services and provides most of the personnel needed to fulfill its obligations under its advisory agreement.  For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee that is calculated at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  Pursuant to an operating expense limitation agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding generally interest and tax expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary and non-recurring expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and dividends on short positions) do not exceed [ ]% of the Fund’s average daily net assets [through at least [ ], 20[ ]], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser.  Thereafter, this agreement is subject to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  Prior to expiration, this operating expense limitation agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.  Any waiver in management fees or payment of Fund expenses made by the Adviser may be recouped by the Adviser in subsequent fiscal years if the Adviser so requests.  This recoupment may be requested if the aggregate amount actually paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the recoupment) does not exceed the expense limitation.  The Adviser may request recoupment for management fee waivers and/or Fund expense payments made within three fiscal years from the date the fees were waived and/or expenses were paid.  Any such recoupment is contingent upon the subsequent review and approval of the recouped amounts by the Board of Trustees.
 
 
A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund’s first semi-annual report to shareholders.

The Fund, as a series of the Trust, does not hold itself out as related to any other series of the Trust for purposes of investment and investor services, nor does it share the same investment adviser with any other series.
 
  Portfolio Manager
 
Thomas Bonds, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser since its establishment in 2005 (although the Adviser was largely dormant until 2011), is the portfolio manager responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  He has managed the Fund since its inception in April 2011.  Mr. Bonds is also President and Chief Executive Officer of Corporate America Credit Union (“Corporate America”) and three other credit union service organization subsidiaries.  Mr. Bonds has been employed by Corporate America since 1998, and has served as its President and CEO since 2001.  Mr. Bonds currently manages Corporate America’s multi-billion dollar investment portfolio.  Mr. Bonds earned his B.S. in Accounting and Finance from Jacksonville State University and his J.D. from Birmingham School of Law.  Mr. Bonds is licensed as both a CPA and Attorney at Law in Alabama.  Prior to joining Corporate America, Mr. Bonds spent eight years working for the National Credit Union Administration in various capacities; he was an Examiner for Corporate Credit Unions throughout the United States, and served as the Principal Examiner for the largest and most complex credit unions in Alabama.

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.

Shareholder Information

 
  Pricing of Fund Shares
 
The price of the Fund’s shares is its net asset value (“NAV”).  The Fund’s NAV is calculated by dividing the value of the Fund’s total assets, less its liabilities, by the number of its shares outstanding.  In calculating the NAV, portfolio securities are valued using current market values or official closing prices, if available.  The NAV is calculated at the close of regular trading of the NYSE, which is generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time.  The NAV will not be calculated on days that the NYSE is closed for trading (even if there is sufficient trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities on such days to materially affect the Fund’s NAV).

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price using valuations provided by independent pricing services. When market quotations are not readily available, a security or other asset is valued at its fair value as determined under fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.  These fair value pricing procedures will also be used to price a security when corporate events, events in the securities market and/or world events cause the Adviser to believe that a security’s last sale price may not reflect its actual market value.  The intended effect of using fair value pricing procedures is to ensure that the Fund is accurately priced.  The Board of Trustees will regularly evaluate whether the Fund’s fair value pricing procedures continue to be appropriate in light of the specific circumstances of the Fund and the quality of prices obtained through the application of such procedures by the Trust’s valuation committee.
 
 
When fair value pricing is employed, the prices of securities used by the Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities.  Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the fair value determined for a particular security may be materially different (higher or lower) from the price of the security quoted or published by others or the value when trading resumes or realized upon its sale.  Therefore, if a shareholder purchases or redeems Fund shares when the Fund holds securities priced at a fair value, the number of shares purchased or redeemed may be higher or lower than it would be if the Fund was using market value pricing.
 
  How to Purchase Fund Shares
 
Shares of the Fund are purchased at the next NAV per share calculated after your purchase order is received in good order by the Fund, or by a financial intermediary authorized by the Fund to receive purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (each an “Authorized Intermediary”).  Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf.

Institutional Class shares are offered primarily to institutions such as credit unions, pension and profit sharing plans, employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations, corporations and high net worth individuals.  Institutional Class shares may also be offered through certain financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customer’s investments in the Fund.  “Wrap account” or “managed fund” programs established with broker-dealers or financial intermediaries that maintain an omnibus or pooled account for the Fund and do not require the Fund or the Adviser to pay a distribution or service fee generally may purchase Institutional Class shares, subject to investment minimums.  You should always discuss the suitability of your investment with your broker-dealer or financial adviser.

Investment Minimums.   The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $50,000.  The minimum investment amount for subsequent investments is $2,000.  The Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum initial investment or minimum subsequent investment amounts at its discretion.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of initial or subsequent investments.

If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must follow the procedures established by your financial intermediary.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).  Your financial intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [ toll free number ], or follow the instructions listed in the following sections titled “Investing by Telephone,” “Purchase by Mail” and “Purchase by Wire.”  Your financial intermediary may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

If you place an order for the Fund’s shares through a financial institution that is not an Authorized Intermediary in accordance with such financial institution’s procedures, and such financial institution then transmits your order to the Transfer Agent in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions, your purchase will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Transfer Agent receives your order, except as provided below.  The financial institution must promise to send to the Transfer Agent immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s procedures.  If payment is not received within the time specified, the Transfer Agent may rescind the transaction and the financial institution will be held liable for any resulting fees or losses.
 
 
In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  Financial institutions, including Authorized Intermediaries, may set cut-off times for the receipt of orders that are earlier than the cut-off times established by the Fund.  For more information about your financial institution’s rules and procedures, and whether your financial institution is an Authorized Intermediary, you should contact your financial institution directly.

A service fee, currently $25, as well as any loss sustained by the Fund, will be deducted from a shareholder’s account for any purchases that do not clear.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent will not be responsible for any losses, liability, cost or expense resulting from rejecting any purchase order.  Your order will not be accepted until a completed Account Application is received by the Fund or the Transfer Agent.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  The Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States, even if they are United States citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses.

Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or your Authorized Intermediary receives your purchase request in good order.  “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund.

Each account application (each an “Account Application”) to purchase Fund shares is subject to acceptance by the Fund and is not binding until so accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any Account Application or to reject any purchase order if, in their discretion, it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.  For example, a purchase order may be refused if it appears so large that it would disrupt the management of the Fund.  Purchases may also be rejected from persons believed to be “market-timers,” as described under “Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions,” below.  The Fund also reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

All purchase requests received in good order before the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will be processed on that same day.  Purchase requests received after the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will receive the next business day’s NAV per share.

Purchase by Mail.   To purchase Fund shares by mail, simply complete and sign the Account Application and mail it, along with a check made payable to the Fund:
 
Regular Mail                                                                       Overnight or Express Mail
Corporate America Short Duration Fund  Corporate America Short Duration Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC                              c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                                                                           
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents.  Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.  All purchase checks must be in U.S. dollars drawn on a domestic financial institution.  The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders.  The Fund also does not accept cashier’s checks in amounts of less than $10,000.  To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.  The Fund is unable to accept post-dated checks, post-dated on-line bill pay checks, or any conditional order or payment.
 
 
Purchase by Wire.   If you are making your first investment in the Fund, before you wire funds the Transfer Agent must have a completed Account Application.  You can mail or use an overnight service to deliver your Account Application to the Transfer Agent at the above address.  Upon receipt of your completed Account Application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you.  Once your account has been established, you may instruct your credit union or bank to send the wire.  Prior to sending the wire, please call the Transfer Agent at [ toll free number ] to advise them of the wire and to ensure proper credit upon receipt.  Your credit union or bank must include the name of the Fund, your name and your account number so that your wire can be correctly applied.  Your credit union or bank should transmit immediately available funds by wire to:
 
 
Wire to:  U.S. Bank, N.A.
ABA Number:  075000022
Credit: U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
Account:   112-952-137
Further Credit: Corporate America Short Duration Fund
  (Shareholder Name/Account Registration)
  (Shareholder Account Number)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
Wired funds must be received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) to be eligible for same day pricing.  The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A., the Fund’s custodian, are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Investing by Telephone.   You may not make initial purchases of Fund shares by telephone.   If you have completed the “Telephone Options - Purchase Authorization” section of the Account Application, you may purchase additional shares by telephoning the Fund toll free at [ toll free number ].  This option allows investors to move money from their credit union or bank account to their Fund account upon request.  Only credit union or bank accounts held at domestic financial institutions that are Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) members may be used for telephone transactions.  The minimum telephone purchase amount is $2,000.  If your order is received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), shares will be purchased in your account at the price determined on the day your order is placed.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communications or transmission outages or failure.

Subsequent Investments.   The minimum subsequent investment amount is $2,000.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of subsequent investments.  You may add to your account at any time by purchasing shares by mail, by telephone or by wire.  You must call to notify the Fund at [ toll free number ] before wiring.  An investment stub, which is attached to your individual account statement, should accompany any investments made through the mail.  All subsequent purchase requests must include your shareholder account number.

Anti-Money Laundering Program.   The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related anti-money laundering laws and regulations.  To ensure compliance with these laws, the Account Application asks for, among other things, the following information for all “customers” seeking to open an “account” (as those terms are defined in rules adopted pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act):
 
 
·  
full name;
·  
date of birth (individuals only);
·  
Social Security or taxpayer identification number; and
·  
permanent street address (a P.O. Box number alone is not acceptable).

Accounts opened by entities, such as corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts, will require additional documentation.  Please note that if any information listed above is missing, your Account Application will be returned and your account will not be opened.  In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the Transfer Agent will verify the information on your application as part of the Program.  The Fund reserves the right to request additional clarifying information and may close your account if such clarifying information is not received by the Fund within a reasonable time of the request or if the Fund cannot form a reasonable belief as to the true identity of a customer.  If you require additional assistance when completing your application, please contact the Transfer Agent at [ toll free number ].

Cancellations .  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.

 
  How to Redeem Fund Shares
 
In general, orders to sell or “redeem” shares may be placed directly with the Fund or through an Authorized Intermediary.   You may redeem all or part of your investment in the Fund’s shares on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.

However, if you originally purchased your shares through a broker-dealer or financial institution, your redemption order must be placed with the same institution in accordance with the procedures established by that institution.  Your financial institution is responsible for sending your order to the Transfer Agent and for crediting your account with the proceeds.  Your financial institution may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

Shareholders who have an IRA or other retirement plan must indicate on their redemption request whether to withhold federal income tax.  Redemption requests failing to indicate an election not to have tax withheld will generally be subject to 10% withholding.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds.   You may redeem your Fund shares at a price equal to the NAV per share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your redemption request in good order.  Your redemption request cannot be processed on days the NYSE is closed.  All requests received by the Fund in good order after the close of the regular trading session of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will usually be processed on the next business day.
 
A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account and signature guarantee(s), if applicable.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

While redemption proceeds may be paid by check sent to the address of record, the Fund is not responsible for interest lost on such amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your pre-established credit union or bank account or proceeds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network using the credit union or bank instructions previously established for your account.  Redemption proceeds will typically be sent on the business day following your redemption.  Wires are subject to a $15 fee.  There is no charge to have proceeds sent via ACH; however, funds are typically credited to your credit union or bank within two to three days after redemption.  In all cases, proceeds will be processed within seven calendar days after the Fund receives your redemption request.

Before selling recently purchased shares, please note that if the Transfer Agent has not yet collected payment for the shares you are selling, it may delay sending the proceeds until the payment is collected, which may take up to 12 calendar days from the purchase date.  Furthermore, there are certain times when you may be unable to sell Fund shares or receive proceeds.  Specifically, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days: (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted; (2) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to fairly determine the value of its net assets; or (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of shareholders.  Your ability to redeem shares by telephone may be delayed or restricted after you change your address by telephone.  You may change your address at any time by a written request, addressed to the Transfer Agent.  Confirmations of an address changes will be sent to both your old and new address.
 

Redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Transfer Agent may require a signature guarantee for certain redemption requests.  A signature guarantee assures that your signature is genuine and protects you from unauthorized account redemptions.  Signature guarantees can be obtained from credit unions, banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public .  A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is being changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or credit union or bank account not on record;
·  
if a change of address request has been received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days; and
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee or other acceptable signature verification in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Redemption by Mail .  You can execute most redemptions by furnishing an unconditional written request to the Fund to redeem your shares at the current NAV per share.  Redemption requests in writing should be sent to the Transfer Agent at:
 
Regular Mail                                                                       Overnight or Express Mail
Corporate America Short Duration Fund  Corporate America Short Duration Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC                              c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202
 
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.

Wire Redemption.   Wire transfers may be arranged to redeem shares.  However, the Transfer Agent charges a fee, currently $15, per wire redemption against your account on dollar specific trades, and from proceeds on complete redemptions and share-specific trades.

Telephone Redemption.   If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may redeem shares, in amounts of $100,000 or less, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [ toll free number ].  A signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source may be required of all shareholders in order to qualify for or to change telephone redemption privileges on an existing account.  Telephone redemptions will not be made if you have notified the Transfer Agent of a change of address within 15 days before the redemption request.  If you have a retirement account, you may not redeem shares by telephone.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.
 
 
Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:

·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

The Fund’s Right to Redeem an Account.   The Fund reserves the right to redeem the shares of any shareholder whose account balance is less than $2,500, other than as a result of a decline in the NAV of the Fund or for market reasons.  The Fund will provide a shareholder with written notice 30 days prior to redeeming the shareholder’s account.

Redemption-in-Kind.   The Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash.  However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise (and for the protection of the Fund’s remaining shareholders), the Fund may pay all or part of a shareholder’s redemption proceeds in portfolio securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption-in-kind).

Specifically, if the amount you are redeeming from the Fund during any 90-day period is in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period, the Fund has the right to redeem your shares by giving you the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund being redeemed in securities instead of cash.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.

Cancellation s.  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
Dividends and Distributions
 
The Fund will make distributions of net investment income and net capital gains, if any, at least monthly.  The Fund may make additional distributions if deemed to be desirable at another time during the year.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you choose one of the following options: (1) receive distributions of net capital gains in cash, while reinvesting net investment income distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive all distributions in cash; or (3) reinvest net capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares, while receiving distributions of net investment income in cash.

If you wish to change your distribution option, write to the Transfer Agent in advance of the payment date of the distribution.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

If you elect to receive distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service is unable to deliver your check, or if a check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV per share and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.
 
 
Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions
 
The Fund is intended for long-term investors.  Short-term “market-timers” who engage in frequent purchases and redemptions may disrupt the Fund’s investment program and create additional transaction costs that are borne by all of the Fund’s shareholders.  The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to discourage excessive, short-term trading and other abusive trading practices that may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm performance.  The Fund takes steps to reduce the frequency and effect of these activities in the Fund.  These steps include, among other things, monitoring trading activity and using fair value pricing.  Although these efforts are designed to discourage abusive trading practices, these tools cannot eliminate the possibility that such activity will occur.  The Fund seeks to exercise its judgment in implementing these tools to the best of its abilities in a manner that it believes is consistent with shareholder interests.  Except as noted herein, the Fund applies all restrictions uniformly in all applicable cases.

Monitoring Trading Practices .  The Fund monitors selected trades in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities.  If, as a result of this monitoring, the Fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, it may, in its discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases in the shareholder’s accounts.  In making such judgments, the Fund seeks to act in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of its shareholders.  The Fund uses a variety of techniques to monitor for and detect abusive trading practices.  These techniques may change from time to time as determined by the Fund in its sole discretion.  To minimize harm to the Fund and its shareholders, the Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order (but not a redemption request), in whole or in part, for any reason and without prior notice.  The Fund may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.

Fair Value Pricing .  The Fund employs fair value pricing selectively to ensure greater accuracy in its daily NAVs and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to take advantage of temporary market anomalies.  The Board of Trustees has developed procedures which utilize fair value pricing when reliable market quotations are not readily available or the Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Adviser, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Adviser, events have rendered the market value unreliable.  Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on judgment.  Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.  More detailed information regarding fair value pricing can be found in this Prospectus under the heading entitled “Share Price.”

Due to the complexity and subjectivity involved in identifying abusive trading activity and the volume of shareholder transactions the Fund handles, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s efforts will identify all trades or trading practices that may be considered abusive.  In particular, since the Fund receives purchase and sale orders through Authorized Intermediaries that use group or omnibus accounts, the Fund cannot always detect frequent trading.  However, the Fund will work with Authorized Intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades.  In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with Authorized Intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through non-disclosed or omnibus accounts.  The Fund will use this information to attempt to identify abusive trading practices.  Authorized Intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in abusive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies.  However, the Fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from Authorized Intermediaries and cannot ensure that they will always be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through non-disclosed and omnibus accounts.  As a result, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage abusive trading practices in non-disclosed and omnibus accounts may be limited.
 
 
  Tax Conseque nces
 
Distributions of the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (which includes, but is not limited to, interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, are generally taxable to the Fund’s shareholders as ordinary income.  To the extent that the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are designated as attributable to “qualified dividend” income, such income may be subject to tax at the reduced rate of federal income tax applicable to non-corporate shareholders for net long-term capital gains, if certain holding period requirements have been satisfied by the shareholder.  The current federal tax provisions applicable to “qualified dividends” are scheduled to expire for tax years beginning after December 31, 2011.  To the extent the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are attributable to net short-term capital gains, such distributions will be treated as ordinary dividend income for the purposes of income tax reporting and will not be available to offset a shareholder’s capital losses from other investments.

Distributions of net capital gains (net long-term capital gains less net short-term capital losses) are generally taxable as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%, but scheduled to increase in 2013) regardless of the length of time that a shareholder has owned Fund shares.

You will be taxed in the same manner whether you receive your distributions (whether of net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in cash or reinvest them in additional Fund shares.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.

Shareholders who sell, or redeem, shares generally will have a capital gain or loss from the sale or redemption.  The amount of the gain or loss and the applicable rate of federal income tax will depend generally upon the amount paid for the shares, the amount received from the sale or redemption and how long the shares were held by a shareholder.  Any loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less, however, is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of net capital gain received on such shares.  In determining the holding period of such shares for this purpose, any period during which your risk of loss is offset by means of options, short sales or similar transactions is not counted.  If you purchase Fund shares within 30 days before or after redeeming other Fund shares at a loss, all or part of that loss will not be deductible and will instead increase the basis of the newly purchased shares.

Shareholders will be advised annually as to the federal tax status of all distributions made by the Fund for the preceding year.  Distributions by the Fund may also be subject to state and local taxes.  Additional tax information may be found in the SAI.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.
 
  Other Fund Pol icies
 
Telephone Transactions.   If you elect telephone privileges on the account application or in a letter to the Fund, you may be responsible for any fraudulent telephone orders as long as the Fund has taken reasonable precautions to verify your identity.  In addition, once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or modified.
 
 
During periods of significant economic or market change, telephone transactions may be difficult to complete.  If you are unable to contact the Fund by telephone, you may also mail the requests to the Fund at the address listed previously in the “How to Purchase Shares” section.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to ensure that you will be able to complete your telephone transaction prior to the close of the NYSE.

Policies of Other Financial Intermediaries.   An Authorized Intermediary may establish policies that differ from those of the Fund.  For example, the institution may charge transaction fees, set higher minimum investments or impose certain limitations on buying or selling shares in addition to those identified in this Prospectus.  Please contact your Authorized Intermediary for details.

The Adviser retains the right to close the Fund (or partially close the Fund) to new purchases if it is determined to be in the best interest of shareholders.  Based on market and Fund conditions, the Adviser may decide to close the Fund to new investors, all investors or certain classes of investors (such as fund supermarkets) at any time.  If the Fund is closed to new purchases it will continue to honor redemption requests, unless the right to redeem shares has been temporarily suspended as permitted by federal law.

Householding .   In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders the Fund reasonably believes are from the same family or household.  If you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call toll-free at [ toll free number ] to request individual copies of these documents.  Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, the Fund will begin sending individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.  This policy does not apply to account statements.

Inactive Accounts.   Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your State’s abandoned property laws.


Distribution of Fund Shares

 
 
Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, and serves as distributor and principal underwriter to the Fund.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.  Shares of the Fund are offered on a continuous basis.
 
  Payments to Financial Intermediaries
   
The Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries, such as credit unions, banks, broker-dealers, financial advisors or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts, other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.

The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash payments to intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund.  These payments and compensation are in addition to service fees paid by the Fund, if any.  Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing support or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary.  Payments may also be paid to intermediaries for inclusion of the Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list or in other sales programs.  Compensation may be paid as an expense reimbursement in cases in which the intermediary provides shareholder services to the Fund.  The Adviser may also pay cash compensation in the form of finder’s fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of the shares sold.

Financial Highl ights


Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial highlights available at this time.






 
Investment Adviser
Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc.
4365 Crescent Road
Irondale, AL 35210


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[ _____________ ]


Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A.
100 Middle Street
PO Box 9729
Portland, ME 04104

Custodian
U.S. Bank N.A.
Custody Operations
1555 North River Center Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212


Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant and Fund Administrator
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
 
 
 
PRIVACY NO TICE


The Fund collects non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

·  
information the Fund receives about you on applications or other forms;
·  
information you give the Fund orally; and/or
·  
information about your transactions with the Fund or others.

The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as permitted by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities.  The Fund may share information with affiliated parties and unaffiliated third parties with whom it has contracts for servicing the Fund.  The Fund will provide unaffiliated third parties with only the information necessary to carry out their assigned responsibility.  All shareholder records will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.   The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your non-public personal information and require third parties to treat your non-public personal information with the same high degree of confidentiality.

In the event that you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, including, but not limited to, a broker-dealer, credit union, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary governs how your non-public personal information is shared with unaffiliated third parties.
















Corporate America Short Duration Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series


FOR MORE INFORMATION

You can find more information about the Fund in the following documents:

Statement of Additional Information
The SAI provides additional details about the investments and techniques of the Fund and certain other additional information.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  This means that the SAI is legally considered a part of this Prospectus even though it is not physically within this Prospectus.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports will provide additional information about the Fund’s investments.  The annual reports will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Fund’s performance during the Fund’s prior fiscal period.

You can obtain a free copy of these documents (when they become available) and the SAI, request other information, or make general inquiries about the Fund by calling the Fund (toll-free) at [ toll free number ], by visiting the Fund’s website at [ website address ]   or by writing to:

Corporate America Short Duration Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

You can review and copy information, including the Fund’s reports and SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling (202) 551-8090.  Reports and other information about the Fund are also available:

·  
free of charge from the SEC’s EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov;
·  
for a fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520; or
·  
for a fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.


 

(The Trust’s SEC Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811- ….. )
 
 
 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 





CORPORATE AMERICA SHORT DURATION FUND

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ] )


Statement of Additional Information

April [ ] , 2011





This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides general information about the Corporate America Short Duration Fund (the “Fund”), a series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”).  This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s current prospectus dated April [ ], 2011 (the “Prospectus”), as supplemented and amended from time to time, which is incorporated herein by reference.  To obtain a copy of the Prospectus, free of charge, please write or call the Fund at the address or toll-free telephone number below, or visit the Fund’s website at [ fund website ].



Corporate America Short Duration Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701
[ toll free number ]

THE ADVISER INTENDS TO ONLY PURCHASE INVESTMENTS PERMITTED BY SECTION 703 OF THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION (12 C.F.R. § 703).

AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND IS NOT A CREDIT UNION OR BANK DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION SHARE INSURANCE FUND, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.  AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND INVOLVES POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 

1
2
9
11
 
11
 
11
 
11
 
12
 
12
 
15
 
15
 
15
 
16
 
16
 
16
 
17
18
 
18
 
18
19
19
21
21
21
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
A-1
 
 
 
1

 

The Trust
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on January 27, 2011, and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company.  The Fund is one series, or mutual fund of the Trust.  The Fund is a non-diversified series and has its own investment objective and policies.  Shares of other series of the Trust are offered in separate prospectuses and SAIs.  The Fund does not hold itself out as related to any other series within the Trust for purposes of investment and investor services, nor does it share the same investment adviser with any other series of the Trust.  The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI are a part of the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  Copies of the Trust’s complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or may be accessed free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  The Trust may create additional classes of the Fund and may create additional series (and classes thereof) and offer shares of these series and classes under the Trust at any time.

The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of interests (or shares).  Interests in the Fund are represented by shares of beneficial interest each with no par value per share.  Each share of each series of the Trust and each class of shares thereof has equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and voting rights. Each series (and classes thereof) of the Trust has equal voting rights and liquidation rights, and are voted in the aggregate and not by the series or class, except in matters where a separate vote is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or when the matters affect only the interest of a particular series or class.  When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned.  The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders.  The Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon removal of any trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares.  Each shareholder of a Trust series   is entitled to that shareholder’s pro rata share of all distributions arising from that series’ assets and, upon redeeming shares, will receive the portion of the series’ net assets represented by the redeemed shares.

Each share of the Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to the Fund and is entitled to such distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees has the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of that series so long as the proportionate beneficial interests in the assets belonging to that series and the rights of shares of any other series are in no way affected.  In case of the liquidation of a series, the holders of shares of the series being liquidated are entitled to receive a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that series.  Expenses attributable to any series (or class thereof) are borne by that series (or class).  Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular series are allocated by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees to all applicable series (and classes thereof) on the basis of relative net assets, number of shareholders or other equitable method.  No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his or her express consent.

The assets of the Fund received for the issue or sale of its shares, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, shall constitute the underlying assets of the Fund.  In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders.

Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Fund.
 
 
Investment Policies, Strategies and Associated Risks
The following discussion supplements the description of the Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus.  Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed below (see “Fundamental Investment Limitations”), the Fund’s investment strategies and policies are not fundamental and may be changed by sole action of the Board of Trustees, without shareholder approval.  While the Fund is permitted to hold securities and engage in various strategies as described hereafter, it is not obligated to do so.  The Fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Investment Objective
The Adviser intends to invest in obligations authorized by National Credit Union Administration regulations (12 C.F.R. §703), primarily floating rate obligations with a short-term weighted average life.  The Fund’s investment objective is to provide high current income to the extent consistent with the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity   by investing in obligations authorized under the Federal Credit Union Act, as determined by its investment adviser.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Diversification
The Fund is non-diversified.  A non-diversified fund is a fund that does not satisfy the definition of a “diversified company” set forth in the 1940 Act.  A “diversified company” means that as to 75% of the Fund’s total assets (1) no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) the Fund may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.

Since the Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), the Fund will, excluding cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, limit its investment so that at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (1) not more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) with respect to 50% of its total assets, not more than 5% will be invested in the securities of a single issuer and not more than 10% will be invested in the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.  Because the Fund may invest a great percentage of its assets in the securities of fewer issuers, the Fund is subject to the risk that its performance may be hurt disproportionately by the poor performance of relatively few securities.

Percentage Limitations
The Fund’s compliance with its investment policy and limitation will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, except with respect to borrowing or illiquid securities, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether an investment complies with the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.  In addition, if a bankruptcy or other extraordinary event occurs concerning a particular investment by the Fund, the Fund may receive stock, real estate or other investments that the Fund would not, or could not, buy.  If this happens, the Fund will sell such investments as soon as practicable while trying to maximize the return to its shareholders.

Recent Market Events
U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.  The fixed income markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties.  Concerns have spread to domestic and international equity markets.  In some cases, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial conditions or prospects of that company.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.


U.S. Government Obligations
The Fund may invest in U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.

Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so (see “Agency Obligations,” below).  In addition, U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates.  As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease.  Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

Agency Obligations
The Fund may invest in agency obligations, such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), commonly known as “Ginnie Mae,” Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), commonly known as “Fannie Mae,” Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), commonly known as “Freddie Mae,” Small Business Association (“SBA”) Loan Pools, and the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”).  Some, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported only by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA and FHLMC, are supported by only the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities   because they are not obligated by law to do so.  As a result, there is a risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation.  For instance, in September 2008, at the direction of the U.S. Treasury, FNMA and FHLMC were placed into conservatorship under the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a newly created independent regulator.

Other Obligations
The Fund may invest in Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) securities.  FFELP loans are a public-private partnership, with private sector lenders funding loans that are guaranteed, in whole or in part, by the U.S. Department of Education.  The amount of the principal and interest guaranteed by the Department of Education fluctuates from 75% to 100% depending upon when the loan was made and the default percentage of the lender.  Since the Department of Education may not guarantee the entire loan, in the event of a default, the securities may lose value.
 
 
Risks of Debt Securities

General. Yields on debt securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the debt securities markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.  Debt securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to greater price movements than obligations with shorter maturities.

Certain debt securities may be subject to extension risk, which refers to the change in total return on a security resulting from an extension or abbreviation of the security’s maturity. Issuers may prepay fixed rate debt securities when interest rates fall, forcing the Fund to invest in securities with lower interest rates. Issuers of debt securities are also subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors that may restrict the ability of the issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities. The possibility exists therefore, that, as a result of bankruptcy, litigation or other conditions, the ability of an issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

Interest Rate Risk. The market value of the interest-bearing debt securities held by the Fund will be affected by changes in interest rates. There is normally an inverse relationship between the market value of securities sensitive to prevailing interest rates and actual changes in interest rates. The longer the remaining maturity (and duration) of a security, the more sensitive the security is to changes in interest rates. All debt securities can change in value when there is a change in interest rates. As a result, an investment in the Fund is subject to risk even if all debt securities in the Fund’s investment portfolio are paid in full at maturity.

Credit Risk. Changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal and in the markets’ perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness will also affect the market value of that issuer’s debt securities. The financial condition of an issuer of a debt security held by the Fund may cause it to default on interest or principal payments due on a security. This risk generally increases as security credit ratings fall.

To limit credit risk:

The Fund may only invest in debt securities that are rated investment grade or higher at the time of their purchase except as noted below:

The Fund may purchase unrated fixed income securities if, at the time of purchase, the Adviser believes that they are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase.

The Fund may retain securities whose rating has been lowered below investment grade if the Adviser determines that retaining such security is in the best interests of the Fund.

Moody’s, S&P and other NRSROs are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. A description of the range of ratings assigned to various types of bonds and other securities by several NRSROs is included in Appendix A to this SAI. The Adviser may use these ratings to determine whether to purchase, sell or hold a security. Ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different market prices. If an issue of securities ceases to be rated or if its rating is reduced after it is purchased by the Fund, the Adviser will determine whether the Fund should continue to hold the obligation. Credit ratings attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value. The rating of an issuer is a rating agency’s view of potential developments related to the issuer and may not necessarily reflect actual outcomes. Also, rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings. An issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. Unrated securities may not be as actively traded as rated securities. Because a downgrade often results in a reduction in the market price of the security, the sale of a downgraded security may result in a loss.
 
 
Credit ratings for debt securities provided by rating agencies evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not market value risk. The rating of an issuer is a rating agency’s view of past and future potential developments related to the issuer and may not necessarily reflect actual outcomes. There can be a lag between the time of developments relating to an issuer and the time a rating is assigned and updated.

Government and Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities . The Fund may invest in government and agency mortgage-backed securities. The principal issuers or guarantors of mortgage-backed securities are GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC or Freddie Mac. GNMA, a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation creates pass-through securities from pools of government guaranteed (Farmers’ Home Administration, Federal Housing Authority or Veterans Administration) mortgages. The principal and interest on GNMA pass-through securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

FNMA and Freddie Mac are U.S. government-sponsored corporations and are subject to regulation by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”). Both issue pass-through securities from pools of conventional and federally insured and/or guaranteed residential mortgages. FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of all interest and principal, and FHLMC guarantees timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal of its pass-through securities. Mortgage-backed securities from FNMA and FHLMC are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

On September 7, 2008, FNMA and FHLMC were placed under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) to provide stability in the financial markets, mortgage availability and taxpayer protection by preserving FNMA and FHLMC’s assets and property and putting FNMA and FHLMC in a sound and solvent condition. 

Risks – Specific to Mortgage-Backed Securities. The value of mortgage-backed securities may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, the markets’ perception of issuers, the structure of the securities and the creditworthiness of the parties involved. The ability of the Fund to successfully utilize mortgage-backed securities depends in part upon the ability of the Adviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. Some mortgage-backed securities have structures that make their reaction to interest rate changes and other factors difficult to predict.

Prepayments of principal of mortgage-backed securities by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures affect the average life of the mortgage-backed securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by various factors, including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgages and other social and demographic conditions. In periods of rising interest rates, the prepayment rate tends to decrease, lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgage-backed securities. In periods of falling interest rates, the prepayment rate tends to increase, shortening the average life of a pool. The volume of prepayments of principal on the mortgages underlying a particular mortgage-backed security will influence the yield of that security, affecting the Fund’s yield. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, it is likely that the Fund, to the extent it retains the same percentage of fixed income securities, may have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower interest rates than those of their previous investments. If this occurs, the Fund’s yield will correspondingly decline. Thus, mortgage-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates (when prepayment of principal is more likely) than other fixed income securities of comparable duration, although they may have a comparable risk of decline in market value in periods of rising interest rates. A decrease in the rate of prepayments may extend the effective maturities of mortgage-backed securities, increasing their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, result in a loss equal to the unamortized premium.
 
 
To lessen the effect of the failures by obligors on mortgage assets to make payments, mortgage-backed securities may contain elements of credit enhancement, consisting of either (1) liquidity protection; or (2) protection against losses resulting after default by an obligor on the underlying assets and allocation of all amounts recoverable directly from the obligor and through liquidation of the collateral. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of these. The Fund will not pay any additional fees for credit enhancements for mortgage-backed securities, although the credit enhancement may increase the costs of the mortgage-backed securities.

Leverage Transactions

General

The Fund may use leverage to increase potential returns. Leverage involves special risks and may involve speculative investment techniques. Leverage exists when cash made available to the Fund through an investment technique is used to make additional Fund investments. Leverage transactions include borrowing for other than temporary or emergency purposes, lending portfolio securities, entering into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchasing securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis. The Fund uses these investment techniques only when the Adviser believes that the leveraging and the returns available to the Fund from investing the cash will provide investors with a potentially higher return. (See “Risks” below.)
  
Borrowing . The Fund may borrow money for other than temporary or emergency purposes from a credit union or bank in amounts up to 33 1/3% of total assets at the time of borrowing. The Fund may invest in reverse repurchase agreements for other than temporary or emergency purposes. Entering into reverse repurchase agreements and purchasing securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward delivery basis are not subject to these limitations, though such investments may be limited by collateral requirements, as disclosed below under “Reverse Repurchase Agreements.”

Senior Securities. Pursuant to Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue any class of senior security or sell any senior security of which it is the issuer, except that the Fund shall be permitted to borrow from any credit union or bank so long as immediately after such borrowings, there is an asset coverage of at least 300% and that in the event such asset coverage falls below this percentage, the Fund shall reduce the amount of its borrowings, within 3 days, to an extent that the asset coverage shall be at least 300%.
 
 
Securities Lending
 
The Fund may lend its securities in order to increase the return on its portfolio.  The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever the Fund’s portfolio securities are loaned:  (1) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (3) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees approved by the Board in connection with the loan; (6) while voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Board must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, and (7) the Fund may not loan its portfolio securities so that the value of the loaned securities is more than one-third of its total asset value, including collateral received from such loans.  These conditions may be subject to future modification.  Such loans will be terminable at any time upon specified notice.  The Fund might experience the risk of loss if the institution with which it has engaged in a portfolio loan transaction breaches its agreement with the Fund.  In addition, the Fund will not enter into any portfolio security lending arrangement having a duration of longer than one year.  The principal risk of portfolio lending is potential default or insolvency of the borrower.  In either of these cases, the Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities.  As part of participating in a lending program, the Fund may be required to invest in collateralized debt or other securities that bear the risk of loss of principal.  In addition, all investments made with the collateral received are subject to the risks associated with such investments.  If such investments lose value, the Fund will have to cover the loss when repaying the collateral.
 
Any loans of portfolio securities are fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.  Any securities that the Fund may receive as collateral will not become part of the Fund’s investment portfolio at the time of the loan and, in the event of a default by the borrower, the Fund will, if permitted by law, dispose of such collateral except for such part thereof that is a security in which the Fund is permitted to invest.  During the time securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the Fund any accrued income on those securities, and the Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn income or receive an agreed-upon fee from a borrower that has delivered cash-equivalent collateral.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements.  The Fund may invest up to 1/3 of its assets in such agreements as permitted by federal securities law.  Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund agrees to sell a security in its portfolio and then to repurchase the security at an agreed-upon price, date, and interest payment.  The Fund will maintain cash or high-grade liquid debt securities with a value equal to the value of the Fund’s obligation under the agreement, including accrued interest, in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian.  The securities subject to the reverse repurchase agreement will be marked-to-market daily.

Securities loans, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements must be continuously collateralized and the collateral must have market value at least equal to the value of the Fund’s loaned securities, plus accrued interest or, in the case of repurchase agreements, equal to the repurchase price of the securities, plus accrued interest.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obliged to repurchase.  If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.  During that time, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement effectively may be restricted.  Reverse repurchase agreements create leverage, a speculative factor and are considered borrowings for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowing.
 
 
Risks

Leverage creates the risk of magnified capital losses. Leverage may involve the creation of a liability that requires the Fund to pay interest (for instance, reverse repurchase agreements) or the creation of a liability that does not entail any interest costs (for instance, forward commitment costs).

The risks of leverage include a higher volatility of the NAV of the Fund’s securities which may be magnified by favorable or adverse market movements or changes in the cost of cash obtained by leveraging and the yield from invested cash. So long as the Fund is able to realize a net return on its investment portfolio that is higher than interest expense incurred, if any, leverage will result in higher current net investment income for the Fund than if the Fund were not leveraged. Changes in interest rates and related economic factors could cause the relationship between the cost of leveraging and the yield to change so that rates involved in the leveraging arrangement may substantially increase relative to the yield on the obligations in which the proceeds of the leveraging have been invested. To the extent that the interest expense involved in leveraging approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leveraging will be reduced, and, if the interest expense incurred as a result of leveraging on borrowings were to exceed the net return to investors, the Fund’s use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. In an extreme case, if the Fund’s current investment income were not sufficient to meet the interest expense of leveraging, it could be necessary for the Fund to liquidate certain of its investments at an inappropriate time.

Repurchase Agreements

General

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements which are transactions in which the Fund purchases a security and simultaneously agrees to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon future date, normally, one to seven days later. If the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, it will maintain possession of the purchased securities and any underlying collateral.  For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from the Fund to the seller of the U.S. government security subject to the repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are not considered to be the making of loans for purposes of the Funds’ fundamental investment limitations.

Risks

Repurchase transactions also involve credit risk. Credit risk is the risk that a counter-party to a transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation. In the event that bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings are commenced against a counter-party, the Fund may have difficulties in exercising its rights to the underlying securities or currencies, as applicable. The Fund may incur costs and expensive time delays in disposing of the underlying securities and it may suffer a loss of principal or a decline in interest payments regarding affected securities. Failure by the other party to deliver a security or currency purchased by the Fund may result in a missed opportunity to make an alternative investment. Favorable insolvency laws that allow the Fund, among other things, to liquidate the collateral held in the event of the bankruptcy of the counter-party reduce counter-party insolvency risk.
 
 
Illiquid Securities
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable, and securities such as repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days.  Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market.  In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements.  Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.  The Board of Trustees may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.  The Fund will determine a security to be illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value at which the Fund has valued the security.  Factors considered in determining whether a security is illiquid may include, but are not limited to: the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase and sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; the number of dealers who undertake to make a market in the security; the nature of the security, including whether it is registered or unregistered, and the market place; whether the security has been rated by an NRSRO; the period of time remaining until the maturity of a debt instrument or until the principal amount of a demand instrument can be recovered through demand; the nature of any restrictions on resale; and with respect to municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation, there is reasonable assurance that the obligation will remain liquid throughout the time the obligation is held and, if unrated, an analysis similar to that which would be performed by an NRSRO is performed.  The Fund will not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid.

Borrowing
The Fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from credit unions or banks.  In addition, the Fund is authorized to borrow money from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or for clearance of transactions.  The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies.  Since substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, while the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations
The Trust (on behalf of the Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined under the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
 
 
The Fund may not:

1.
issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from credit unions or banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions in accordance with its objectives and strategies;

2.
underwrite the securities of other issuers (except that the Fund may engage in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities under circumstances where it may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act);

3.
purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies that invest or deal in real estate);

4.
purchase or sell physical commodities or commodities contracts, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

5.
make loans of money (except for the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities and purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund);

6.
invest in the securities of any one industry if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such industry, except that the foregoing does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The following lists the non-fundamental investment restriction applicable to the Fund.  This restriction can be changed by the Board of Trustees, but the change will only be effective after prior written notice is given to shareholders of the Fund.

The Fund may not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities.  Illiquid securities are those securities without readily available market quotations, including repurchase agreements having a maturity of more than seven days.  Illiquid securities may include restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid and repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice.

Except with respect to borrowing and investments in illiquid securities, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.
 
 
Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees
The management and affairs of the Fund are supervised by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees consists of [ ] individuals.  The Trustees are fiduciaries for the Fund’s shareholders and are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware in this regard.  The Board of Trustees establishes policies for the operation of the Fund and appoints the officers who conduct the daily business of the Fund.

The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board of Trustees provides oversight of the management and operations of the Trust.  Like all mutual funds, the day-to-day responsibility for the management and operation of the Trust is the responsibility of various service providers to the Trust and its individual series, such as the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent, each of whom are discussed in greater detail in this SAI.  The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and its service providers, including the agreements with the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent.  The Board has appointed various individuals of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s day-to-day operations.  In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations.  The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who reports directly to the Board and who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters, including an annual compliance review.  Some of these reports are provided as part of formal “Board Meetings,” which are held [ ] times per year, in person, and such other times as the Board determines is necessary, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations.  From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with Trust officers in less formal settings, between formal Board Meetings to discuss various topics.  In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.

Board Leadership Structure
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to effectively perform its oversight function.  The Board of Trustees is comprised of [ ] Independent Trustees – _____________, _____________, ____________ – and one Interested Trustee – Mr. Robert J. Kern.  Accordingly, [75]% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees, who are Trustees that are not affiliated with any investment adviser to the Trust or their respective affiliates or other service provider to the Trust or any Trust series.  The Board of Trustees has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Valuation Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “Board Committees” below.  Each of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are comprised entirely of Independent Trustees.  [ The Independent Trustees have engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust. ]

The Trust’s Chairperson, Mr. Kern, is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined by the 1940 Act, by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, which acts as principal underwriter to many of the Trust’s underlying funds.  Mr. Kern also serves as an Executive Vice President of the Administrator.   [The Trust has not appointed a lead Independent Trustee.]

In accordance with the fund governance standards prescribed by the SEC under the 1940 Act, the Independent Trustees on the Nominating Committee select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.  Each Trustee was appointed to serve on the Board of Trustees because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as set forth in the subsection “Trustee Qualifications” below.
 
 
The Board reviews its structure regularly in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including: the unaffiliated nature of each investment adviser; the number of funds that comprise the Trust; the variety of asset classes that those funds reflect; the net assets of the Trust; the committee structure of the Trust; and the independent distribution arrangements of each of the Trust’s underlying funds.

The Board has determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairperson’s status as an Interested Trustee.  In addition, the inclusion of all Independent Trustees as members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee allows all such Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board of Trustees’ oversight duties, including oversight of risk management processes discussed below.  Given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust as described above, the Trust has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate.

Board Oversight of Risk Management
As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel, including personnel of the Trust’s service providers.  Because risk management is a broad concept comprised of many elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counter-party risk, compliance risk, operational risks, business continuity risks, etc.) the oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways.  For example, the Chief Compliance Officer regularly reports to the Board during Board Meetings and meets in executive session with the Independent Trustees and their legal counsel to discuss compliance and operational risks.  In addition, the Independent Trustee designated as the Audit Committee’s “audit committee financial expert” meets with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function.   The full Board receives reports from the investment advisers to the underlying funds and the portfolio managers as to investment risks.

Trustees and Officers
The Trustees and officers of the Trust are listed below with their addresses, present positions with the Trust and principal occupations over at least the last five years.
 
 
Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
Number of
Portfolios in
Trust
Overseen by
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five
Years
Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
Independent Trustees
     
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[ ]
   
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since _____, 2011
[ ]
   
[      ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[ ]
   

Interested Trustee and Officers
     
Robert J. Kern*
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age:__
Chairperson, and Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since January __, 2011
[ ]
Executive Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (1994-present).
 
Trustee, Buffalo Funds (an open-end investment company with ten portfolios); Trustee, USA MUTUALS (an open-end investment company with two portfolios).
James R. Arnold
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI
53202
Age: 53
President and Principal Executive Officer
Indefinite Term, Since ______, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President,  U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (20__-present).
N/A
Robert J. Slotky
2020 E. Financial Way, Suite 100
Glendora, CA 91741 Age: __
 
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
Indefinite Term;   Since _____, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2001-present).
N/A
 
 
Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
Number of
Portfolios in
Trust
Overseen by
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five
Years
Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
Brian R. Wiedmeyer
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 38
 
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004-present).
N/A
Angela L. Pingel, Esq.
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 39
Secretary
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2011-present); Vice President and Securities Counsel, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (2007-2010); Assistant Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004-2007).
N/A
* Mr. Kern is an “interested person” of the Trust as defined by the 1940 Act by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Fund’s principal underwriter.
 
 
Trustee Qualifications
The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure.  The Trustees have substantial business and professional backgrounds that indicate they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them.  Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the table above.  In addition, the Trustees have substantial board experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust.  The Board annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board and the individual Trustees is reviewed.

In addition to the information provided in the table above, below is certain additional information concerning each individual Trustee.  The information provided below, and in the table above, is not all-inclusive.  Many of the Trustees’ qualifications to serve on the Board involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, integrity, work ethic, the ability to work together, the ability to communicate effectively, the ability to exercise judgment, the ability to ask incisive questions, and commitment to shareholder interests.
[Individual Paragraphs regarding each Trustee]

Trustee and Management Ownership of Fund Shares
As of December 31, 2010, no Trustee or officer of the Trust beneficially owned shares of the Fund or any other series of the Trust.
 
Board Committees

Audit Committee .  The Trust has an Audit Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Audit Committee reviews financial statements and other audit-related matters for the Fund.  The Audit Committee also holds discussions with management and with the Fund’s independent auditor concerning the scope of the audit and the auditor’s independence.

Nominating Committee .  The Trust has a Nominating Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Nominating Committee is responsible for seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for the position of trustee and meets only as necessary.

The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders for vacancies on the Board of Trustees.  Recommendations for consideration by the Nominating Committee should be sent to the Secretary of the Trust in writing together with the appropriate biographical information concerning each such proposed nominee, and such recommendation must comply with the notice provisions set forth in the Trust’s Bylaws.  In general, to comply with such procedures, such nominations, together with all required information, must be delivered to and received by the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 60 days prior to the shareholder meeting at which any such nominee would be voted on. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board of Trustees will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration when there is a vacancy on the Board of Trustees.  The Nominating Committee’s procedures with respect to reviewing shareholder nominations will be disclosed as required by applicable securities laws.

Valuation Committee .  The Trust has a Valuation Committee.  The Valuation Committee is responsible for the following: (1) monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and (2) as required, when the Board of Trustees is not in session, determining the fair value of illiquid securities and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are reported to the Board.  The Valuation Committee is currently comprised of one Independent Trustee, [ ……. ], and Mr. Kern, Mr. Arnold and Mr. Wiedmeyer, who each serve as an officer of the Trust.  The Valuation Committee meets as necessary when a price for a portfolio security is not readily available.
 
 
As the Fund is new, none of the Trust’s committees have met with respect to the Fund.

Trustee Compensation
The Independent Trustees receive a retainer fee of $[ …. ] per year, $1,500 for each in-person meeting and $750 for each telephonic meeting, as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings.  The Interested Trustee does not receive any compensation for his service as Trustee.  Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, the following compensation figures represent estimates for the current fiscal year ending […..], 2011:

Name of Person/Position
Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund 1
Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of Fund
Expenses
Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and the Trust 2
Paid to
Trustees
[……], Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
[….],  Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
[………] Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
Robert J. Kern, Interested Trustee
None
None
None
None
 
1
Trustees fees and expenses are allocated among the Fund and any other series comprising the Trust.
 
2
There are currently [ ] other portfolios comprising the Trust.

Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.  A controlling person possesses the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for shareholder vote by the Fund.  As of the date of this SAI, there were no principal shareholders or control persons of the Fund.

Investment Adviser
Investment advisory services are provided to the Fund by the Adviser, Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc., pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser is wholly-owned by Corporate America Credit Union, a corporate credit union.

After an initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (with respect to such Fund); and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, when authorized by either: (i) a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders (with respect to such Fund); or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, or by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.  The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act.  The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser under such agreement shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of portfolio transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.
 
 
In consideration of the services provided by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive from the Fund a management fee computed daily and paid monthly, based on a rate equal to 0.15% of the Fund’s average annual net assets, as specified in the Prospectus.  However, the Adviser may voluntarily agree to waive a portion of the management fees payable to it on a month-to-month basis, including additional fees above and beyond any contractual agreement the Adviser may have to waive management fees and/or reimburse Fund expenses.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  The Adviser has agreed to reduce management fees payable to it by the Fund and/or to reimburse the Fund’s operating expenses to the extent necessary to limit the Fund’s aggregate annual operating expenses (excluding interest, acquired fund fees and expenses, leverage and tax expenses, dividends and interest expenses on short positions, brokerage commissions, and extraordinary expenses) to the limit set forth in the Fees and Expenses tables in the Prospectus.  Any such reductions made by the Adviser in its management fees or reimbursement of expenses which are the Fund’s obligation are subject to reimbursement by the Fund to the Adviser, if so requested by the Adviser, in subsequent fiscal years if the aggregate amount actually paid by the Fund toward the operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the reimbursement) does not exceed the limitation on Fund expenses.  The Adviser is permitted to be reimbursed only for fee reductions and expense payments made in the previous three fiscal years from the date the expense was incurred.  Any such reimbursement is also contingent upon the Board of Trustees’ subsequent review and ratification of the reimbursed amounts.  Such reimbursement may not be paid prior to the Fund’s payment of current ordinary operating expenses.

Portfolio Manager
As disclosed in the Prospectus, Mr. Thomas Bonds is the portfolio manager for the Fund (the “Portfolio Manager”).

The following provides information regarding other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager as of March __, 2011:

Registered Investment Companies
(excluding the Fund)
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
(in millions)
[ ]
$[ ]
[ ]
$[ ]
[ ]
$[ ]

No investment advisory fees charged to these accounts is based on the performance of such accounts.

The Portfolio Manager’s management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with the management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the Portfolio Manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the Portfolio Manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby the Portfolio Manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.
 
 
Affiliates of the Adviser compensate the Portfolio Manager for his management of the Fund.  The portfolio manager receives a fixed cash salary and may receive a variable discretionary bonus.  The Portfolio Manager’s salary and bonus is determined by the Board of Directors of Corporate America Credit Union, an affiliate of the Adviser, after considering appropriate industry standards.  The Portfolio Manager’s salary and bonus are not based on the performance of the Fund or its overall net assets.
 
As of the date of this SAI, the Portfolio Manager did not own any shares of the Fund.

Service Providers
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202 (the “Administrator”), the Administrator acts as the Fund’s administrator.  The Administrator provides certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparation for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance by the Trust and the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value per share (“NAV”) and yield; responding to shareholder inquiries; and arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund, and providing, at its own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out its duties.  In this capacity, the Administrator does not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares.  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, for its services, the Administrator receives from the Fund a fee computed daily and payable monthly based on the Fund’s average net assets at the rate of [ ]% of average net assets on the first $[ ], [ ]% of average net assets on the next $[ ], and [ ]% on the balance, all subject to an annual minimum fee of $[ ].

USBFS also acts as fund accountant (“Fund Accountant”), transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”) and dividend disbursing agent under separate agreements with the Trust.

Pursuant to a custody agreement between the Trust and the Fund, U.S. Bank, N.A., an affiliate of USBFS, serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets, whereby the Custodian provides for fees on a transaction basis plus out-of-pocket expenses.  The Custodian’s address is 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212.  The Custodian does not participate in decisions relating to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund.  U.S. Bank, N.A. and its affiliates may participate in revenue sharing arrangements with service providers of mutual funds in which the Fund may invest.

Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A., 100 Middle Street, P.O. Box 9729, Portland, Maine 04104, serves as counsel to the Fund.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[ ], serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.
 
 
Distribution of Fund Shares
The Trust has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter, provides certain administration services and promotes and arranges for the sale of the Fund’s shares on a best efforts basis.  The offering of the Fund’s shares is continuous.  The Distributor, Administrator and Custodian are affiliated companies.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Trustees.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Fund and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  Purchases and sales of securities on an exchange are affected through brokers that charge a commission while purchases and sales of securities in the over-the-counter market will generally be executed directly with the primary “market-maker” unless, in the opinion of the Adviser, a better price and execution can otherwise be obtained by using a broker for the transaction.  Purchases and sales of portfolio securities that are fixed income securities (for instance, money market instruments and bonds, notes and bills) usually are principal transactions. In a principal transaction, the party from whom the Fund purchases or to whom the Fund sells is acting on its own behalf (and not as the agent of some other party such as its customers). These securities normally are purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or market maker for the securities.  The price of securities purchased from underwriters includes a disclosed fixed commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and prices of securities purchased from dealers serving as market makers reflects the spread between the bid and asked price.  The price of over-the-counter securities usually includes an undisclosed commission or markup.

Purchases of portfolio securities for the Fund will be effected through broker-dealers (including affiliates of credit unions and banks) that specialize in the types of securities that the Fund will be holding, unless better executions are available elsewhere.  Dealers usually act as principal for their own accounts.  Purchases from dealers will include a spread between the bid and the asked price.  If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer that has provided research or other services as discussed below.

In placing portfolio transactions, the Adviser will use reasonable efforts to choose broker-dealers capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable price and execution available.  The full range and quality of services, such as the size of the order, the difficulty of execution, the operational facilities of the firm involved, the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities and other factors available, will be considered in making these determinations.  In those instances where it is reasonably determined that more than one broker-dealer can offer the services needed to obtain the most favorable price and execution available, consideration may be given to those broker-dealers that furnish or supply research and statistical information to the Adviser that it may lawfully and appropriately use in its investment advisory capacities, as well as provide other brokerage services incidental to execution services.  Research and statistical information may include reports that are common in the industry such as industry research reports and periodicals, quotation systems, software for portfolio management and formal databases. Typically, the research will be used to service all of the Adviser’s accounts, although a particular client may not benefit from all the research received on each occasion.  The Adviser considers research information, which is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by it under its Advisory Agreement with the Fund, to be useful in varying degrees, but of indeterminable value.
 
 
While it is the Fund’s general policy to first seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available in selecting a broker-dealer to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, weight is also given to the ability of a broker-dealer to furnish brokerage and research services to the Fund or to the Adviser, even if the specific services are not directly useful to the Fund and may be useful to the Adviser in advising other clients.  In negotiating commissions with a broker or evaluating the spread to be paid to a dealer, the Fund may therefore pay a higher commission or spread than would be the case if no weight were given to the furnishing of these supplemental services, provided that the amount of such commission or spread has been determined in good faith by the Adviser to be reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such broker-dealer.  The standard of reasonableness is to be measured in light of the Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the Fund.

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other client accounts.  Nevertheless, it is possible that at times identical securities will be acceptable for both the Fund and one or more of such client accounts.  In such event, the position of the Fund and such client account(s) in the same issuer may vary and the length of time that each may choose to hold its investment in the same issuer may likewise vary.  However, to the extent any of these client accounts seek to acquire the same security as the Fund at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a portion of such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security.  Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time.  If one or more of such client accounts simultaneously purchases or sells the same security that the Fund is purchasing or selling, each day’s transactions in such security will be allocated between the Fund and all such client accounts in a manner deemed equitable by the Adviser, taking into account the respective sizes of the accounts and the amount being purchased or sold.  It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund are concerned.  In other cases, however, it is believed that the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better executions for the Fund.  Notwithstanding the above, the Adviser may execute buy and sell orders for accounts and take action in performance of its duties with respect to any of its accounts that may differ from actions taken with respect to another account, so long as the Adviser shall, to the extent practical, allocate investment opportunities to accounts, including the Fund, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with applicable law.

Portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers who sell shares of the Fund subject to rules adopted by FINRA and the SEC.  Portfolio transactions may also be placed with broker-dealers in which the Adviser has invested on behalf of the Fund and/or client accounts.
 
The Adviser may effect brokerage transactions through affiliates of the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Trust.
 
 
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund may invest for short-term trading purposes and portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to above-average transaction costs and could generate capital gains that must be distributed to shareholders as short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income rates (currently as high as 35%).  To the extent that the Fund experiences an increase in brokerage commissions due to a higher portfolio turnover rate, the performance of the Fund could be negatively impacted by the increased expenses incurred by the Fund and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.

Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser and the Distributor have each adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These Codes permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the Adviser and Distributor to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

Proxy Voting Procedures
The Board of Trustees has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policies”) wherein the Trust has delegated to the Adviser the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund as part of its investment advisory services, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board of Trustees.  Notwithstanding this delegation of responsibilities, however, the Fund retains the right to vote proxies relating to its portfolio securities.  The fundamental purpose of the Proxy Policies is to ensure that each vote will be in a manner that reflects the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, taking into account the value of the Fund’s investments.

The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, (800) SEC-0330 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The Fund invests exclusively in non-voting securities and as such, the Adviser does not have any policies or procedures concerning proxy voting.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.  Mr. Robert J. Slotky has been designated as the Trust’s Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to: determining that the Distributor and the Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures; reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity; and a complete and thorough review of all new account applications.  The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.
 
 
As a result of the Program, the Fund may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Fund may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.

Portfolio Holdings Information
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted portfolio holdings disclosure policies (“Portfolio Holdings Policies”) that govern the timing and circumstances of disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Fund.  The Adviser has also adopted the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  Information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings will not be distributed to any third party except in accordance with these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees considered the circumstances under which the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed under the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees also considered actual and potential material conflicts that could arise in such circumstances between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, Distributor or any other affiliated person of the Fund.  After due consideration, the Adviser and the Board of Trustees determined that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for disclosing portfolio holdings to persons described in the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees also authorized the Adviser or appointed officers to consider and authorize dissemination of portfolio holdings information to additional parties, after considering the best interests of the shareholders and potential conflicts of interest in making such disclosures.

The Board of Trustees exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Portfolio Holdings Policies, codes of ethics and other relevant policies of the Fund and its service providers by the CCO, (2) by considering reports and recommendations by the CCO concerning any material compliance matters (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act), and (3) by considering whether to approve any amendment to these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees reserves the right to amend the Portfolio Holdings Policies at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion.

Disclosure of the Fund’s complete holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders, and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  These reports will be made available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

In the event of a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Adviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser, the CCO of the Adviser, in consultation with the Trust’s CCO, shall make a determination in the best interests of the Fund, and shall report such determination to the Board of Trustees at the end of the quarter in which such determination was made.  Any employee of the Adviser who suspects a breach of this obligation must report the matter immediately to the Adviser’s CCO or to his or her supervisor.

In addition, material non-public holdings information may be provided without lag as part of the normal investment activities of the Fund to each of the following entities which, by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Fund, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed: the Administrator; the Fund’s accountant; the Custodian; the Transfer Agent; the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; counsel to the Fund or the Board of Trustees (current parties are identified in this SAI); broker-dealers (in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities); and regulatory authorities.  Portfolio holdings information not publicly available with the SEC may only be provided to additional third parties, in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Policies, when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose, and the third party recipient is subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Portfolio holdings information may be separately provided to any person, including rating and ranking organizations such as Lipper and Morningstar, at the same time that it is filed with the SEC or one day after it is first published on the Fund’s website.  Portfolio holdings disclosure may be approved under the Portfolio Holdings Policies by the Trust’s CCO, Treasurer or President.
 
 
In no event shall the Adviser, its affiliates or employees, or the Fund receive any direct or indirect compensation in connection with the disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings.

There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Holdings Policies and these procedures will protect the Fund from potential misuse of that information by individuals or entities to which it is disclosed.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) each business day.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that it will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by the Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in the Fund outstanding at such time.
 
Net Assets
=
Net Asset Value Per Share
Shares Outstanding

Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued at market value or, in the absence of a market value, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser and the Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price on the valuation date based on valuations provided by independent pricing services consistent with the Fund’s valuation procedures.

Each security owned by the Fund that is listed on a securities exchange is valued at its last sale price on that exchange on the date as of which assets are valued.  Where the security is listed on more than one exchange, the Fund will use the price of the exchange that the Fund generally considers to be the principal exchange on which the stock is traded.  If no sale is reported, the security is valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price.

Portfolio securities primarily traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) which may not necessarily represent the last sale price.  If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and asked prices. OTC securities that are not traded on NASDAQ shall be valued at the most recent trade price.  The Fund is not likely to use NOCP or securities exchange pricing as the Adviser does not intend to invest in equity securities.
 
 
Fixed income securities are valued at the mean of the bid and asked prices as determined by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration recent transactions, yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality, coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Exchange traded options are valued at the composite price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes (“NBBO”).  NBBO consists of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across any of the exchanges on which an option is quoted, thus providing a view across the entire U.S. options marketplace.  Specifically, composite pricing looks at the last trades on the exchanges where the options are traded.  If there are no trades for the option on a given business day composite option pricing calculates the mean of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across the exchanges where the option is traded.  The Fund is not likely to use NBBO pricing as the Adviser does not intend to invest in options.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board of Trustees in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Generally
Shares of the Fund are sold in a continuous offering and shares may be purchased or redeemed on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.  The Fund may also authorize one or more brokers to accept purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (“Authorized Intermediaries”).  Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to accept orders on the Fund’s behalf (collectively, “Authorized Intermediaries”).

Orders received by the Fund by the close of trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on a business day will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that day.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed at the next determined NAV.  It is the dealer’s responsibility to transmit orders so that they will be received by the Fund before the close of the NYSE.

Orders received by Authorized Intermediaries and transmitted to the Fund before the close of the NYSE will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that date.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed on at the next determined NAV.  In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  It is the Authorized Intermediary’s responsibility to transmit orders timely to the Fund.

Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
“Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund you are investing in;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
 
 
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  Except for investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses, the Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States and such purchase requests are not considered in good order.

Redemption

Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV calculated after the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Intermediary receives your redemption request in good order.  A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund you are redeeming;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account (with signature(s) guaranteed if applicable).

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Unless you instruct the Transfer Agent otherwise, redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Fund will not be responsible for interest lost on redemption amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.

A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or credit union or bank account not on record;
·  
written requests to wire redemption proceeds (if not previously authorized on the account);
·  
if a change of address request was received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days;
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account; or
·  
when establishing or modifying certain services on an account.

Signature guarantees can be obtained from credit unions, banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public.

The Fund and the Transfer Agent have adopted standards for accepting signature guarantees from credit unions, banks and securities dealers.  The Fund may elect in the future to limit eligible signature guarantors to institutions that are members of a signature guarantee program.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to amend these standards at any time without notice.
 
 
Redemption-in-Kind
The Fund does not intend to redeem shares in any form except cash.  The Trust, however, has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to redeem in-kind redemption requests during any 90-day period in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.

Tax Matters
Each series of the Trust is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes.  The Fund, a series of the Trust, intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, provided it complies with all applicable requirements regarding the source of its income, diversification of its assets and timing of distributions.  The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders all of its net investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes based on net income.  However, the Fund can give no assurances that its anticipated distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.  If the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it would be taxed as a corporation and, in such case, it would be more beneficial for a shareholder to directly own the Fund’s underlying investments rather than indirectly owning the underlying investments through the Fund.  If the Fund fails to distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year (i) at least 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) at least 98% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax, the Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax.

Net investment income generally consists of interest, dividends and short-term capital gains, less expenses.  Net realized capital gains for a fiscal period are computed by taking into account any capital loss carryforward of the Fund.

Distributions of net investment income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  For individual shareholders, a portion of the distributions paid by the Fund may consist of qualified dividends eligible for taxation at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as a qualified dividend and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to his or her Fund shares.  In the case of corporate shareholders, a portion of the distributions may qualify for the intercorporate dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as eligible for deduction and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to its Fund shares.  The aggregate amount so designated to either individuals or corporate shareholders cannot, however, exceed the aggregate amount of such dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year.  In view of the Fund’s investment policies, it is expected that part of the distributions by the Fund may be eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment for individual shareholders and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.
 
 
Any long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time shares have been held.  Net capital gains distributions are not eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment or the dividends-received deduction referred to in the previous paragraph.

Distributions of any net investment income and net realized capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares or in cash.  Shareholders who choose to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share on the reinvestment date.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.  Distributions are includable in alternative minimum taxable income in computing a shareholder’s liability for the alternative minimum tax.

A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss.  Any loss realized upon a redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains received on those shares.  Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the Fund are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.

Except in the case of certain exempt shareholders, if a shareholder does not furnish the Fund with its correct Taxpayer Identification Number and certain certifications or the Fund receive notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund are required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from the shareholder’s distributions and redemption proceeds currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. residents.

Foreign taxpayers (including nonresident aliens) are generally subject to a flat withholding rate, currently 30% on U.S. source income.  This withholding rate may be lower under the terms of a tax convention.  Certain distributions of short-term capital gains and qualified interest income of the Fund will not be subject to such withholding for tax years beginning prior to 2010.

This discussion and the related discussion in the Prospectus have been prepared by Fund management, and counsel to the Fund has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.

Distributions
The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities.  This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be distributed to the Fund’s shareholders.

The amount of the Fund’s distributions is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed and is subject to the discretion of the Board of Trustees.  The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.
 
 
The Fund may also derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities.  Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any carryover of capital losses from the eight previous taxable years), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the distributions of net investment income giving rise to ordinary income.  If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain.  After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses carried over from the eight previous taxable years) will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders.  For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax advisor.

Any distribution paid by the Fund reduces that Fund’s NAV per share on the date paid by the amount of the distribution per share.  Accordingly, a distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder would represent, in substance, a partial return of capital (to the extent it is paid on the shares so purchased), even though it would be subject to income taxes.

Distributions will be made in the form of additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has otherwise indicated.  Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of distributions by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

Financial Statements
As the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.

 
 
APPENDIX “A” DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Issue Credit Rating Definitions


A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
This is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Dual Ratings
Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.  The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

The ratings and other credit related opinions of Standard & Poor’s and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions.  Standard & Poor’s assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision.  Standard &Poor’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While Standard & Poor’s has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
 
A-2

 
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation.  The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only.  The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L
Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation.  The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only.  The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi
Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain.  They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript.  Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
 
A-3

 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

sf
The (sf) subscript is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this subscript to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.

t
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited
Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)


*
This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.  Discontinued use in January 2001.

pr
The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

q
A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information.  Discontinued use in April 2001.
 
 
A-4

 
 
r
The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, which are not covered in the credit rating.  The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks
Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
 
 
A-5

 
 
Moody’s Credit Rating Definitions

Purpose
The system of rating securities was originated by John Moody in 1909. The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a simple system of gradation by which relative creditworthiness of securities may be noted.

Rating Symbols
Gradations of creditworthiness are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the credit characteristics are broadly the same. There are nine symbols as shown below, from that used to designate least credit risk to that denoting greatest credit risk:

Aaa Aa A Baa Ba B Caa Ca C
Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa.

Absence of a Rating
Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

Changes in Rating
The credit quality of most issuers and their obligations is not fixed and steady over a period of time, but tends to undergo change. For this reason changes in ratings occur so as to reflect variations in the intrinsic relative position of issuers and their obligations.

A change in rating may thus occur at any time in the case of an individual issue. Such rating change should serve notice that Moody’s observes some alteration in creditworthiness, or that the previous rating did not fully reflect the quality of the bond as now seen. While because of their very nature, changes are to be expected more frequently among bonds of lower ratings than among bonds of higher ratings. Nevertheless, the user of bond ratings should keep close and constant check on all ratings — both high and low — to be able to note promptly any signs of change in status that may occur.
 
 
A-6

 
 
Limitations to Uses of Ratings*
Obligations carrying the same rating are not claimed to be of absolutely equal credit quality. In a broad sense, they are alike in position, but since there are a limited number of rating classes used in grading thousands of bonds, the symbols cannot reflect the same shadings of risk which actually exist.

As ratings are designed exclusively for the purpose of grading obligations according to their credit quality, they should not be used alone as a basis for investment operations. For example, they have no value in forecasting the direction of future trends of market price. Market price movements in bonds are influenced not only by the credit quality of individual issues but also by changes in money rates and general economic trends, as well as by the length of maturity, etc. During its life even the highest rated bond may have wide price movements, while its high rating status remains unchanged.

The matter of market price has no bearing whatsoever on the determination of ratings, which are not to be construed as recommendations with respect to “attractiveness”. The attractiveness of a given bond may depend on its yield, its maturity date or other factors for which the investor may search, as well as on its credit quality, the only characteristic to which the rating refers.

Since ratings involve judgments about the future, on the one hand, and since they are used by investors as a means of protection, on the other, the effort is made when assigning ratings to look at “worst” possibilities in the “visible” future, rather than solely at the past record and the status of the present. Therefore, investors using the rating should not expect to find in them a reflection of statistical factors alone, since they are an appraisal of long-term risks, including the recognition of many non-statistical factors.

Though ratings may be used by the banking authorities to classify bonds in their bank examination procedure, Moody’s ratings are not made with these bank regulations in mind. Moody’s Investors Service’s own judgment as to the desirability or non-desirability of a bond for bank investment purposes is not indicated by Moody’s ratings.

Moody’s ratings represent the opinion of Moody’s Investors Service as to the relative creditworthiness of securities. As such, they should be used in conjunction with the descriptions and statistics appearing in Moody’s publications. Reference should be made to these statements for information regarding the issuer. Moody’s ratings are not commercial credit ratings. In no case is default or receivership to be imputed unless expressly stated.

*As set forth more fully on the copyright, credit ratings are, and must be construed solely as, statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities. Each rating or other opinion must be weighed solely as one factor in any investment decision made by or on behalf of any user of the information, and each such user must accordingly make its own study and evaluation of each security and of each issuer and guarantor of, and each provider of credit support for, each security that it may consider purchasing, selling or holding.

Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
A-7

 
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 
 

 
 
A-8

 
 
Fitch’s National Credit Ratings

For those countries in which foreign and local currency sovereign ratings are below ‘AAA’, and where there is demand for such ratings, Fitch Ratings will provide National Ratings. It is important to note that each National Rating scale is unique and is defined to serve the needs of the local market in question.

The National Rating scale provides a relative measure of creditworthiness for rated entities only within the country concerned. Under this rating scale, a ‘AAA’ Long-Term National Rating will be assigned to the lowest relative risk within that country, which, in most but not all cases, will be the sovereign state.

The National Rating scale merely ranks the degree of perceived risk relative to the lowest default risk in that same country. Like local currency ratings, National Ratings exclude the effects of sovereign and transfer risk and exclude the possibility that investors may be unable to repatriate any due interest and principal repayments. It is not related to the rating scale of any other national market. Comparisons between different national scales or between an individual national scale and the international rating scale are therefore inappropriate and potentially misleading. Consequently they are identified by the addition of a special identifier for the country concerned, such as ‘AAA(arg)’ for National Ratings in Argentina.

In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, the agency’s National Short-Term Rating definitions for ‘F1+(xxx)’, ‘F1(xxx)’, ‘F2(xxx)’ and ‘F3(xxx)’ may be substituted by the regulatory scales, e.g. ‘A1+’, ‘A1’, ‘A2’ and ‘A3’. The below definitions thus serve as a template, but users should consult the individual scales for each country listed on the agency’s web-site to determine if any additional or alternative category definitions apply.

National Short-Term Credit Ratings

F1(xxx)
Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Under the agency’s National Rating scale, this rating is assigned to the lowest default risk relative to others in the same country. Where the liquidity profile is particularly strong, a “+” is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx)
Indicates a good capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3(xxx)
Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

B(xxx)
Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
A-9

 
 
C(xxx)
Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D(xxx)
Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:

The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
A-10

 
 
LONG-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
   
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
   
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.  (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
A-11

 
 
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C
A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default.  The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings beginning on page A-3.
 
 
A-12

 
 
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings


Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
 
A-13

 
 
Fitch’s National Long-Term Credit Ratings


AAA(xxx)
‘AAA’ National Ratings denote the highest rating assigned by the agency in its National Rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to issuers or obligations with the lowest expectation of default risk relative to all other issuers or obligations in the same country.

AA(xxx)
‘AA’ National Ratings denote expectations of very low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. The default risk inherent differs only slightly from that of the country’s highest rated issuers or obligations.

A(xxx)
‘A’ National Ratings denote expectations of low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment to a greater degree than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BBB(xxx)
‘BBB’ National Ratings denote a moderate default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BB(xxx)
‘BB’ National Ratings denote an elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.

B(xxx)
‘B’ National Ratings denote a significantly elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries.

CCC(xxx)
‘CCC’ National Ratings denote that default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

CC(xxx)
‘CC’ National Ratings denote that default of some kind appears probable.

C(xxx)
‘C’ National Ratings denote that default is imminent.

D(xxx)
‘D’ National Ratings denote an issuer or instrument that is currently in default.
 
 
A-14

 
 
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:
The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-15

 
 
MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes.  Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
   
Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings  beginning on page A-3.


  Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels -- MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 
A-16

 
 
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
A-17 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.




Nuance Concentrated Value Fund

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: NCVIX)


Prospectus

April […], 2011







The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 
 

 
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
1
 
1
4
 
4
 
4
 
6
 
8
8
 
8
 
9
 
10
10
 
11
 
11
 
15
  18
 
19
 
19
 
20
 
21
23
 
23
 
23
23
PN-1


 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
Investment Objective
The Nuance Concentrated Value Fund (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
None
   
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees
0.85%
Other Expenses (1)
[…]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
[…]%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement
[…]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (2)
1.15%
 
(1)   
Because the Fund is new, these expenses are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s current fiscal year.
 
(2)   
Nuance Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion or all of its management fees and/or reimburse the Fund for its expenses to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) for the Fund do not exceed 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets through [at least] […], 20[…], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) and the Adviser. Prior to expiration, this operating expenses limitation agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.

Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (taking into account the expense limitation for one year.  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

One Year
Three Years
$[…]
$[…]

Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests primarily in equity securities (including common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities) of companies organized in the United States that the Adviser believes are high quality, though temporarily out of favor.  The Fund may invest in companies of various market capitalizations and is considered an all-cap strategy.  Although the Fund will invest primarily in the equity securities of U.S. companies, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in equity securities of foreign companies that are organized and headquartered in countries classified as “developed” by MSCI.  As of June 2010, the following countries were classified as “developed” by MSCI: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, UK, and the United States.
 
 
 

 
In addition to equity securities, the Fund may invest in debt securities of varying maturities and durations, particularly convertible debt securities, bonds, and securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored entities.  The Fund may invest in bonds that are rated below investment grade, commonly known as “junk bonds.”  Securities that are rated lower than investment grade (e.g. not rated within the top four rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or deemed to be of comparable quality by the Adviser) generally provide high income in an effort to compensate investors for their higher risk of default, which is the failure to make required interest or principal payments.  Issuers of below investment grade debt include small or relatively new companies lacking the history or capital to merit investment grade status, former blue chip companies downgraded because of financial problems, companies electing to borrow heavily to finance or avoid takeover or buyout and firms with heavy debt loads.

The Adviser selects securities for the Fund’s investment portfolio by using an extensive quantitative screening and fundamental research process that identifies leading businesses selling at a discount to fair value and that have the potential to generate above-average rates of returns over time.  The Adviser seeks to identify companies across a range of industries and market sectors that have leading and sustainable market share positions, above-average financial strength, and are trading at a discount to its internal view of intrinsic value.  The Adviser may sell an investment when it believes it has surpassed its intrinsic value by applying the screening process described above, for purposes of portfolio construction or risk management, or when a more attractive investment opportunity becomes available.

At the discretion of the Adviser, the Fund may invest its assets in cash, cash equivalents, and high-quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions and to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions and paying expenses.

The Fund is “non-diversified,” meaning that a relatively high percentage of its assets may be invested in a limited number of issuers of securities.

Principal Risks
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund over short or even long periods of time .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk. The Fund’s net asset value and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.   Certain securities selected for the Fund’s portfolio may be worth less than the price originally paid for them, or less than they were worth at an earlier time.

New Fund Risk.   The Fund is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.

Management Risk.   The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser cannot successfully implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Additionally, the Adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Diversified Fund Risk.   Because the Fund is “non-diversified” and may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.
 
Value-Style Investing Risk .  The Fund’s value investments are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may not be recognized by the broad market.

Equity Securities Risk .  The equity securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value.  This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific industries, sectors or companies in which the Fund invests.

Convertible Securities Risk .  The Fund’s investments in convertible securities fluctuate similar to that of other debt securities and are subject to the same risks as debt securities in general (See, Debt Securities Risk below).  In addition, the market value of a convertible security may be influenced by the market price of the securities in which they may be converted.

Large-Cap, Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk.   The Fund’s investment in larger companies is subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies.

Foreign Securities Risk.   Foreign companies involve risks not generally associated with investment in the securities of U.S. companies, including risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad and differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements and market practices, including fluctuations in foreign currencies.

Debt Securities Risks.   The Fund’s investments in debt securities will be subject to credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest.  Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of debt securities fluctuate with changes in interest rates (e.g. increases in interest rates result in a decrease in value of debt securities).  Pre-payment risk is the risk that the principal on debt securities will be paid off prior to maturity causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower interest rates.

Junk Bonds Risk .  The Fund invests in junk bonds which involve a greater risk of default and are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk.  The value of junk bonds may be subject to greater fluctuation than other types of debt securities.  Junk bonds are not investment grade securities and have speculative or predominantly speculative characteristics.

Performance
When the Fund has been in operation for a full calendar year, performance information will be shown here.  Until such time, inception-to-date performance information as of the end of most recently completed calendar quarter will be available on the Fund section of the Adviser’s website at www.nuanceinvestments.com or by calling the Fund toll-free at [toll-free number].

Management
Investment Adviser
Nuance Investments, LLC is the Fund’s investment adviser.
 
 

 
Portfolio Manager
Scott A. Moore, CFA, President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser since November 2008, is the portfolio manager responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  He has managed the Fund since its inception in April 2011.

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase, exchange or redeem Fund shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business by written request via mail (Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701), by wire transaction, by contacting the Fund by telephone at [toll free number] or through a financial intermediary.  Investors who wish to purchase or redeem Fund shares through a financial intermediary should contact the financial intermediary directly.  The minimum initial investment amount for purchases of shares of the Fund is $50,000.  Subsequent purchases and exchanges may be made with a minimum investment amount of $100.

Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement such as a 401(k) plan.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase Fund shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund and/or its Adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create conflicts of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 
Investment Objective, Strategies, Risks and Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 
 
The Fund’s investment objective is long-term capital appreciation.  The investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
 
Investments in Equity Securities.   The Adviser seeks to identify leading businesses that have above-average returns on capital and above-average financial strength, while being priced materially below the Adviser’s proprietary calculation of intrinsic value.  Using proprietary quantitative fundamental data (e.g. normalized returns on assets, normalized returns on equity, net debt to total capital) and proprietary valuation statistics (e.g. normalized price to earnings, normalized cash flow), the Adviser identifies a universe of companies in which the Fund may potentially invest.  From this universe, the Adviser utilizes fundamental research to determine which companies to monitor for potential investments.  The Adviser reviews each company on its own investment merits using company reports, regulatory filings, research reports, and interviews with company executives, investment analysts, suppliers, and competitors.  The Adviser then assesses the current and prospective competitive situation of the business, the current and sustainable returns on capital of the business, and the current and prospective financial strength and flexibility of the business.  The goal of the Adviser’s research process is to determine if the company being studied has a strong and stable market share position, strong and sustainable returns on capital, and an appropriate level of financial strength to enable the business to maintain its level of competitiveness.  The Adviser attempts to invest in companies that provide a greater potential for return on capital than other available market opportunities consistent with reasonable investment risk.  The Fund will sell an investment when it no longer represents an asymmetrical risk versus reward compared with other market opportunities.  The Fund will also sell an investment when it achieves or surpasses the Adviser’s proprietary view of intrinsic value or when a security’s competitive position or financial situation erodes beyond the Adviser’s expectations.
 

 
In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, the Adviser considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the U.S. and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.  The extent to which the Fund will be invested in foreign companies will fluctuate from time to time depending on the Adviser’s assessment of prevailing market, economic and other conditions.

Investments in Debt Securities.   The Fund may invest in debt securities of varying maturities and durations, including convertible securities and securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored entities.  The Fund may invest in debt securities that fall below investment grade debt, as rated by an NRSRO, commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds.”  Securities that are rated lower than investment grade generally provide high income in an effort to compensate investors for their higher risk of default, which is the failure to make required interest or principal payments.  Issuers of below investment grade debt include small or relatively new companies lacking the history or capital to merit investment grade status, former blue chip companies downgraded because of financial problems, companies electing to borrow heavily to finance or avoid takeover or buyout and firms with heavy debt loads.

The Adviser selects debt securities identically to how it selects equity securities except that the valuation study is not done using traditional equity valuation, but rather using historical studies of interest levels for the appropriate company given its financial strength to allow for a determination of the value of the debt instrument.   The total return potential of the debt instrument is reviewed relative to the total return potential of other investment opportunities in determining whether to invest in a debt security.  In evaluating a convertible security, the Adviser considers numerous factors, including the economic and political outlook, the value of the security relative to other investment alternatives, trends in the determinants of the issuer’s profits, and the issuer’s management capability and practices.  Convertible securities are subject to the risks associated generally with fixed income securities.

Temporary Strategies; Cash or Similar Investments .  For temporary defensive purposes, the Adviser may invest up to 100% of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments.  These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include cash, shares of other mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements.  Taking a temporary defensive position may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective.  Furthermore, to the extent that the Fund invests in money market mutual funds for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of such money market funds’ management fees and operational expenses.

The Fund may also hold short-term debt securities and money market instruments to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions and paying expenses.

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk .  The net asset value of the Fund and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  The market value of a security may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.  These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time.  Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole.  U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.    The market value of securities in which the Fund invests is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of the securities’ value.  In some cases, for example, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial condition or prospects of the issuers.  Similarly, the debt markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default, and valuation difficulties.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.

New Fund Risk .  There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.  Liquidation of a Fund can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board of Trustees if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders.  As a result, the timing of any Fund liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

Management Risk .  The ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to the Adviser’s investment strategies for the Fund.  The value of your investment in the Fund may vary with the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research, analysis and asset allocation among portfolio securities.  If the Adviser’s investment strategies do not produce the expected results, the value of your investment could be diminished or even lost entirely and the Fund could under perform other mutual funds with similar investment objectives.  The Fund’s Adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.

Non-Diversified Fund Risk .  The Fund is “non-diversified” and therefore is not required to meet certain diversification requirements under federal laws.  The Fund may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer and may have fewer holdings than other mutual funds.  As a result, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Value-Style Investing Risk .  The Fund’s investments in value stocks may react differently to issuer, political, market, and economic developments than the general market and other types of stocks.  Value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks.  However, value stocks may continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.  Also, if the market does not consider a stock to be undervalued, then the value of the stock may decline even if stock prices are generally rising.

Equity Securities Risk .  The Fund’s investments in equity securities are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change.  These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including: expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; global or regional political, economic and banking crises; and factors affecting specific industries, sectors or companies in which the Fund invests.  The Fund’s net asset value and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.
 
 
 

 
Convertible Securities Risk .  The Fund’s investments in convertible securities are subject to the same risks as debt securities in general (See, Debt Securities Risk below).  Since convertible securities may be converted into a common stock of the same or different issuer, the market value of a convertible security may be influenced by the market price of the securities in which they may be converted.

Large-Cap Company Risk.   The Fund’s investments in larger, more established companies are subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in consumer tastes or innovative smaller competitors potentially resulting in lower markets for their common stock. 

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk.   The Fund’s investment in mid-cap and small-cap companies may not have the management experience, financial resources, product diversification and competitive strengths of large-cap companies.  Therefore, their securities may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of larger, more established companies.  Mid-cap and small-cap company stocks may also be bought and sold less often and in smaller amounts than larger company stocks.  Because of this, if the Adviser wants to sell a large quantity of a mid-cap or small-cap company stock, it may have to sell at a lower price than it might prefer, or it may have to sell in smaller than desired quantities over a period of time.  Analysts and other investors may follow these companies less actively and therefore information about these companies may not be as readily available as that for large-cap companies.

Foreign Securities Risk .  The risks of investing in securities of foreign companies involves risks not generally associated with investments in securities of U.S. companies, including risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad and differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements and market practices.  Securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are subject to the further risk that the value of the foreign currency will fall in relation to the U.S. dollar and/or will be affected by volatile currency markets or actions of U.S. and foreign governments or central banks. Foreign securities may be subject to greater fluctuations in price than securities of U.S. companies because foreign markets may be smaller and less liquid than U.S. markets.

Debt Securities Risks.   Debt securities are subject to the following risks:

·  
Credit Risk .  Issuers of debt securities may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due.  There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the issuer to pay back debt.  The degree of credit risk for a particular security may be reflected it its credit rating.  Lower rated debt securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.

·  
Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities could lose value because of interest rate changes.  For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise.  Debt securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt securities with shorter maturities.

·  
Prepayment Risk.   Prepayment occurs when the issuer of a debt security repays principal prior to the security’s maturity.  During periods of declining interest rates, issuers may increase pre-payments of principal causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower yields thus reducing income generation.  Similarly, during periods of increasing interest rates, issuers may decrease pre-payments of principal extending the duration of debt securities potentially to maturity.  Debt securities with longer maturities are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes.  Also, if the Fund is unable to liquidate lower yielding securities to take advantage of a higher interest rate environment, its ability to generate income may be adversely affected.  The potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a debt security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility.
 
 
 

 
Government-Sponsored Entities Risk .  The Fund may invest in various types of U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the U.S. Treasury.  Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  Investments in debt securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Banks are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.  With respect to these entities, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so.

Junk Bonds Risk.   The Fund’s investments in junk bonds have speculative or predominately speculative characteristics.  Junk bonds are not investment grade securities and involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the issuers' creditworthiness than do higher quality securities.  In addition, the market prices of lower rated securities may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty or rising interest rates.  As a result, junk bonds present a significant risk for loss of principal and interest.  The market for these securities may also be thinner and less active than that for higher quality securities, which may affect the price at which the junk bonds can be sold.  Due to the potential for limited liquidity, the prices for junk bonds may not be readily available and the Fund may be required to determine the value of such securities pursuant to its fair valuation procedures.  Consequently, the values assigned to junk bonds pursuant to the Fund’s fair valuation procedures may differ from prices provided by other sources.
 
 
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.  Disclosure of the Fund’s holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  The annual and semi-annual reports will be available by contacting the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 or calling [toll free number], or by visiting the Fund section of the Adviser’s website at www.nuanceinvestments.com.

Management of the Fund

 
 
The Fund has entered into an investment advisory agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) with Nuance Investments, LLC, located at One Ward Parkway, Suite 126, Kansas City, Missouri 64112.  Established in 2008, the Adviser is an SEC-registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to private clients and institutions.  As of January 31, 2011, the Adviser had $[…] in assets under management.  The Adviser is majority-owned by Montage Asset Management, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and an SEC-registered investment adviser that is currently responsible for over $6.4 billion in assets under management.  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser manages the Fund’s investments subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.
 
 
 

 
The Adviser has overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Fund’s securities portfolio.  The Adviser also furnishes the Fund with office space and certain administrative services and provides most of the personnel needed to fulfill its obligations under its advisory agreement.  For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee that is calculated at the annual rate of 0.85% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  Pursuant to an operating expense limitation agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding generally interest and tax expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary and non-recurring expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and dividends on short positions) do not exceed 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets [through at least […], 20[…]], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser.  Prior to expiration, this operating expense limitation agreement  can be terminated only by, of with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.  Any waiver in management fees or payment of Fund expenses made by the Adviser may be recouped by the Adviser in subsequent fiscal years if the Adviser so requests.  This recoupment may be requested if the aggregate amount actually paid by the Fund toward operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the recoupment) does not exceed the expense limitation.  The Adviser may request recoupment for management fee waivers and/or Fund expense payments made within three fiscal years from the date the fees were waived and/or expenses were paid.  Any such recoupment is contingent upon the subsequent review and approval of the recouped amounts by the Board.

A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund’s first semi-annual report to shareholders.

The Fund, as a series of the Trust, does not hold itself out as related to any other series of the Trust for purposes of investment and investor services, nor does it share the same investment adviser with any other series.
 
 
Scott A. Moore, CFA ®
Mr. Moore is the President and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser.  Mr. Moore has 19 years of investment experience and 11 years of portfolio management experience using a classic value approach.  Prior to founding Nuance Investments, LLC in 2008, Mr. Moore served as vice president and senior portfolio manager at American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“ACI”) from 1999 to 2008.  At ACI, he managed more than $10 billion in institutional, intermediary, and mutual funds assets.  During his ten year portfolio management tenure at ACI, Mr. Moore was the lead manager of the American Century Mid Cap Value Fund, co-manager of the American Century Equity Income Fund, and co-manager of the American Century Value Fund.  Prior to becoming a portfolio manager at ACI, Mr. Moore was an investment analyst at ACI from 1996 to 1999, specializing in the telecommunications, utility, and industrial sectors.  Mr. Moore also worked at Boatmen’s Trust Company in St. Louis as an investment analyst from 1995 to 1996, and at ACI as a fixed income investment analyst from 1993 to 1995.  Mr. Moore holds an MBA with an emphasis in Finance from the University of Missouri, Columbia, and a Bachelor of Science with an emphasis in Finance from Southern Illinois University, Carbondale.  He achieved the Chartered Financial Analyst designation in 1994.

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.
 
 
 

 
 
As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund had not commenced operations and, as a result, has no prior performance history.  The table below provides the performance of a composite of all client accounts managed by the Adviser on a fully discretionary basis using the Adviser’s concentrated value strategy (the “Composite”), the same strategy to be utilized by the Adviser to manage the Fund.  The accounts comprising the Composite are managed by the Fund’s portfolio manager.  The Adviser does not manage any other registered investment companies in addition to the Fund.

The performance of the Fund may not correspond with the performance of the accounts comprising the Composite.

The Composite returns were prepared by the Adviser in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS ® ”).  The returns are unaudited and calculated by the Adviser on a total return basis and include gains or losses plus income and the reinvestment of all dividends and interest.  All returns reflect the deduction of the Adviser’s maximum management fee of 2.00%, brokerage commissions and execution costs paid by the accounts, without provision for Federal or state income taxes.  Custodial fees, if any, were not included in the calculations.  If the private accounts comprising the Composite had been subject to the first year expenses of the Fund, the performance of the Composite would have been lower.

The Fund’s performance will be calculated using the standard formula set forth in rules promulgated by the SEC, which differs in certain respects from the methods used to compute total return for the Composite.  The private accounts comprising the Composite are not subject to the same types of expenses incurred by the Fund nor certain investment limitations, diversification requirements and other restrictions imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The performance results of the Composite could have been adversely affected (e.g. lower) if the accounts included in the Composite been regulated as investment companies under Federal securities laws.  Past performance of the Composite is not necessarily indicative of the future performance results of the Fund.

The following chart shows the average annual return of the Composite for the periods ended December 31, 2010.  This performance data is for the Composite and is not the performance results of the Fund.  This performance data should not be considered indicative of the Fund’s future performance.

Concentrated Value Composite - Total Annualized Returns for the Periods Ended December 31, 2010:

 
One Year
Since
Inception
(11/13/08)
Concentrated Value Composite (Net of Fees) 1
18.12%
29.98%
Russell 3000 ® Value Index 2
16.26%
17.02%
S&P 500 ® Index 3
15.06%
18.98%

        1       The Composite includes 147 accounts valued at $119,952,410 million, as of December 31, 2010.  Composite performance reflects the performance of all accounts managed in the concentrated value strategy including terminated accounts.  No accounts managed in the concentrated value strategy are excluded from the Composite.
2       The Russell 3000 ® Value Index measures the performance of the 3,000 largest U.S. domiciled companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.
3       The S&P 500 Index ® is a market-value weighted index representing the performance of 500 widely held, publicly traded large capitalization stocks.




 
 
Shareholder Information

 
 
The price of the Fund’s shares is its net asset value (“NAV”).  The Fund’s NAV is calculated by dividing the value of the Fund’s total assets, less its liabilities, by the number of its shares outstanding.  In calculating the NAV, portfolio securities are valued using current market values or official closing prices, if available.  The NAV is calculated at the close of regular trading of the NYSE, which is generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time.  The NAV will not be calculated on days that the NYSE is closed for trading (even if there is sufficient trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities on such days to materially affect the Fund’s NAV).

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price using valuations provided by independent pricing services. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost.  When market quotations are not readily available, a security or other asset is valued at its fair value as determined under fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.  These fair value pricing procedures will also be used to price a security when corporate events, events in the securities market and/or world events cause the Adviser to believe that a security’s last sale price may not reflect its actual market value.  The intended effect of using fair value pricing procedures is to ensure that the Fund is accurately priced.  The Board of Trustees will regularly evaluate whether the Fund’s fair value pricing procedures continue to be appropriate in light of the specific circumstances of the Fund and the quality of prices obtained through the application of such procedures by the Trust’s valuation committee.

When fair value pricing is employed, the prices of securities used by the Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities.  Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the fair value determined for a particular security may be materially different (higher or lower) from the price of the security quoted or published by others or the value when trading resumes or realized upon its sale.  Therefore, if a shareholder purchases or redeems Fund shares when the Fund holds securities priced at a fair value, the number of shares purchased or redeemed may be higher or lower than it would be if the Fund was using market value pricing.

In the case of foreign securities, the occurrence of certain events after the close of foreign markets, but prior to the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated (such as a significant surge or decline in the U.S. or other markets) often will result in an adjustment to the trading prices of foreign securities when foreign markets open on the following business day.  If such events occur, the Fund will value foreign securities at fair value, taking into account such events, in calculating the NAV.  In such cases, use of fair valuation can reduce an investor’s ability to seek to profit by estimating the Fund’s NAV in advance of the time the NAV is calculated.  The Fund’s investments in smaller or medium capitalization companies and junk bonds are more likely to require a fair value determination because they may be more thinly traded and less liquid than securities of larger companies.  The Adviser anticipates that the Fund’s portfolio holdings will be fair valued only if market quotations for those holdings are unavailable or considered unreliable.

 
 
Shares of the Fund are purchased at the next NAV per share calculated after your purchase order is received in good order by the Fund, or by a financial intermediary authorized by the Fund to receive purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (each an “Authorized Intermediary”) Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf.
 
 
 

 
Institutional Class shares are offered primarily to institutions such as pension and profit sharing plans, employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations, corporations and high net worth individuals.  Institutional Class shares may also be offered through certain financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customer’s investments in the Fund.  “Wrap account” or “managed fund” programs established with broker-dealers or financial intermediaries that maintain an omnibus or pooled account for the Fund and do not require the Fund or the Adviser to pay a distribution or service fee greater than 0.25% generally may purchase Institutional Class shares, subject to investment minimums.  You should always discuss the suitability of your investment with your broker-dealer or financial adviser.

Investment Minimums.   The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $5,000.  The minimum investment amount for subsequent investments is $100.  The Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum initial investment or minimum subsequent investment amounts at its discretion.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of initial or subsequent investments.

If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must follow the procedures established by your financial intermediary.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).  Your financial intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [toll free number], or follow the instructions listed in the following sections titled “Investing by Telephone,” “Purchase by Mail” and “Purchase by Wire.”  Your financial intermediary may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

If you place an order for the Fund’s shares through a financial institution that is not an Authorized Intermediary in accordance with such financial institution’s procedures, and such financial institution then transmits your order to the Transfer Agent in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions, your purchase will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Transfer Agent receives your order except as provided below.  The financial institution must promise to send to the Transfer Agent immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s procedures.  If payment is not received within the time specified, the Transfer Agent may rescind the transaction and the financial institution will be held liable for any resulting fees or losses.

In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  Financial institutions, including Authorized Intermediaries, may set cut-off times for the receipt of orders that are earlier than the cut-off times established by the Fund.  For more information about your financial institution’s rules and procedures, and whether your financial institution is an Authorized Intermediary, you should contact your financial institution directly.

A service fee, currently $25, as well as any loss sustained by the Fund, will be deducted from a shareholder’s account for any purchases that do not clear.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent will not be responsible for any losses, liability, cost or expense resulting from rejecting any purchase order.  Your order will not be accepted until a completed Account Application is received by the Fund or the Transfer Agent.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  The Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States, even if they are United States citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses.
 
 
 

 
Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or your Authorized Intermediary receives your purchase request in good order.  “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund.

Each account application (each an “Account Application”) to purchase Fund shares is subject to acceptance by the Fund and is not binding until so accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any Account Application or to reject any purchase order if, in their discretion, it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.  For example, a purchase order may be refused if it appears so large that it would disrupt the management of the Fund.  Purchases may also be rejected from persons believed to be “market-timers,” as described under “Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions,” below.  The Fund also reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

All purchase requests received in good order before the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will be processed on that same day.  Purchase requests received after the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will receive the next business day’s NAV per share.

Purchase by Mail.   To purchase Fund shares by mail, simply complete and sign the Account Application and mail it, along with a check made payable to the Fund:

Regular Mail
Overnight or Express Mail
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701
Milwaukee, WI 53202

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents.  Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.  All purchase checks must be in U.S. dollars drawn on a domestic financial institution.  The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders.  The Fund also does not accept cashier’s checks in amounts of less than $10,000.  To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.  The Fund is unable to accept post-dated checks, post-dated on-line bill pay checks, or any conditional order or payment.

Purchase by Wire.   If you are making your first investment in the Fund, before you wire funds the Transfer Agent must have a completed Account Application.  You can mail or use an overnight service to deliver your Account Application to the Transfer Agent at the above address.  Upon receipt of your completed Account Application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you.  Once your account has been established, you may instruct your bank to send the wire.  Prior to sending the wire, please call the Transfer Agent at [toll free number] to advise them of the wire and to ensure proper credit upon receipt.  Your bank must include the name of the Fund, your name and your account number so that your wire can be correctly applied.  Your bank should transmit immediately available funds by wire to:
 
 
 

 
Wire to:
U.S. Bank, N.A.
ABA Number:
075000022
Credit:
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
Account:
112-952-137
Further Credit:
Concentrated Value Fund
 
(Shareholder Name/Account Registration)
 
(Shareholder Account Number)

Wired funds must be received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) to be eligible for same day pricing.  The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A., the Fund’s custodian, are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Investing by Telephone.   You may not make initial purchases of Fund shares by telephone.   If you have completed the “Telephone Options - Purchase Authorization” section of the Account Application, you may purchase additional shares by telephoning the Fund toll free at [toll free number].  This option allows investors to move money from their bank account to their Fund account upon request.  Only bank accounts held at domestic financial institutions that are Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) members may be used for telephone transactions.  The minimum telephone purchase amount is $100.  If your order is received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), shares will be purchased in your account at the price determined on the day your order is placed.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communications or transmission outages or failure.

Subsequent Investments.   The minimum subsequent investment amount is $100.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of subsequent investments.  You may add to your account at any time by purchasing shares by mail, by telephone or by wire.  You must call to notify the Fund at [toll free number] before wiring.  An investment stub, which is attached to your individual account statement, should accompany any investments made through the mail.  All subsequent purchase requests must include your shareholder account number.

Automatic Investment Plan.   For your convenience, the Fund offers an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”).  Under the AIP, after your initial investment, you may authorize the Fund to withdraw automatically from your personal checking or savings account an amount that you wish to invest, which must be at least $100 on a monthly or quarterly basis.  In order to participate in the AIP, your bank must be a member of the ACH network.  If you wish to enroll in the AIP, complete the appropriate section in the Account Application.  The Fund may terminate or modify this privilege at any time.  You may terminate your participation in the AIP at any time by notifying the Transfer Agent five days prior to the effective date.  A fee will be charged if your bank does not honor the AIP draft for any reason.

Anti-Money Laundering Program.   The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related anti-money laundering laws and regulations.  To ensure compliance with these laws, the Account Application asks for, among other things, the following information for all “customers” seeking to open an “account” (as those terms are defined in rules adopted pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act):

·  
full name;
·  
date of birth (individuals only);
·  
Social Security or taxpayer identification number; and
·  
permanent street address (a P.O. Box number alone is not acceptable).
 
 
 

 
Accounts opened by entities, such as corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts, will require additional documentation.  Please note that if any information listed above is missing, your Account Application will be returned and your account will not be opened.  In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the Transfer Agent will verify the information on your application as part of the Program.  The Fund reserves the right to request additional clarifying information and may close your account if such clarifying information is not received by the Fund within a reasonable time of the request or if the Fund cannot form a reasonable belief as to the true identity of a customer.  If you require additional assistance when completing your application, please contact the Transfer Agent at [toll free number].

Cancellations .  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
 
In general, orders to sell or “redeem” shares may be placed directly with the Fund or through an Authorized Intermediary.   You may redeem all or part of your investment in the Fund’s shares on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.

However, if you originally purchased your shares through a broker-dealer or financial institution, your redemption order must be placed with the same institution in accordance with the procedures established by that institution.  Your financial institution is responsible for sending your order to the Transfer Agent and for crediting your account with the proceeds.  Your financial institution may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

Shareholders who have an IRA or other retirement plan must indicate on their redemption request whether to withhold federal income tax.  Redemption requests failing to indicate an election not to have tax withheld will generally be subject to 10% withholding.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds.   You may redeem your Fund shares at a price equal to the NAV per share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your redemption request in good order.  Your redemption request cannot be processed on days the NYSE is closed.  All requests received by the Fund in good order after the close of the regular trading session of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will usually be processed on the next business day.
 

A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account and signature guarantee(s), if applicable.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

While redemption proceeds may be paid by check sent to the address of record, the Fund is not responsible for interest lost on such amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your pre-established bank account or proceeds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network using the bank instructions previously established for your account.  Redemption proceeds will typically be sent on the business day following your redemption.  Wires are subject to a $15 fee.  There is no charge to have proceeds sent via ACH; however, funds are typically credited to your bank within two to three days after redemption.  In all cases, proceeds will be processed within seven calendar days after the Fund receives your redemption request.
 
 
 
 

 
Before selling recently purchased shares, please note that if the Transfer Agent has not yet collected payment for the shares you are selling, it may delay sending the proceeds until the payment is collected, which may take up to 12 calendar days from the purchase date.  Furthermore, there are certain times when you may be unable to sell Fund shares or receive proceeds.  Specifically, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days: (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted; (2) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to fairly determine the value of its net assets; or (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of shareholders.  Your ability to redeem shares by telephone may be delayed or restricted after you change your address by telephone.  You may change your address at any time by a written request, addressed to the Transfer Agent.  Confirmations of an address changes will be sent to both your old and new address.
 
Redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Transfer Agent may require a signature guarantee for certain redemption requests.  A signature guarantee assures that your signature is genuine and protects you from unauthorized account redemptions.  Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public .  A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is being changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
if a change of address request has been received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days; and
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee or other acceptable signature verification in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Redemption by Mail .  You can execute most redemptions by furnishing an unconditional written request to the Fund to redeem your shares at the current NAV per share.  Redemption requests in writing should be sent to the Transfer Agent at:

Regular Mail
Overnight or Express Mail
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI  53201-0701
Milwaukee, WI  53202

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.
 
 
 

 
Wire Redemption.   Wire transfers may be arranged to redeem shares.  However, the Transfer Agent charges a fee, currently $15, per wire redemption against your account on dollar specific trades, and from proceeds on complete redemptions and share-specific trades.

Telephone Redemption.   If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may redeem shares, in amounts of $100,000 or less, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [toll free number].  A signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source may be required of all shareholders in order to qualify for or to change telephone redemption privileges on an existing account.  Telephone redemptions will not be made if you have notified the Transfer Agent of a change of address within 15 days before the redemption request.  If you have a retirement account, you may not redeem shares by telephone.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.

Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:

·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

Systematic Withdrawal Program.   The Fund offers a systematic withdrawal plan (the “SWP”) whereby shareholders or their representatives may request a redemption in a specific dollar amount be sent to them each month, calendar quarter or annually.  Investors may choose to have a check sent to the address of record, or proceeds may be sent to a pre-designated bank account via the ACH network.  To start this program, your account must have Fund shares with a value of at least $10,000, and the minimum payment amount is $100.  This program may be terminated or modified by the Fund at any time.  Any request to change or terminate your SWP should be communicated in writing or by telephone to the Transfer Agent no later than five days before the next scheduled withdrawal.  A withdrawal under the SWP involves redemption of Fund shares, and may result in a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.  In addition, if the amount withdrawn exceeds the amounts credited to your account, the account ultimately may be depleted.  To establish the SWP, complete the SWP section of the Account Application.  Please call [toll free number] for additional information regarding the SWP.

The Fund’s Right to Redeem an Account.   The Fund reserves the right to redeem the shares of any shareholder whose account balance is less than $2,500, other than as a result of a decline in the NAV of the Fund or for market reasons.  The Fund will provide a shareholder with written notice 30 days prior to redeeming the shareholder’s account.

Redemption-in-Kind.   The Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash.  However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise (and for the protection of the Fund’s remaining shareholders), the Fund may pay all or part of a shareholder’s redemption proceeds in portfolio securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption-in-kind).

Specifically, if the amount you are redeeming from the Fund during any 90-day period is in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period, the Fund has the right to redeem your shares by giving you the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund being redeemed in securities instead of cash.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.
 
 
 

 
Cancellation s.  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
 
You may exchange your Fund shares for shares of the same class of other Trust series managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Be sure to confirm with the Transfer Agent that the fund into which you exchange is available for sale in your state.  Not all Funds available for exchange may be available for purchase in your state.  Because exchanges are a sale and purchase of shares, they may have tax consequences.

You may make exchanges only between identically registered accounts (name(s), address, and taxpayer ID number).  There is currently no limit on exchanges, but each Fund reserves the right to limit exchanges (See “Tools to Combat Frequent Transaction”).  You may exchange your shares by mail or telephone, unless you declined telephone exchange privileges on your account application. You may be responsible for any unauthorized telephone order as long as the transfer agent takes reasonable measures to verify that the order is genuine.  You may also make exchanges through an Authorized Intermediary.

Exchanges By Mail
To exchange Fund shares by mail, simply complete a written request and mail it to the Fund:

Regular Mail
Overnight or Express Mail
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI  53201-0701
Milwaukee, WI  53202

The written request must contain the following information:
·  
Your account number
·  
The names of each Trust series (and class) you are exchanging and
·  
The dollar amount or number of shares you want to sell (and exchange)
·  
A completed account application for the Trust series into which you want to exchange if you desire different account privileges than those currently associated with your account in the Fund.

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.

Exchanges by Telephone
If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may exchange your Fund shares for shares of another Trust series, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [toll free number].  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.

Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:
 
 
 

 
·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.
 
 
The Fund will make distributions of net investment income and net capital gains, if any, at least annually, typically during the month of December.  The Fund may make additional distributions if deemed to be desirable at another time during the year.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you choose one of the following options: (1) receive distributions of net capital gains in cash, while reinvesting net investment income distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive all distributions in cash; or (3) reinvest net capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares, while receiving distributions of net investment income in cash.

If you wish to change your distribution option, write to the Transfer Agent in advance of the payment date of the distribution.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

If you elect to receive distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service is unable to deliver your check, or if a check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV per share and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.
 
 
The Fund is intended for long-term investors.  Short-term “market-timers” who engage in frequent purchases and redemptions may disrupt the Fund’s investment program and create additional transaction costs that are borne by all of the Fund’s shareholders.  The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to discourage excessive, short-term trading and other abusive trading practices that may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm performance.  The Fund takes steps to reduce the frequency and effect of these activities in the Fund.  These steps include, among other things, monitoring trading activity and using fair value pricing.  Although these efforts are designed to discourage abusive trading practices, these tools cannot eliminate the possibility that such activity will occur.  The Fund seeks to exercise its judgment in implementing these tools to the best of its abilities in a manner that it believes is consistent with shareholder interests.  Except as noted herein, the Fund applies all restrictions uniformly in all applicable cases.

Monitoring Trading Practices .  The Fund monitors selected trades in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities.  If, as a result of this monitoring, the Fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, it may, in its discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases in the shareholder’s accounts.  In making such judgments, the Fund seeks to act in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of its shareholders.  The Fund uses a variety of techniques to monitor for and detect abusive trading practices.  These techniques may change from time to time as determined by the Fund in its sole discretion.  To minimize harm to the Fund and its shareholders, the Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order (but not a redemption request), in whole or in part, for any reason and without prior notice.  The Fund may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.
 
 
 

 
Fair Value Pricing .  The Fund employs fair value pricing selectively to ensure greater accuracy in its daily NAVs and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to take advantage of temporary market anomalies.  The Board of Trustees has developed procedures which utilize fair value pricing when reliable market quotations are not readily available or the Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Adviser, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Adviser, events have rendered the market value unreliable.  Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on judgment.  Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.  More detailed information regarding fair value pricing can be found in this Prospectus under the heading entitled “Share Price.”

Due to the complexity and subjectivity involved in identifying abusive trading activity and the volume of shareholder transactions the Fund handles, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s efforts will identify all trades or trading practices that may be considered abusive.  In particular, since the Fund receives purchase and sale orders through Authorized Intermediaries that use group or omnibus accounts, the Fund cannot always detect frequent trading.  However, the Fund will work with Authorized Intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades.  In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with Authorized Intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through non-disclosed or omnibus accounts.  The Fund will use this information to attempt to identify abusive trading practices.  Authorized Intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in abusive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies.  However, the Fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from Authorized Intermediaries and cannot ensure that they will always be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through non-disclosed and omnibus accounts.  As a result, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage abusive trading practices in non-disclosed and omnibus accounts may be limited.
 
 
Distributions of the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (which includes, but is not limited to, interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, are generally taxable to the Fund’s shareholders as ordinary income.  To the extent that the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are designated as attributable to “qualified dividend” income, such income may be subject to tax at the reduced rate of federal income tax applicable to non-corporate shareholders for net long-term capital gains, if certain holding period requirements have been satisfied by the shareholder.  The current federal tax provisions applicable to “qualified dividends” are scheduled to expire for tax years beginning after December 31, 2011.  To the extent the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are attributable to net short-term capital gains, such distributions will be treated as ordinary dividend income for the purposes of income tax reporting and will not be available to offset a shareholder’s capital losses from other investments.

Distributions of net capital gains (net long-term capital gains less net short-term capital losses) are generally taxable as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%, but scheduled to increase in 2013) regardless of the length of time that a shareholder has owned Fund shares.
 
 
 

 
You will be taxed in the same manner whether you receive your distributions (whether of net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in cash or reinvest them in additional Fund shares.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.

Shareholders who sell, or redeem, shares generally will have a capital gain or loss from the sale or redemption.  The amount of the gain or loss and the applicable rate of federal income tax will depend generally upon the amount paid for the shares, the amount received from the sale or redemption and how long the shares were held by a shareholder.  Any loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less, however, is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of net capital gain received on such shares.  In determining the holding period of such shares for this purpose, any period during which your risk of loss is offset by means of options, short sales or similar transactions is not counted.  If you purchase Fund shares within 30 days before or after redeeming other Fund shares at a loss, all or part of that loss will not be deductible and will instead increase the basis of the newly purchased shares.

Shareholders will be advised annually as to the federal tax status of all distributions made by the Fund for the preceding year.  Distributions by the Fund may also be subject to state and local taxes.  Additional tax information may be found in the SAI.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.
 
 
Telephone Transactions.   If you elect telephone privileges on the account application or in a letter to the Fund, you may be responsible for any fraudulent telephone orders as long as the Fund has taken reasonable precautions to verify your identity.  In addition, once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or modified.

During periods of significant economic or market change, telephone transactions may be difficult to complete.  If you are unable to contact the Fund by telephone, you may also mail the requests to the Fund at the address listed previously in the “How to Purchase Shares” section.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to ensure that you will be able to complete your telephone transaction prior to the close of the NYSE.

Policies of Other Financial Intermediaries.   An Authorized Intermediary may establish policies that differ from those of the Fund.  For example, the institution may charge transaction fees, set higher minimum investments or impose certain limitations on buying or selling shares in addition to those identified in this Prospectus.  Please contact your Authorized Intermediary for details.

The Adviser retains the right to close the Fund (or partially close the Fund) to new purchases if it is determined to be in the best interest of shareholders.  Based on market and Fund conditions, the Adviser may decide to close the Fund to new investors, all investors or certain classes of investors (such as fund supermarkets) at any time.  If the Fund is closed to new purchases it will continue to honor redemption requests, unless the right to redeem shares has been temporarily suspended as permitted by federal law.
 
 
 

 
Householding .   In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders the Fund reasonably believes are from the same family or household.  If you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call toll-free at [toll free number] to request individual copies of these documents.  Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, the Fund will begin sending individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.  This policy does not apply to account statements.

Inactive Accounts.   Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your State’s abandoned property laws.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Distribution of Fund Shares

 
 
Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, and serves as distributor and principal underwriter to the Fund.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.  Shares of the Fund are offered on a continuous basis.
 
 
 
The Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisors or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts, other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.

The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash payments to intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund.  These payments and compensation are in addition to service fees paid by the Fund, if any.  Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing support or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary.  Payments may also be paid to intermediaries for inclusion of the Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list or in other sales programs.  Compensation may be paid as an expense reimbursement in cases in which the intermediary provides shareholder services to the Fund.  The Adviser may also pay cash compensation in the form of finder’s fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of the shares sold.

Financial Highlights


Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial highlights available at this time.



 
 
 
 

 




Investment Adviser
Nuance Investments, LLC
One Ward Parkway, Suite 126
Kansas City, Missouri 64112


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[_____________]


Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A.
100 Middle Street
PO Box 9729
Portland, ME 04104-5029

Custodian
U.S. Bank N.A.
Custody Operations
1555 North River Center Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212


Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant and Fund Administrator
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
PRIVACY NOTICE

 
The Fund collects non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

·  
information the Fund receives about you on applications or other forms;
·  
information you give the Fund orally; and/or
·  
information about your transactions with the Fund or others.

The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as permitted by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities.  The Fund may share information with affiliated parties and unaffiliated third parties with whom it has contracts for servicing the Fund.  The Fund will provide unaffiliated third parties with only the information necessary to carry out their assigned responsibility.  All shareholder records will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.   The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your non-public personal information and require third parties to treat your non-public personal information with the same high degree of confidentiality.

In the event that you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, including, but not limited to, a broker-dealer, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary governs how your non-public personal information is shared with unaffiliated third parties.
















 


Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series


FOR MORE INFORMATION

You can find more information about the Fund in the following documents:

Statement of Additional Information
The SAI provides additional details about the investments and techniques of the Fund and certain other additional information.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  This means that the SAI is legally considered a part of this Prospectus even though it is not physically within this Prospectus.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports will provide additional information about the Fund’s investments.  The annual reports will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Fund’s performance during the Fund’s prior fiscal period.

You can obtain a free copy of these documents (when they become available) and the SAI, request other information, or make general inquiries about the Fund by calling the Fund (toll-free) at [toll free number], by visiting the Fund section of the Adviser’s website at www.nuanceinvestments.com   or by writing to:

Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

You can review and copy information, including the Fund’s reports and SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling (202) 551-8090.  Reports and other information about the Fund are also available:

·  
free of charge from the SEC’s EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov;
·  
for a fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520; or
·  
for a fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.



(The Trust’s SEC Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-…..)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.







NUANCE CONCENTRATED VALUE FUND

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: NCVIX)

Statement of Additional Information

April […] , 2011





This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides general information about the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund (the “Concentrated Value Fund,” or the “Fund”), a series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”).  This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s current prospectus dated April […], 2011 (the “Prospectus”), as supplemented and amended from time to time, which is incorporated herein by reference.  To obtain a copy of the Prospectus, free of charge, please write or call the Fund at the address or toll-free telephone number below, or visit the Adviser’s website at www.nuanceinvestments.com .




Nuance Concentrated Value Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701
[toll free number]

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

1
2
18
20
 
20
 
20
 
20
 
21
 
21
 
24
 
24
 
24
 
25
 
25
 
25
 
26
27
 
27
 
28
28
28
30
30
30
31
31
32
33
35
37
37
A-1
 

 

 
 

 

The Trust
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on January [27], 2011, and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company.  The Fund is one series, or mutual fund of the Trust.  The Fund is a non-diversified series and has its own investment objective and policies.  Shares of other series of the Trust are offered in separate prospectuses and SAIs.  The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI are a part of the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  Copies of the Trust’s complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or may be accessed free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  The Trust may create additional classes of the Fund and may create additional series (and classes thereof) and offer shares of these series and classes under the Trust at any time.

The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of interests (or shares).  Interests in the Fund are represented by shares of beneficial interest each with no par value per share.  Each share of each series of the Trust and each class of shares thereof has equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and voting rights. Each series (and classes thereof) of the Trust has equal voting rights and liquidation rights, and are voted in the aggregate and not by the series or class, except in matters where a separate vote is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or when the matters affect only the interest of a particular series or class.  When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned.  The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders.  The Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon removal of any trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares.  Each shareholder of a Trust series   is entitled to that shareholder’s pro rata share of all distributions arising from that series’ assets and, upon redeeming shares, will receive the portion of the series’ net assets represented by the redeemed shares.

Each share of the Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to the Fund and is entitled to such distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees has the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of that series so long as the proportionate beneficial interests in the assets belonging to that series and the rights of shares of any other series are in no way affected.  In case of the liquidation of a series, the holders of shares of the series being liquidated are entitled to receive a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that series.  Expenses attributable to any series (or class thereof) are borne by that series (or class).  Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular series are allocated by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees to all applicable series (and classes thereof) on the basis of relative net assets, number of shareholders or other equitable method.  No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his or her express consent.

The assets of the Fund received for the issue or sale of its shares, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, shall constitute the underlying assets of the Fund.  In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders.

Nuance Investments, LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Fund.
 
 
 
 

 
Investment Policies, Strategies and Associated Risks
The following discussion supplements the description of the Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus.  Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed below (see “Fundamental Investment Limitations”), the Fund’s investment strategies and policies are not fundamental and may be changed by sole action of the Board of Trustees, without shareholder approval.  While the Fund is permitted to hold securities and engage in various strategies as described hereafter, it is not obligated to do so.  The Fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Investment Objective
The investment objective of the Fund is long-term capital appreciation.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Diversification
The Fund is non-diversified.  A non-diversified fund is a fund that does not satisfy the definition of a “diversified company” set forth in the 1940 Act.  A “diversified company” means that as to 75% of the Fund’s total assets (1) no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) the Fund may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.

Since the Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), the Fund will, excluding cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, limit its investment so that at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (1) not more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) with respect to 50% of its total assets, not more than 5% will be invested in the securities of a single issuer and not more than 10% will be invested in the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.  Because the Fund may invest a great percentage of its assets in the securities of fewer issuers, the Fund is subject to the risk that its performance may be hurt disproportionately by the poor performance of relatively few securities.

Percentage Limitations
The Fund’s compliance with its investment policy and limitation will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, except with respect to borrowing or illiquid securities, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether an investment complies with the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.  In addition, if a bankruptcy or other extraordinary event occurs concerning a particular investment by the Fund, the Fund may receive stock, real estate or other investments that the Fund would not, or could not, buy.  If this happens, the Fund will sell such investments as soon as practicable while trying to maximize the return to its shareholders.

Recent Market Events
U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.  The fixed income markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties.  Concerns have spread to domestic and international equity markets.  In some cases, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial conditions or prospects of that company.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.
 
 
 
 

 
Equity Securities
An equity security represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company.  Its value is based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets and general market conditions.  Common stocks and preferred stocks are examples of equity securities.  The fundamental risk of investing in common and preferred stock is the risk that the value of the stock might decrease.
 
Common Stock
Common stock represents an ownership interest in a company. In addition to the general risks set forth above, investments in common stocks are subject to the risk that in the event a company in which the Fund invests is liquidated, the holders of preferred stock and creditors of that company will be paid in full before any payments are made to the Fund as holders of common stock.  It is possible that all assets of that company will be exhausted before any payments are made to the Fund.

Preferred Stock
Preferred stock represents an ownership interest in a company, often pays dividends at a specific rate and has a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets. A preferred stock is a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock.  It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited.  Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer. In addition, preferred stock usually does not have voting rights.

Foreign Investments and Currencies
The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are not publicly traded in the United States, purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis and enter into forward currency contracts (see “Forward Currency Contracts,” below).  The Fund may also invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and foreign securities that are publicly traded on a U.S. exchange.  Investments in ADRs and foreign securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

Depositary Receipts .  Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets.  ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities.  ADRs may be purchased through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities.  A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the depositary security.  Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities, and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts of the deposited securities. Accordingly, available information concerning the issuer may not be current and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than the prices of sponsored depositary receipts.  For purposes of the Fund’s investment policies, ADRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent.  Thus, an ADR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

Political and Economic Factors .  Individual foreign economies of certain countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments position.  The internal politics of certain foreign countries may not be as stable as those of the United States.  Governments in certain foreign countries also continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies.  Action by these governments could include restrictions on foreign investment, nationalization, expropriation of goods or imposition of taxes, and could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest.  The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by the trade policies and economic conditions of their trading partners.  Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of those countries.
 
 
 

 
Currency Fluctuations .  The Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies.  Accordingly, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency.  Such changes will also affect the Fund’s income.  The value of the Fund’s assets may also be affected significantly by currency restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted from time to time.

Market Characteristics .  The Adviser expects that many foreign securities in which the Fund may invest could be purchased in over-the-counter markets or on exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market.  Foreign exchanges and markets may be more volatile than those in the United States.  While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and the Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in U.S. securities.  Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets, and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States.  Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where Fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose the Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.

Legal and Regulatory Matters .  Certain foreign countries may have less supervision of securities markets, brokers and issuers of securities, and less financial information available from issuers, than is available in the United States.

Taxes .  The interest and dividends payable on certain of the Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to Fund shareholders.

Costs .  To the extent that the Fund invests in foreign securities, its expense ratio is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing only in domestic securities, because related brokerage costs and the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities may be higher.


Forward Currency Contracts
A forward currency contract (“forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. At or before settlement of a forward currency contract, the Fund may either deliver the currency or terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing an offsetting contract.  If the Fund makes delivery of the foreign currency at or before the settlement of a forward contract, it may be required to obtain the currency through the conversion of assets of the Fund into the currency.  The Fund may close out a forward contract obligating it to purchase currency by selling an offsetting contract, in which case, it will realize a gain or a loss.

The Fund enters into forward contracts in order to “lock in” the exchange rate between the currency it will deliver and the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. In addition, the Fund may enter into forward contracts to hedge against risks arising from securities the Fund owns or anticipates purchasing, or the U.S. dollar value of interest and dividends paid on those securities. The Fund does not intend to enter into forward contracts on a regular or continuing basis and the Fund will not enter these contracts for speculative purposes.
 
 
 

 
Foreign currency transactions involve certain costs and risks. The Fund incurs foreign exchange expenses in converting assets from one currency to another. Forward contracts involve a risk of loss if the Adviser is inaccurate in its prediction of currency movements. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved is generally not possible. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency if the market value of the security is less than the amount of the foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver under the forward contract and the decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. The use of forward contracts as a hedging technique does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities the Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. Although forward contracts can reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, they also limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of the currencies. There is also the risk that the other party to the transaction may fail to deliver currency when due which may result in a loss to the Fund.

Fixed-Income Securities
The Fund may invest in a wide range of fixed-income securities, which may include obligations of any rating or maturity.  The Fund may invest in investment grade corporate debt securities and below investment grade corporate debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds”).    Investment grade corporate bonds are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, Inc. (“S&P”) or Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) each of which are considered a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”).  Securities rated BBB by S&P are considered investment grade, but Moody’s considers securities rated Baa to have speculative characteristics.  The Fund will not invest in securities that are rated below D by S&P or Moody’s.  The Fund may hold a debt security rated below D if a downgrade occurs after the security has been purchased.  See Appendix A for a description of corporate bond ratings.  The Fund may also invest in unrated debt securities that the Adviser believes are of comparable quality to the rated securities in which the Fund may purchase.

Junk Bonds .  Junk bonds generally offer a higher current yield than that available for investment grade issues.  However, below investment grade debt securities involve higher risks, in that they are especially subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, to changes in the financial condition of the issuers and to price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates.  During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default.    At times in recent years, the prices of many below investment grade debt securities declined substantially, reflecting an expectation that many issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties.  As a result, the yields on below investment grade debt securities rose dramatically, reflecting the risk that holders of such securities could lose a substantial portion of their value as a result of the issuers’ financial restructuring or default.  There can be no assurance that such price declines will not recur.  The market for below investment grade debt issues generally is thinner and less active than that for higher quality securities, which may limit the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at fair value in response to changes in the economy or financial markets.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade debt securities, especially in a thinly traded market.  Changes by recognized rating services in their rating of a debt security may affect the value of these investments.  The Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase.  However, the Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objective.
 
 
 

 
Corporate Debt Securities .  Corporate debt securities are fixed-income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status.  Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.

The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by domestic or foreign companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment grade or below investment grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest.

Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles.  For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk.  On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small foreign corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.

Corporate debt securities carry credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that the Fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it is due.  Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities.  The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment.  For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities.  This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while continuing to make payments on senior securities.  In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities.

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise.  In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms.   Prepayment risk occurs when issuers prepay fixed rate debt securities when interest rates fall, forcing the Fund to invest in securities with lower interest rates. Issuers of debt securities are also subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors that may restrict the ability of the issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities. The possibility exists therefore, that, as a result of bankruptcy, litigation or other conditions, the ability of an issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock or other equity security at the option of the holder during a specified period.  Convertible securities may take the form of convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds or debentures, units consisting of “usable” bonds and warrants or a combination of the features of several of these securities.  The investment characteristics of each convertible security vary widely, which allows convertible securities to be employed for a variety of investment strategies.  The Fund will exchange or convert convertible securities into shares of underlying common stock when, in the opinion of the Adviser, the investment characteristics of the underlying common stock or other equity security will assist the Fund in achieving its investment objectives.  The Fund may also elect to hold or trade convertible securities.  In selecting convertible securities, the Adviser evaluates the investment characteristics of the convertible security as a fixed income instrument, and the investment potential of the underlying equity security for capital appreciation.
 
 
 

 
Zero-Coupon Securities .  Zero-coupon securities make no periodic interest payments, but are sold at a deep discount from their face value.  The buyer recognizes a rate of return determined by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date.  The discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity, as well as market interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the issuer’s perceived credit quality.  If the issuer defaults, the holder may not receive any return on its investment.  Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, their price fluctuates more than other types of bonds.  Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, when interest rates rise, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically in value than bonds paying interest on a current basis.  When interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value because the bonds reflect a fixed rate of return.  An investment in zero-coupon may cause the Fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on its investment.

Unrated Debt Securities .  The Fund may also invest in unrated debt securities.  Unrated debt, while not necessarily lower in quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market.  Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds.  The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.

U.S. Government Obligations
The Fund may invest in U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.

Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so (see “Agency Obligations,” below).  In addition, U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates.  As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease.  Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Agency Obligations
The Fund may invest in agency obligations, such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), commonly known as “Ginnie Mae,” Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), commonly known as “Fannie Mae,” Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), commonly known as “Freddie Mae,” and the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”).  Some, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported only by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA and FHLMC, are supported by only the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities   because they are not obligated by law to do so.  As a result, there is a risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation.  For instance, in September 2008, at the direction of the U.S. Treasury, FNMA and FHLMC were placed into conservatorship under the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a newly created independent regulator.

Options, Futures and Other Strategies
General .   The Fund may use certain options (both traded on an exchange and over-the-counter (“OTC”)), futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”) and options on futures contracts (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying security, to attempt to hedge or limit the exposure of a particular portfolio security, to create a synthetic money market position, for certain tax-related purposes and to close out previously established options and futures positions.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”).  In addition, the Fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments will be limited by tax considerations.  Pursuant to a claim for exemption filed with the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, the Fund is not deemed to be a commodity pool operator or a commodity pool under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as such under the Commodity Exchange Act.  In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the Adviser may discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques.  These new opportunities may become available as the Adviser develops new investment techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed.  The Adviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by the Fund’s investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities.  The Prospectus or this SAI will be supplemented to the extent that new products or techniques involve materially different risks than those described below.

Special Risks .   The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below.  Risks pertaining to particular Financial Instruments are described in the sections that follow.

(1)           Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the Adviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities.  The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets, due to the differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to distortion.  Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of stock market trends by the Adviser may still not result in a successful transaction.  The Adviser may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of market movements or the time span within which the movements take place, which, thus, may result in the strategy being unsuccessful.
 
 

 
(2)           Options and futures prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments.  Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way.  Imperfect or no correlation also may result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, and from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts.

(3)           As described below, the Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (e.g . , Financial Instruments other than purchased options).  If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured.  These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment when it would otherwise be favorable to do so or require that the Fund sells a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.  The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counter-party”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

(4)     Losses may arise due to unanticipated market price movements, lack of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at a particular time or due to losses from premiums paid by the Fund on options transactions.

Cover .   Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchasing options, expose the Fund to an obligation to another party.  The Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it owns either (1) an offsetting (“covered”) position in securities or other options or futures contracts or (2) cash and liquid assets with a value, marked-to-market daily, sufficient to cover its potential obligations to the extent not covered as provided in (1) above.  The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash or liquid assets in an account with its custodian, U.S. Bank, N.A. (the “Custodian”), in the prescribed amount as determined daily.

Assets used as cover or held in an account cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to cover accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options .   The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment and general market conditions.  Options that expire unexercised have no value.  Options currently are traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange (“CBOE”), the American Stock and Options Exchange (“AMEX”) and other exchanges, as well as the OTC markets.
 
 
 
 
 

 
By buying a call option on a security, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium paid, to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing (selling) a call option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to deliver securities underlying the option at the exercise price if the option is exercised.  By buying a put option, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium, to sell the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing a put option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to purchase the securities underlying the option at the exercise price.

Because options premiums paid or received by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying and selling put and call options can be more speculative than investing directly in securities.

The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the Fund may terminate an obligation under a call option or put option that it has written by purchasing an identical call option or put option.  This is known as a closing purchase transaction.  Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option.  This is known as a closing sale transaction.  Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

Risks of Options on Commodities, Currencies and Securities .   Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.  In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counter-party (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee.  Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counter-party from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option.  Failure by the counter-party to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-traded options depends on the existence of a liquid market.  However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time.  Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counter-party or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration.

If the Fund were unable to affect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit.  The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options on Indices .   An index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities included in the index.  Options on indices give the holder the right to receive an amount of cash upon exercise of the option.  Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the index upon which the option is based being greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of put) the exercise price of the option.  Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the S&P 500 Index, the NYSE Composite Index or the AMEX Major Market Index or on a narrower index such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange Over-the-Counter Index.
 
 
 
 

 
Each of the exchanges has established limitations governing the maximum number of call or put options on the same index that may be bought or written by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written on one or more accounts or through one or more brokers).  Under these limitations, option positions of all investment companies advised by the Adviser are combined for purposes of these limits.  Pursuant to these limitations, an exchange may order the liquidation of positions and may impose other sanctions or restrictions.  These position limits may restrict the number of listed options that the Fund may buy or sell.

Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities.  When the Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call.  The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”).  When the Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights to such call as are indicated above.  When the Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls.  When the Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and the exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices .   If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change.  If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.


Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts .   A futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified security on the expiration date of the contract.  An index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.  No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, it becomes obligated, in return for the premium received, to assume a position in the futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option.  If the Fund writes a call, it assumes a short futures position.  If the Fund writes a put, it assumes a long futures position.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it acquires the right in return for the premium it pays to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).

Whether the Fund realizes a gain or loss from futures activities depends upon movements in the underlying security or index.  The extent of the Fund’s loss from an unhedged short position in futures contracts or from writing unhedged call options on futures contracts is potentially unlimited.  The Fund only purchases and sells futures contracts and options on futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade.
 
 
 

 
No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract.  Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin” in an amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  Margin also must be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules.  Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures commission merchant daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.”  Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from a futures commission merchant.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk.  In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sell a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements.  If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Purchasers and sellers of futures contracts and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions in options, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold.  Positions in futures and options on futures contracts may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market.  However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time.  In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price.  Once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit.  Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses.  The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.  In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain cash or liquid assets in an account.

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon .   The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures markets), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions.  First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements.  Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationships between the cash and futures markets.  Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery.  To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion.  Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market.  Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions.
 
 

 
Combined Positions .   The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other.  For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract.  Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase.  Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Warrants and Rights
The Fund may purchase warrants and rights, which are instruments that permit the Fund to acquire, by subscription, the capital stock of a corporation at a set price, regardless of the market price for such stock.  The principal difference between warrants and rights is their term-rights typically expire within weeks while warrants have longer durations.  Neither rights nor warrants have voting rights or pay dividends.  The market price of warrants is usually significantly less than the current price of the underlying stock.  Thus, there is a greater risk that warrants might drop in value at a faster rate than the underlying stock.

When-Issued Securities
When-issued securities transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell particular securities with payment and delivery taking place at a future date, and permit the Fund to lock in a price or yield on a security it owns or intends to purchase, regardless of future changes in interest rates or market action.  No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a when-issued basis prior to delivery.  Such securities are recorded as an asset and its value may fluctuate.  Purchasing a security on a when-issued basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed-upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery.  The Fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities.  The Fund will establish in a segregated account, or earmark as segregated on the books of the Custodian, an amount of liquid assets equal to 102% of the amount of its commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued basis.  These assets will be marked-to-market daily, and the Fund will increase the aggregate value of the assets, as necessary, to ensure that the assets are at least equal to 102% of the amount of the Fund’s commitments.

Initial Public Offerings
The Fund may invest in securities offered companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.  Companies that offer securities in IPOs tend to typically have small market capitalizations and therefore their securities may be more volatile and less liquid that those issued by larger companies.  Certain companies offering securities in an IPO may have limited operating experience and, as a result face a greater risk of business failure.
 
 
 
 

 
Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements.  Under such agreements, the Fund agrees to purchase U.S. government Obligations from a counterparty and the counterparty agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed upon time and price.  The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to the Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase.  In either case, the income to the Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security itself.  Such repurchase agreements will be made only with banks with assets of $500 million or more that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or with government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Board and registered as broker-dealers with the SEC or exempt from such registration.  The Fund will generally enter into repurchase agreements of short durations, from overnight to one week, although the underlying securities generally have longer maturities.  The Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with more than seven days to maturity if, as a result, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities including such repurchase agreements.

For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from the Fund to the seller of the U.S. government obligations that are subject to the repurchase agreement.  It is not clear whether a court would consider the U.S. government obligations to be acquired by the Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by the Fund or as being collateral for a loan by the Fund to the seller.  In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the U.S. government obligations before its repurchase under a repurchase agreement, the Fund could encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the underlying U.S. government obligations.  Delays may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the U.S. government obligations.  If a court characterizes the transaction as a loan and the Fund has not perfected a security interest in the U.S. government obligations, the Fund may be required to return the securities to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller.  As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at the risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.  As with any unsecured debt instrument purchased for the Fund, the Adviser seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the other party, in this case the seller of the U.S. government security.

Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the U.S. government obligations.  However, the Fund will always receive as collateral for any repurchase agreement to which it is a party securities acceptable to the Adviser, the market value of which is equal to at least 100% of the repurchase price, and the Fund will make payment against such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of its Custodian.  If the market value of the U.S. government obligations subject to the repurchase agreement become less than the repurchase price (including interest), the Fund will direct the seller of the U.S. government obligations to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.  It is possible that the Fund could be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce on the seller a contractual obligation to deliver additional securities.

Master Limited Partnerships
The Fund may invest in publicly traded master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on a major United States stock exchange, if the issuer meets the Fund’s investment criteria.  MLPs are businesses organized as limited partnerships which trade their proportionate shares of the partnership (units) on a public exchange.  MLPs are required to pay out most or all of their cash flow in distributions.  This pass through creates passive income or losses, along with dividend and investment income. The MLPs the Fund may purchase are comprised of a general partner (the “GP”) and multiple limited partners (the “LP Holders”). The GP is responsible for the operations and the maintenance of the partnership’s businesses, while the LP Holders assume economic risk up to their level of investment.  Typically, the GP has a 1% to 2% investment in the MLP, but can extract a higher percentage of the partnership’s profits as the MLP’s distributions increase.  This serves as an incentive to the GP to grow the partnership’s distributions.
 
 
 

 
Generally speaking, MLP investment returns are enhanced during periods of declining or low interest rates and tend to be negatively influenced when interest rates are rising.  As an income vehicle, the unit price can be influenced by general interest rate trends independent of specific underlying fundamentals.  In addition, most MLPs are fairly leveraged and typically carry a portion of a “floating” rate debt.  As such, a significant upward swing in interest rates would also drive interest expense higher.  Furthermore, most MLPs grow by acquisitions partly financed by debt, and higher interest rates could make it more difficult to make acquisitions.

Private Placements and Restricted Securities
The Fund may invest in restricted securities (securities with limited transferability under the securities laws) acquired from the issuer in “private placement” transactions.  Private placement securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are subject to restrictions on resale.  They are eligible for sale only to certain qualified institutional buyers, like the Fund, and are not sold on a trading market or exchange.  While private placement securities offer attractive investment opportunities otherwise not available on an open market, because such securities are available to few buyers, they are often both difficult to sell and to value.  Certain of the Fund’s investments may be placed in smaller, less seasoned, issuers that present a greater risk due to limited product lines and/or financial resources.  The issuer of privately placed securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements of a public trade.  Additionally, the Fund could obtain material non-public information from the issuer of such securities that would restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct transactions in underlying securities.

Privately placed securities can usually only be resold to other qualified institutional buyers, or in a private transaction, or to a limited number of purchasers, or in a limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.  The Fund may incur more cost in the disposition of such securities because of the time and legal expense required to negotiate a private placement.  Because of the limited market, the Fund may find it difficult to sell the securities when it finds it advisable to do so and, to the extent such securities are sold in private negotiations, they may be sold for less than the price for which they were purchased or less than their fair market value.

Privately placed securities cannot be resold to the public unless they have been registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption, such as Rule 144A.  Although securities which may be resold only to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144A under the Securities Act are technically considered “restricted securities,” the Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities without regard to the limitation on investments in illiquid securities described above in the “Illiquid Securities” section, provided that a determination is made that such securities have a readily available trading market.  The Fund may also purchase certain commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from regulations in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (“4(2) Paper”).  The Adviser will determine the liquidity of Rule 144A securities and 4(2) Paper under the supervision of the Board of Trustees.  The liquidity of Rule 144A securities and 4(2) Paper will be monitored by the Adviser, and if as a result of changed conditions it is determined that a Rule 144A security or 4(2) Paper is no longer liquid, the Fund’s holdings of illiquid securities will be reviewed to determine what, if any, action is required to assure that the Fund does not exceed its percentage limitation for investments in illiquid securities.
 
 
 

 
Temporary Defensive Positions and Cash Investments
The Fund may temporarily depart from its investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash, cash equivalents, and high-quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions.  This may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective during that period.

For longer periods of time, the Fund may hold a substantial position in cash and cash equivalents.  If the market advances during periods when the Fund is holding a large cash position, the Fund may not participate to the extent it would have if the Fund had been more fully invested.  To the extent that the Fund uses a money market fund for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund would bear its pro rata portion of such money market fund’s advisory fees and operational expenses.

Investments in cash equivalents, high quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk although to a lesser extent than longer-term debt securities due to their short-term, significant liquidity, and the high credit quality typically associated with the issues of such securities.

The Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:

Money Market Mutual Funds .  Generally, money market mutual funds seek to earn income consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.  They primarily invest in high quality money market obligations, including U.S. government obligations, bank obligations and high-grade corporate instruments.  These investments generally mature within 397 days from the date of purchase.  An investment in a money market mutual fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency.

To the extent that the Fund invests in money market funds, your cost of investing in the Fund will generally be higher since you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the underlying money market mutual funds in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.  Furthermore, investing in money market funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to you and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by you.

Bank Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits .  The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits.  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against monies deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.  Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.  Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by the Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government.

In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under the investment objective and policies stated above and in the Prospectus, the Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks.  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.
 
 
 

 
Savings Association Obligations .  The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations .  The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes.  Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations.  Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper.  While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, the Fund may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and which are rated “A” or higher by S&P or “A” or higher by Moody’s.

Illiquid Securities
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable, and securities such as repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days and purchased OTC options.  Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market.  In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.  The Board of Trustees may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.  The Fund will determine a security to be illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value at which the Fund has valued the security.  Factors considered in determining whether a security is illiquid may include, but are not limited to: the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase and sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; the number of dealers who undertake to make a market in the security; the nature of the security, including whether it is registered or unregistered, and the market place; whether the security has been rated by an NRSRO; the period of time remaining until the maturity of a debt instrument or until the principal amount of a demand instrument can be recovered through demand; the nature of any restrictions on resale; and with respect to municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation, there is reasonable assurance that the obligation will remain liquid throughout the time the obligation is held and, if unrated, an analysis similar to that which would be performed by an NRSRO is performed.  The Fund will not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, over-the-counter options and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid.
 
 
 

 
Borrowing
The Fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks.  In addition, the Fund is authorized to borrow money from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or for clearance of transactions.  The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies.  Since substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, while the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations
The Trust (on behalf of the Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined under the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

The Fund may not:

1.
issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales in accordance with its objectives and strategies;

2.
underwrite the securities of other issuers (except that the Fund may engage in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities under circumstances where it may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act);

3.
purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies that invest or deal in real estate);

4.
purchase or sell physical commodities or commodities contracts, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;
 
 
 
 

 
5.
make loans of money (except for the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities and purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund);

6.
invest in the securities of any one industry if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such industry, except that the foregoing does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The following lists the non-fundamental investment restriction applicable to the Fund.  This restriction can be changed by the Board of Trustees, but the change will only be effective after prior written notice is given to shareholders of the Fund.

The Fund may not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities.  Illiquid securities are those securities without readily available market quotations, including repurchase agreements having a maturity of more than seven days.  Illiquid securities may include restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid, non-negotiable time deposits, over-the-counter options, and repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice.

Except with respect to borrowing and investments in illiquid securities, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees
The management and affairs of the Fund are supervised by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees consists of […] individuals.  The Trustees are fiduciaries for the Fund’s shareholders and are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware in this regard.  The Board of Trustees establishes policies for the operation of the Fund and appoints the officers who conduct the daily business of the Fund.

The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board of Trustees provides oversight of the management and operations of the Trust.  Like all mutual funds, the day-to-day responsibility for the management and operation of the Trust is the responsibility of various service providers to the Trust and its individual series, such as the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent, each of whom are discussed in greater detail in this SAI.  The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and its service providers, including the agreements with the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent.  The Board has appointed various individuals of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s day-to-day operations.  In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations.  The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who reports directly to the Board and who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters, including an annual compliance review.  Some of these reports are provided as part of formal “Board Meetings,” which are held […] times per year, in person, and such other times as the Board determines is necessary, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations.  From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with Trust officers in less formal settings, between formal Board Meetings to discuss various topics.  In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.

Board Leadership Structure
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to effectively perform its oversight function.  The Board of Trustees is comprised of […] Independent Trustees – _____________, _____________, ____________ – and one Interested Trustee – Mr. Robert J. Kern.  Accordingly, [75]% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees, who are Trustees that are not affiliated with any investment adviser to the Trust or their respective affiliates or  other service provider to the Trust or any Trust series.  The Board of Trustees has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Valuation Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “Board Committees” below.  Each of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are comprised entirely of Independent Trustees.  [The Independent Trustees have engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust.]

The Trust’s Chairperson, Mr. Kern, is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined by the 1940 Act, by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, which acts as principal underwriter to many of the Trust’s underlying funds.  Mr. Kern also serves as an Executive Vice President of the Administrator.  [The Trust has not appointed a lead Independent Trustee.]

In accordance with the fund governance standards prescribed by the SEC under the 1940 Act, the Independent Trustees on the Nominating Committee select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.  Each Trustee was appointed to serve on the Board of Trustees because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as set forth in the subsection “Trustee Qualifications” below.
 
 
 

 
The Board reviews its structure regularly in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including: the unaffiliated nature of each investment adviser; the number of funds that comprise the Trust; the variety of asset classes that those funds reflect; the net assets of the Trust; the committee structure of the Trust; and the independent distribution arrangements of each of the Trust’s underlying funds.

The Board has determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairperson’s status as an Interested Trustee.  In addition, the inclusion of all Independent Trustees as members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee allows all such Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board of Trustees’ oversight duties, including oversight of risk management processes discussed below.  Given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust as described above, the Trust has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate.

Board Oversight of Risk Management
As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel, including personnel of the Trust’s service providers.  Because risk management is a broad concept comprised of many elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counter-party risk, compliance risk, operational risks, business continuity risks, etc.) the oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways.  For example, the Chief Compliance Officer regularly reports to the Board during Board Meetings and meets in executive session with the Independent Trustees and their legal counsel to discuss compliance and operational risks.  In addition, the Independent Trustee designated as the Audit Committee’s “audit committee financial expert” meets with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function.   The full Board receives reports from the investment advisers to the underlying funds and the portfolio managers as to investment risks.

Trustees and Officers
The Trustees and officers of the Trust are listed below with their addresses, present positions with the Trust and principal occupations over at least the last five years.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of Office and Length of Time Served
Number of
Portfolios in Trust Overseen by Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five Years
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
Independent Trustees
     
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
 
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[…]
   
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
 
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since _____, 2011
[…]
   
[      ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
 
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[…]
   

Interested Trustee and Officers
     
Robert J. Kern*
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age:__
Chairperson, and Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since January __, 2011
[…]
Executive Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (1994-present).
 
Trustee, Buffalo Funds (an open-end investment company with ten portfolios); Trustee, USA MUTUALS (an open-end investment company with two portfolios).
James R. Arnold
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI
53202
Age: 53
President and Principal Executive Officer
Indefinite Term, Since ______, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, , U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (20__-9resent).
N/A
Robert J. Slotky
2020 E. Financial Way, Suite 100
Glendora, CA 91741 Age: __
 
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
Indefinite Term;   Since _____, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2001-present).
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian R. Wiedmeyer
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 38
 
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004-present).
N/A
Angela L. Pingel, Esq.
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 39
Secretary
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (20011-present);  Vice President and Securities Counsel, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (2007 - 2010); Assistant Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004 - 2007).
N/A
* Mr. Kern is an “interested person” of the Trust as defined by the 1940 Act by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Fund’s principal underwriter.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Trustee Qualifications
The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure.  The Trustees have substantial business and professional backgrounds that indicate they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them.  Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the table above.  In addition, the Trustees have substantial board experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust.  The Board annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board and the individual Trustees is reviewed.

In addition to the information provided in the table above, below is certain additional information concerning each individual Trustee.  The information provided below, and in the table above, is not all-inclusive.  Many of the Trustees’ qualifications to serve on the Board involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, integrity, work ethic, the ability to work together, the ability to communicate effectively, the ability to exercise judgment, the ability to ask incisive questions, and commitment to shareholder interests.
[Individual Paragraphs regarding each Trustee]

Trustee and Management Ownership of Fund Shares
As of December 31, 2010, no Trustee or officer of the Trust beneficially owned shares of the Fund or any other series of the Trust.
 
Board Committees

Audit Committee .  The Trust has an Audit Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Audit Committee reviews financial statements and other audit-related matters for the Fund.  The Audit Committee also holds discussions with management and with the Fund’s independent auditor concerning the scope of the audit and the auditor’s independence.

Nominating Committee .  The Trust has a Nominating Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Nominating Committee is responsible for seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for the position of trustee and meets only as necessary.

The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders for vacancies on the Board of Trustees.  Recommendations for consideration by the Nominating Committee should be sent to the Secretary of the Trust in writing together with the appropriate biographical information concerning each such proposed nominee, and such recommendation must comply with the notice provisions set forth in the Trust’s By-Laws.  In general, to comply with such procedures, such nominations, together with all required information, must be delivered to and received by the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 60 days prior to the shareholder meeting at which any such nominee would be voted on. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board of Trustees will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration when there is a vacancy on the Board of Trustees.  The Nominating Committee’s procedures with respect to reviewing shareholder nominations will be disclosed as required by applicable securities laws.

Valuation Committee .  The Trust has a Valuation Committee.  The Valuation Committee is responsible for the following: (1) monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and (2) as required, when the Board of Trustees is not in session, determining the fair value of illiquid securities and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are reported to the Board.  The Valuation Committee is currently comprised of Mr. Kern, Mr. Arnold and Mr. Wiedmeyer, who each serve as an officer of the Trust.  The Valuation Committee meets as necessary when a price for a portfolio security is not readily available.
 
 
As the Fund is new, none of the Trust’s committees have met with respect to the Fund.

Trustee Compensation
The Independent Trustees receive a retainer fee of $[….] per year, $1,500 for each in-person meeting and $750 for each telephonic meeting, as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings.  The Interested Trustee does not receive any compensation for his service as Trustee.  Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, the following compensation figures represent estimates for the current fiscal year ending […..], 2011:

Name of Person/Position
Aggregate Compensation from the Concentrated Value Fund 1
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund Expenses
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement
Total Compensation from the Fund and the Trust 2 Paid to Trustees
[……], Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
[…   .],  Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
[…    ] Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
Robert J. Kern, Interested
Trustee
None
None
None
None
 
1
Trustees fees and expenses are allocated among the Fund and any other series comprising the Trust.
 
2
The Trust includes other portfolios in addition to the Fund.

Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.  A controlling person possesses the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for shareholder vote by the Fund.  As of the date of this SAI, there were no principal shareholders or control persons of the Fund.

Investment Adviser
Investment advisory services are provided to the Fund by the Adviser, Nuance Investments, LLC, pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser is majority-owned by Montage Asset Management, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and registered investment adviser.

After an initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (with respect to such Fund); and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, when authorized by either: (i) a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders (with respect to such Fund); or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, or by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.  The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act.  The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser under such agreement shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of portfolio transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.
 
 
In consideration of the services provided by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive from the Fund a management fee computed daily and paid monthly, based on a rate equal to 0.85% of the Fund’s average annual net assets, as specified in the Prospectus.  However, the Adviser may voluntarily agree to waive a portion of the management fees payable to it on a month-to-month basis, including additional fees above and beyond any contractual agreement the Adviser may have to waive management fees and/or reimburse Fund expenses.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  The Adviser has agreed to reduce management fees payable to it by the Fund and/or to reimburse the Fund’s operating expenses to the extent necessary to limit the Fund’s aggregate annual operating expenses (excluding interest, acquired fund fees and expenses, leverage and tax expenses, dividends and interest expenses on short positions, brokerage commissions, and extraordinary expenses) to the limit set forth in the Fees and Expenses tables in the Prospectus.  Any such reductions made by the Adviser in its management fees or reimbursement of expenses which are the Fund’s obligation are subject to reimbursement by the Fund to the Adviser, if so requested by the Adviser, in subsequent fiscal years if the aggregate amount actually paid by the Fund toward the operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the reimbursement) does not exceed the limitation on Fund expenses.  The Adviser is permitted to be reimbursed only for fee reductions and expense payments made in the previous three fiscal years from the date the expense was incurred.  Any such reimbursement is also contingent upon the Board of Trustees’ subsequent review and ratification of the reimbursed amounts.  Such reimbursement may not be paid prior to the Fund’s payment of current ordinary operating expenses.

Portfolio Manager
As disclosed in the Prospectus, Mr. Scott A. Moore is the portfolio manager for the Fund (the “Portfolio Manager”).

The following provides information regarding other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager as of April __, 2011:

Registered Investment Companies
(excluding the Fund)
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
(in millions)
[…]
$[…]
[…]
$[…]
[…]
$[…]

As of April __, 2011, the Portfolio Manager managed one [identify other pooled investment vehicle/other account with assets of [   ] pursuant to a performance-based advisory fee.

The Portfolio Manager’s management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with the management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the Portfolio Manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the Portfolio Manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby the Portfolio Manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.
 
 
The Adviser compensates the Portfolio Manager for his management of the Fund.   The Portfolio Manager receives a base salary and a performance bonus.  The base salary is determined by overall experience, expertise, and competitive market rates. The performance bonus is based on the profitability of the firm and job performance. Whereas the performance of an account may contribute to the overall profitability of the firm, compensation of a portfolio manager is not based on the numerical performance of any client account. All of the portfolio manager’s compensation package is paid by the Adviser and not by any client account.

As of the date of this SAI, the Portfolio Manager did not own any shares of the Fund.

Service Providers
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202 (the “Administrator”), the Administrator acts as the Fund’s administrator.  The Administrator provides certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparation for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance by the Trust and the Fund with applicable laws and regulations.; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value per share (“NAV”) and yield; responding to shareholder inquiries; and arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund, and providing, at its own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out its duties.  In this capacity, the Administrator does not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares.  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, for its services, the Administrator receives from the Fund a fee computed daily and payable monthly based on the Fund’s average net assets at the rate of […]% of average net assets on the first $[…], […]% of average net assets on the next $[…], and […]% on the balance, all subject to an annual minimum fee of $[…].

USBFS also acts as fund accountant (“Fund Accountant”), transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”) and dividend disbursing agent under separate agreements with the Trust.

Pursuant to a custody agreement between the Trust and the Fund, U.S. Bank, N.A., an affiliate of USBFS, serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets, whereby the Custodian provides for fees on a transaction basis plus out-of-pocket expenses.  The Custodian’s address is 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212.  The Custodian does not participate in decisions relating to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund.  U.S. Bank, N.A. and its affiliates may participate in revenue sharing arrangements with service providers of mutual funds in which the Fund may invest.

Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A., 100 Middle Street, P.O. Box 9729, Portland, Maine 04104-5029, serves as counsel to the Fund.
 
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[…], serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.

Distribution of Fund Shares
The Trust has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter, provides certain administration services and promotes and arranges for the sale of the Fund’s shares on a best efforts basis.  The offering of the Fund’s shares is continuous.  The Distributor, Administrator and Custodian are affiliated companies.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Trustees.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Fund and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  Purchases and sales of securities on an exchange are affected through brokers that charge a commission while purchases and sales of securities in the over-the-counter market will generally be executed directly with the primary “market-maker” unless, in the opinion of the Adviser, a better price and execution can otherwise be obtained by using a broker for the transaction.  Purchases and sales of portfolio securities that are fixed income securities (for instance, money market instruments and bonds, notes and bills) usually are principal transactions. In a principal transaction, the party from whom the Fund purchases or to whom the Fund sells is acting on its own behalf (and not as the agent of some other party such as its customers). These securities normally are purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or market maker for the securities.  The price of securities purchased from underwriters includes a disclosed fixed commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and prices of securities purchased from dealers serving as market makers reflects the spread between the bid and asked price.  The price of over-the-counter securities usually includes an undisclosed commission or markup.

Purchases of portfolio securities for the Fund will be effected through broker-dealers (including banks) that specialize in the types of securities that the Fund will be holding, unless better executions are available elsewhere.  Dealers usually act as principal for their own accounts.  Purchases from dealers will include a spread between the bid and the asked price.  If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer that has provided research or other services as discussed below.

In placing portfolio transactions, the Adviser will use reasonable efforts to choose broker-dealers capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable price and execution available.  The full range and quality of services, such as the size of the order, the difficulty of execution, the operational facilities of the firm involved, the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities and other factors available, will be considered in making these determinations.  In those instances where it is reasonably determined that more than one broker-dealer can offer the services needed to obtain the most favorable price and execution available, consideration may be given to those broker-dealers that furnish or supply research and statistical information to the Adviser that it may lawfully and appropriately use in its investment advisory capacities, as well as provide other brokerage services incidental to execution services.  Research and statistical information may include reports that are common in the industry such as industry research reports and periodicals, quotation systems, software for portfolio management and formal databases. Typically, the research will be used to service all of the Adviser’s accounts, although a particular client may not benefit from all the research received on each occasion.  The Adviser considers research information, which is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by it under its Advisory Agreement with the Fund, to be useful in varying degrees, but of indeterminable value.
 
 
While it is the Fund’s general policy to first seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available in selecting a broker-dealer to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, weight is also given to the ability of a broker-dealer to furnish brokerage and research services to the Fund or to the Adviser, even if the specific services are not directly useful to the Fund and may be useful to the Adviser in advising other clients.  In negotiating commissions with a broker or evaluating the spread to be paid to a dealer, the Fund may therefore pay a higher commission or spread than would be the case if no weight were given to the furnishing of these supplemental services, provided that the amount of such commission or spread has been determined in good faith by the Adviser to be reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such broker-dealer.  The standard of reasonableness is to be measured in light of the Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the Fund.

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other client accounts.  Nevertheless, it is possible that at times identical securities will be acceptable for both the Fund and one or more of such client accounts.  In such event, the position of the Fund and such client account(s) in the same issuer may vary and the length of time that each may choose to hold its investment in the same issuer may likewise vary.  However, to the extent any of these client accounts seek to acquire the same security as the Fund at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a portion of such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security.  Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time.  If one or more of such client accounts simultaneously purchases or sells the same security that the Fund is purchasing or selling, each day’s transactions in such security will be allocated between the Fund and all such client accounts in a manner deemed equitable by the Adviser, taking into account the respective sizes of the accounts and the amount being purchased or sold.  It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund are concerned.  In other cases, however, it is believed that the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better executions for the Fund.  Notwithstanding the above, the Adviser may execute buy and sell orders for accounts and take action in performance of its duties with respect to any of its accounts that may differ from actions taken with respect to another account, so long as the Adviser shall, to the extent practical, allocate investment opportunities to accounts, including the Fund, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with applicable law.

Portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers who sell shares of the Fund subject to rules adopted by FINRA and the SEC.  Portfolio transactions may also be placed with broker-dealers in which the Adviser has invested on behalf of the Fund and/or client accounts.
 
 
Portfolio Turnover
Although the Fund generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to above-average transaction costs and could generate capital gains that must be distributed to shareholders as short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income rates (currently as high as 35%).  To the extent that the Fund experiences an increase in brokerage commissions due to a higher portfolio turnover rate, the performance of the Fund could be negatively impacted by the increased expenses incurred by the Fund and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.

Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser and the Distributor have each adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These Codes permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the Adviser and Distributor to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

Proxy Voting Procedures
The Board of Trustees has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policies”) wherein the Trust has delegated to the Adviser the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund as part of its investment advisory services, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board of Trustees.  Notwithstanding this delegation of responsibilities, however, the Fund retains the right to vote proxies relating to its portfolio securities.  The fundamental purpose of the Proxy Policies is to ensure that each vote will be in a manner that reflects the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, taking into account the value of the Fund’s investments.

The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, (800) SEC-0330 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Adviser will vote proxies on behalf of the Fund in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  Absent special circumstances, all proxies will be voted consistent with guidelines established and described in the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.  A summary of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is as follows:

·  
The Adviser has formed a Proxy Voting Committee that will be responsible for monitoring corporate actions, making voting decisions in the best interest of the Fund, and ensuring that proxies are submitted in a timely manner.
·  
The Proxy Voting Committee will generally vote proxies according to the Adviser’s then-current Proxy Voting Guidelines.  The Proxy Voting Guidelines include many specific examples of voting decisions for the types of proposals that are most frequently presented, including: composition of the board of directors; approval of independent auditors; management and director compensation; antitakeover mechanisms and related issues; changes to capital structure; corporate and social policy issues; and issues involving mutual funds.
 
 
·  
Although the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, certain issues will be considered on a case-by-case basis based on the relevant facts and circumstances.  Since corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving, the Adviser shall devote an appropriate amount of time and resources to monitor these changes.
·  
In situations where there may be a conflict of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships that the Adviser maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes, the Adviser will take appropriate steps to ensure that its proxy voting decisions are made in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, and not the product of such conflict.
·  
All proxies will be voted in accordance with any applicable investment restrictions of the Fund and, to the extent applicable, any resolutions or other instructions approved by the Board of Trustees.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.  Mr. Robert J. Slotky has been designated as the Trust’s Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to: determining that the Distributor and the Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures; reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity; and a complete and thorough review of all new account applications.  The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

As a result of the Program, the Fund may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Fund may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.

Portfolio Holdings Information
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted portfolio holdings disclosure policies (“Portfolio Holdings Policies”) that govern the timing and circumstances of disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Fund.  The Adviser has also adopted the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  Information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings will not be distributed to any third party except in accordance with these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees considered the circumstances under which the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed under the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees also considered actual and potential material conflicts that could arise in such circumstances between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, Distributor or any other affiliated person of the Fund.  After due consideration, the Adviser and the Board of Trustees determined that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for disclosing portfolio holdings to persons described in the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees also authorized the Adviser or appointed officers to consider and authorize dissemination of portfolio holdings information to additional parties, after considering the best interests of the shareholders and potential conflicts of interest in making such disclosures.
 
 
The Board of Trustees exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Portfolio Holdings Policies, codes of ethics and other relevant policies of the Fund and its service providers by the CCO, (2) by considering reports and recommendations by the CCO concerning any material compliance matters (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act), and (3) by considering whether to approve any amendment to these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees reserves the right to amend the Portfolio Holdings Policies at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion.

Disclosure of the Fund’s complete holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders, and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  These reports will be made available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

In the event of a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Adviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser, the CCO of the Adviser, in consultation with the Trust’s CCO, shall make a determination in the best interests of the Fund, and shall report such determination to the Board of Trustees at the end of the quarter in which such determination was made.  Any employee of the Adviser who suspects a breach of this obligation must report the matter immediately to the Adviser’s CCO or to his or her supervisor.

In addition, material non-public holdings information may be provided without lag as part of the normal investment activities of the Fund to each of the following entities which, by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Fund, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed: the Administrator; the Fund’s accountant; the Custodian; the Transfer Agent; the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; counsel to the Fund or the Board of Trustees (current parties are identified in this SAI); broker-dealers (in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities); and regulatory authorities.  Portfolio holdings information not publicly available with the SEC may only be provided to additional third parties, in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Policies, when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose, and the third party recipient is subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Portfolio holdings information may be separately provided to any person, including rating and ranking organizations such as Lipper and Morningstar, at the same time that it is filed with the SEC.  Portfolio holdings disclosure may be approved under the Portfolio Holdings Policies by the Trust’s CCO, Treasurer or President.

In no event shall the Adviser, its affiliates or employees, or the Fund receive any direct or indirect compensation in connection with the disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings.

There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Holdings Policies and these procedures will protect the Fund from potential misuse of that information by individuals or entities to which it is disclosed.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) each business day.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that it will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.
 
 
The NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by the Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in the Fund outstanding at such time.
 
Net Assets
=
Net Asset Value Per Share
Shares Outstanding

Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued at market value or, in the absence of a market value, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser and the Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price on the valuation date  based on valuations provided by independent pricing services consistent with the Fund’s valuation procedures.

Each security owned by the Fund that is listed on a securities exchange is valued at its last sale price on that exchange on the date as of which assets are valued.  Where the security is listed on more than one exchange, the Fund will use the price of the exchange that the Fund generally considers to be the principal exchange on which the stock is traded.  If no sale is reported, the security is valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price.
  Portfolio securities primarily traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) which may not necessarily represent the last sale price.  If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and asked prices. OTC securities that are not traded on NASDAQ shall be valued at the most recent trade price.

Fixed income securities are valued at the mean of the bid and asked prices as determined by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration recent transactions, yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality, coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Exchange traded options are valued at the composite price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes (“NBBO”).  NBBO consists of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across any of the exchanges on which an option is quoted, thus providing a view across the entire U.S. options marketplace.  Specifically, composite pricing looks at the last trades on the exchanges where the options are traded.  If there are no trades for the option on a given business day composite option pricing calculates the mean of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across the exchanges where the option is traded.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board of Trustees in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Generally
Shares of the Fund are sold in a continuous offering and shares may be purchased or redeemed on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.  The Fund may also authorize one or more brokers to accept purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (“Authorized Intermediaries”).  Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to accept orders on the Fund’s behalf (collectively, “Authorized Intermediaries”).
 
 
Orders received by the Fund by the close of trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on a business day will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that day.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed at the next determined NAV.  It is the dealer’s responsibility to transmit orders so that they will be received by the Fund before the close of the NYSE

Orders received by Authorized Intermediaries and transmitted to the Fund before the close of the NYSE will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that date.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed on at the next determined NAV.  In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.   It is the Authorized Intermediary’s responsibility to transmit orders timely to the Fund.

Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
 “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund you are investing in;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  Except for investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses, the Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States and such purchase requests are not considered in good order.

Redemption  Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV calculated after the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Intermediary receives your redemption request in good order.  A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund you are redeeming;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account (with signature(s) guaranteed if applicable).

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Unless you instruct the Transfer Agent otherwise, redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Fund will not be responsible for interest lost on redemption amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.
 
 
A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
written requests to wire redemption proceeds (if not previously authorized on the account);
·  
if a change of address request was received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days;
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account; or
·  
when establishing or modifying certain services on an account.

Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public.

The Fund and the Transfer Agent have adopted standards for accepting signature guarantees from the banks and securities dealers.  The Fund may elect in the future to limit eligible signature guarantors to institutions that are members of a signature guarantee program.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to amend these standards at any time without notice.

Redemption-in-Kind
The Fund does not intend to redeem shares in any form except cash.  The Trust, however, has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to redeem in-kind redemption requests during any 90-day period in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.

Tax Matters
Each series of the Trust is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes.  The Fund, a series of the Trust, intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, provided it complies with all applicable requirements regarding the source of its income, diversification of its assets and timing of distributions.  The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders all of its net investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes based on net income.  However, the Fund can give no assurances that its anticipated distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.  If the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it would be taxed as a corporation and, in such case, it would be more beneficial for a shareholder to directly own the Fund’s underlying investments rather than indirectly owning the underlying investments through the Fund.  If the Fund fails to distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year (i) at least 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) at least 98% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax, the Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax.
 
 
Net investment income generally consists of interest, dividends and short-term capital gains, less expenses.  Net realized capital gains for a fiscal period are computed by taking into account any capital loss carryforward of the Fund.

Distributions of net investment income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  For individual shareholders, a portion of the distributions paid by the Fund may consist of qualified dividends eligible for taxation at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as a qualified dividend and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to his or her Fund shares.  In the case of corporate shareholders, a portion of the distributions may qualify for the intercorporate dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as eligible for deduction and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to its Fund shares.  The aggregate amount so designated to either individuals or corporate shareholders cannot, however, exceed the aggregate amount of such dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year.  In view of the Fund’s investment policies, it is expected that part of the distributions by the Fund may be eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment for individual shareholders and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

Any long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time shares have been held.  Net capital gains distributions are not eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment or the dividends-received deduction referred to in the previous paragraph.

Distributions of any net investment income and net realized capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares or in cash.  Shareholders who choose to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share on the reinvestment date.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.  Distributions are includable in alternative minimum taxable income in computing a shareholder’s liability for the alternative minimum tax.

A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss.  Any loss realized upon a redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains received on those shares.  Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the Fund are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.

Except in the case of certain exempt shareholders, if a shareholder does not furnish the Fund with its correct Taxpayer Identification Number and certain certifications or the Fund receive notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund are required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from the shareholder’s distributions and redemption proceeds currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. residents.

Foreign taxpayers (including nonresident aliens) are generally subject to a flat withholding rate, currently 30% on U.S. source income.  This withholding rate may be lower under the terms of a tax convention.  Certain distributions of short-term capital gains and qualified interest income of the Fund will not be subject to such withholding for tax years beginning prior to 2010.
 
 
This discussion and the related discussion in the Prospectus have been prepared by Fund management, and counsel to the Fund has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.

Distributions
The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities.  This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be distributed to the Fund’s shareholders.

The amount of the Fund’s distributions is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed and is subject to the discretion of the Board of Trustees.  The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.

The Fund may also derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities.  Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any carryover of capital losses from the eight previous taxable years), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the distributions of net investment income giving rise to ordinary income.  If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain.  After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses carried over from the eight previous taxable years) will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders.  For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax advisor.

Any distribution paid by the Fund reduces that Fund’s NAV per share on the date paid by the amount of the distribution per share.  Accordingly, a distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder would represent, in substance, a partial return of capital (to the extent it is paid on the shares so purchased), even though it would be subject to income taxes.

Distributions will be made in the form of additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has otherwise indicated.  Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of distributions by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

Financial Statements
As the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.
 
 
APPENDIX “A” DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Issue Credit Rating Definitions


A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.


Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
This is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Dual Ratings
Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.  The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

The ratings and other credit related opinions of Standard & Poor’s and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions.  Standard & Poor’s assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision.  Standard &Poor’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While Standard & Poor’s has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation.  The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only.  The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L
Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation.  The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only.  The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi
Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain.  They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript.  Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

sf
The (sf) subscript is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this subscript to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.

t
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited
Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*
This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.  Discontinued use in January 2001.

pr
The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

q
A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information.  Discontinued use in April 2001.
 

 
r
The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, which are not covered in the credit rating.  The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks
Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Moody’s Credit Rating Definitions

Purpose
The system of rating securities was originated by John Moody in 1909. The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a simple system of gradation by which relative creditworthiness of securities may be noted.

Rating Symbols
Gradations of creditworthiness are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the credit characteristics are broadly the same. There are nine symbols as shown below, from that used to designate least credit risk to that denoting greatest credit risk:

Aaa Aa A Baa Ba B Caa Ca C
Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa.

Absence of a Rating
Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1.  An application was not received or accepted.

2.  The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3.  There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4.  The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

Changes in Rating
The credit quality of most issuers and their obligations is not fixed and steady over a period of time, but tends to undergo change. For this reason changes in ratings occur so as to reflect variations in the intrinsic relative position of issuers and their obligations.

A change in rating may thus occur at any time in the case of an individual issue. Such rating change should serve notice that Moody’s observes some alteration in creditworthiness, or that the previous rating did not fully reflect the quality of the bond as now seen. While because of their very nature, changes are to be expected more frequently among bonds of lower ratings than among bonds of higher ratings. Nevertheless, the user of bond ratings should keep close and constant check on all ratings — both high and low — to be able to note promptly any signs of change in status that may occur.
 
 
Limitations to Uses of Ratings*
Obligations carrying the same rating are not claimed to be of absolutely equal credit quality. In a broad sense, they are alike in position, but since there are a limited number of rating classes used in grading thousands of bonds, the symbols cannot reflect the same shadings of risk which actually exist.

As ratings are designed exclusively for the purpose of grading obligations according to their credit quality, they should not be used alone as a basis for investment operations. For example, they have no value in forecasting the direction of future trends of market price. Market price movements in bonds are influenced not only by the credit quality of individual issues but also by changes in money rates and general economic trends, as well as by the length of maturity, etc. During its life even the highest rated bond may have wide price movements, while its high rating status remains unchanged.

The matter of market price has no bearing whatsoever on the determination of ratings, which are not to be construed as recommendations with respect to “attractiveness”. The attractiveness of a given bond may depend on its yield, its maturity date or other factors for which the investor may search, as well as on its credit quality, the only characteristic to which the rating refers.

Since ratings involve judgments about the future, on the one hand, and since they are used by investors as a means of protection, on the other, the effort is made when assigning ratings to look at “worst” possibilities in the “visible” future, rather than solely at the past record and the status of the present. Therefore, investors using the rating should not expect to find in them a reflection of statistical factors alone, since they are an appraisal of long-term risks, including the recognition of many non-statistical factors.

Though ratings may be used by the banking authorities to classify bonds in their bank examination procedure, Moody’s ratings are not made with these bank regulations in mind. Moody’s Investors Service’s own judgment as to the desirability or non-desirability of a bond for bank investment purposes is not indicated by Moody’s ratings.

Moody’s ratings represent the opinion of Moody’s Investors Service as to the relative creditworthiness of securities. As such, they should be used in conjunction with the descriptions and statistics appearing in Moody’s publications. Reference should be made to these statements for information regarding the issuer. Moody’s ratings are not commercial credit ratings. In no case is default or receivership to be imputed unless expressly stated.

*As set forth more fully on the copyright, credit ratings are, and must be construed solely as, statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities. Each rating or other opinion must be weighed solely as one factor in any investment decision made by or on behalf of any user of the information, and each such user must accordingly make its own study and evaluation of each security and of each issuer and guarantor of, and each provider of credit support for, each security that it may consider purchasing, selling or holding.

Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.


 
 
 

 
 
Fitch’s National Credit Ratings

For those countries in which foreign and local currency sovereign ratings are below ‘AAA’, and where there is demand for such ratings, Fitch Ratings will provide National Ratings. It is important to note that each National Rating scale is unique and is defined to serve the needs of the local market in question.

The National Rating scale provides a relative measure of creditworthiness for rated entities only within the country concerned. Under this rating scale, a ‘AAA’ Long-Term National Rating will be assigned to the lowest relative risk within that country, which, in most but not all cases, will be the sovereign state.

The National Rating scale merely ranks the degree of perceived risk relative to the lowest default risk in that same country. Like local currency ratings, National Ratings exclude the effects of sovereign and transfer risk and exclude the possibility that investors may be unable to repatriate any due interest and principal repayments. It is not related to the rating scale of any other national market. Comparisons between different national scales or between an individual national scale and the international rating scale are therefore inappropriate and potentially misleading. Consequently they are identified by the addition of a special identifier for the country concerned, such as ‘AAA(arg)’ for National Ratings in Argentina.

In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, the agency’s National Short-Term Rating definitions for ‘F1+(xxx)’, ‘F1(xxx)’, ‘F2(xxx)’ and ‘F3(xxx)’ may be substituted by the regulatory scales, e.g. ‘A1+’, ‘A1’, ‘A2’ and ‘A3’. The below definitions thus serve as a template, but users should consult the individual scales for each country listed on the agency’s web-site to determine if any additional or alternative category definitions apply.

National Short-Term Credit Ratings

F1(xxx)
Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Under the agency’s National Rating scale, this rating is assigned to the lowest default risk relative to others in the same country. Where the liquidity profile is particularly strong, a “+” is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx)
Indicates a good capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3(xxx)
Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

B(xxx)
Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 

 
 
C(xxx)
Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D(xxx)
Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:

The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 
LONG-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
   
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
   
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.  (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C
A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default.  The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings beginning on page A-3.
 
 
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings


Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Fitch’s National Long-Term Credit Ratings


AAA(xxx)
‘AAA’ National Ratings denote the highest rating assigned by the agency in its National Rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to issuers or obligations with the lowest expectation of default risk relative to all other issuers or obligations in the same country.

AA(xxx)
‘AA’ National Ratings denote expectations of very low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. The default risk inherent differs only slightly from that of the country’s highest rated issuers or obligations.

A(xxx)
‘A’ National Ratings denote expectations of low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment to a greater degree than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BBB(xxx)
‘BBB’ National Ratings denote a moderate default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BB(xxx)
‘BB’ National Ratings denote an elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.

B(xxx)
‘B’ National Ratings denote a significantly elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries.

CCC(xxx)
‘CCC’ National Ratings denote that default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

CC(xxx)
‘CC’ National Ratings denote that default of some kind appears probable.

C(xxx)
‘C’ National Ratings denote that default is imminent.

D(xxx)
‘D’ National Ratings denote an issuer or instrument that is currently in default.
 
 

 
 
 
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:
The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes.  Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
   
Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings  beginning on page A-3.


  Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels -- MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 

 


MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Subject to Completion, February 4, 2011
 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ])

Investor Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ])





Prospectus

April [ ], 2011







The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
 
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”)
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

 
1
 
1
10
 
10
 
10
 
13
 
18
19
 
19
 
20
22
 
22
 
22
 
26
  Exchange Privileges   29
    Decription of Share Classes   31
    Dividends and Distributions   35
    Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions   35
    Tax Consequences   36
    Other Fund Policies  38
39
 
39
 
39
39
PN-1

 
 
 

 
 
 
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
 
Investment Objective
The Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund (the “Fund”) seeks long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to the broader equity and bond markets.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
Investor
Class
 
Institutional
Class
       
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of the offering price)
5.75%
 
None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Redemptions (as a percentage of the sale price)
None
 
None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Investor
Class
 
Institutional
Class
       
Management Fees
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees
0.25%
 
None
Other Expenses (1)
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1) (2)
2.50%
 
2.25%
       
(1)   
Because the Fund is new, these expenses are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s current fiscal year.
(2)   
Palmer Square Capital Management LLC (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion or all of its management fees and/or reimburse the Fund for its expenses to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed [X.XX%] of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Class and [X.XX%] of the Investor Class through [at least] […], 20[…], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”).  This operating expenses limitation agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.

Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (taking into account the expense limitation for one year).  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 
One Year
Three Years
Institutional Class Shares
$[…]
$[…]
Investor Class Shares
$[…]
$[…]
 
 
 
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies
Palmer Square Capital Management LLC (“Palmer Square” or “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser, seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by delegating the management of Fund assets to a group of experienced investment managers with strong infrastructures that utilize a variety of investment strategies and styles (the “Subadvisers”).  The Adviser believes that allocating Fund assets across complimentary and diverse investment strategies and styles will provide a better opportunity for absolute (positive) and risk-adjusted returns as well as lower volatility and sensitivity to overall equity and bond market fluctuations.  The Adviser maintains primary responsibility for allocating Fund assets to the Subadvisers consistent with this premise and will select and determine the percentage of Fund assets to allocate to each Subadviser.  The Adviser, however, retains discretion to invest the Fund’s assets in securities and other instruments directly.
 
The Subadvisers utilize a variety of strategies and styles in order to achieve favorable risk-adjusted returns over a market cycle through security selection and management of risk exposure.  The Adviser will allocate Fund assets to those Subadviser strategies that individually provide the potential for attractive long-term capital appreciation and that, collectively, provide for overall investment diversification while also decreasing portfolio sensitivity to general market fluctuations.  These strategies may not correlate to the performance of traditional markets because of their focus on limiting downside investment risk.  The Subadvisers may use one or more of the following investment strategies in connection with the management of Fund assets allocated to it for investment:
 
Long/Short Equity Investing employs long and short investing in primarily common and preferred stocks of U.S. Issuers and Foreign Issuers based on the Subadviser’s perception of such securities being overvalued or undervalued.  This strategy attempts to neutralize exposure to general market risk by: (i) purchasing securities to capitalize on a rising market through appreciation (“Long Position”) and (ii) taking a short position in other securities to capitalize on potential market declines. A “Short Position” includes the sale of a security that you do not own or the writing of options on stocks, indices, financial futures and other futures contracts.  A portfolio that is “long-biased” is one that maintains a greater Long Position to capitalize on positive market or individual security developments.  A portfolio that is “short-biased’ is one that maintains a greater Short Position to capitalize on negative market or individual security developments.  A portfolio that is market neutral typically maintains Long and Short Positions of equal dollar amounts.
 
Event Driven Investing takes advantage of the impact of corporate events on the market value of company securities.  Corporate events include, but are not limited to, restructurings, mergers, reorganizations, spin-offs, leveraged buyouts and material litigation.  Companies experiencing financial distress and that have potential or threatened extraordinary liabilities may also be targeted.  Event Driven Investing also includes structuring investment positions that benefit from events such as debt restructuring, and bankruptcies.  All types of corporate equity and fixed income securities and derivative positions may be used to implement this strategy such as common and preferred stock, corporate debt securities including those that have high yields and credit ratings below investment grade or “junk bonds”, convertible securities and options on equity and debt securities.
 
 
Convertible Arbitrage Investing seeks to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies of the embedded option in a convertible bond. This strategy involves purchasing a portfolio of convertible securities, generally convertible bonds, and hedging a portion of the equity risk, interest rate and credit risk of the bonds by selling the underlying common stock short.  The convertible securities targeted for investment by these strategies may have credit ratings below investment grade.  The Subadvisers may also employ leverage and derivatives to increase returns. Subadvisers may maintain a sector and market neutral portfolio.
 
Fixed Income, Long/Short Credit, and Distressed Debt Investing focuses primarily in debt securities of domestic and foreign and emerging market governments, government-related agencies, and companies of all maturities and credit qualities including corporate bonds, bank loans and distressed debt.  In addition, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, other mortgage-related securities and other asset-backed securities of all credit qualities including lower-rated bonds may also be used within the investment strategies. Typical investment strategies within credit will involve a long/short or event driven style similar to those described above in “Long/Short Equity Investing” and “Event Driven Investing”.  Strategies will also often involve the purchase of debt securities that are currently undervalued, out-of-favor, have low credit ratings or are affected by other adverse factors (“Distressed Securities”).  Distressed Securities will typically include debt issued by companies undergoing bankruptcy proceedings that are restructuring their capital structure outside of the court, or that have experienced short-term credit problems. These strategies may include the purchase of bonds of companies with lower credit ratings and that have attractive risk/reward characteristics due to, among other things, an anticipation of an upgrade in the bond’s ratings, expectation that a company reorganization will provide greater value, or other positive business factors that are not yet reflected in their market value.   Strategies employed may involve short positions such as the use of credit default swaps and the short sale of individual bonds to hedge risk or profit from an anticipated decline in the price of a security.  Derivatives may also be use to hedge risk or position a portfolio to benefit from a decline in the price of a bond or other security. Strategies may also employ leverage to increase returns.
 
Opportunistic/Global Macro Investing employs Long and Short Positions across various U.S. and foreign markets, sectors and companies to benefit from those investments which have the highest probability for success (Long Positions) and those that have the highest probability for decline (Short Positions).  Although a wide variety of securities may be utilized to implement this strategy, typically, global macro investors target sovereign debt (e.g. government debt), equity indices, currencies, interest rates, and commodity-related investments such futures and options on commodities, and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that focus on gold and precious metals.  Futures and options are often used for hedging and alpha generation (risk-adjusted return) in order to quickly position a portfolio to profit from changing markets.
 
Managed Futures Related Investing employs strategies to invest primarily in a portfolio of futures contracts and futures-related instruments (e.g. equity index futures, currency forwards, commodity futures and fixed income futures) involving four major asset classes: commodities, currencies, fixed income and equities. These types of strategies are generally based on technical analysis and quantitative models and include Long or Short Positions in areas such as metals, grains, equity indices, and commodities of all different types.  Structuring Long/Short trades with this category are typically designed to benefit both if the price of the underlying instrument rises or falls.  The diversification of strategies within this category is broad-based.  This category of investment includes trading strategies such as short-term trend strategies, medium term trend strategies and long-term trend strategies, among others.
 
Long Investing focuses on the purchase of equities and debt securities of issuers organized in the United States (“U.S. Issuers”) and abroad in both developed and emerging markets (“Foreign Issuers”) based on the Subadviser’s to capitalize on a rising market through appreciation.
 
 
To implement the various strategies, the Fund may invest in a wide variety of securities and financial instruments, markets, and asset classes available for purchase in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets, including emerging markets.  These securities and financial instruments may include, but are not limited to, equity securities, debt securities, and derivatives.  In particular, the Fund may invest in:

 
·  
Equity securities of U.S. and Foreign Issuers of any market capitalization, such as common stock, preferred stock, ETF), private placement/restricted securities , initial public offerings (IPOs), with certain exposures to Foreign Issuers obtained through investments in American depository receipts ("ADRs”), mutual funds, ETFs and other pooled investment vehicles.

 
·  
Debt securities of any credit quality and maturity, including corporate debt securities, convertible securities, exchange-traded notes, U.S. government obligations, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities,  securities of defaulted/distressed issuers, and bank loans. These securities may be rated below investment grade or junk bonds, and thus rated below Baa3 by Moody’s, BBB- by S&P or BBB- by Fitch Ratings Ltd. or unrated and securities in default.

 
·  
Derivatives, which are financial instruments whose price is dependent upon or derived by reference to one or more underlying assets, including securities, pools of securities, options, futures, indexes or currencies. The most common types of derivatives in which the Fund may invest are: equity, interest rate, index, credit default and currency rate swap agreements; futures contracts on securities, commodities, and securities indices; and options on securities, securities indices, commodities and futures. The Subadvisers may invest in derivatives for the purposes of hedging or reducing its exposure to a portfolio asset or risk, obtaining leverage for the portfolio, or managing cash.  The Subadvisers may also invest in derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset or to gain exposure to certain asset classes, in which case the derivatives may have economic characteristics similar to those of the underlying asset and the Fund’s investment in the derivatives may be applied toward meeting a requirement to invest a certain percentage of its net assets in instruments with such characteristics. Leverage involves the use of debt by the Fund to finance the purchase of investments and results in the Fund controlling substantially more assets than it has equity in an effort to increase returns .

To respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may assume a temporary defensive position that is inconsistent with its principal investment strategies.

Principal Investment Risks
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund over short or even long periods of time .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk.   The Fund’s net asset value and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  Certain securities selected for the Fund’s portfolio may be worth less than the price originally paid for them, or less than they were worth at an earlier time.

Liquidity Risk.   The Fund may invest in securities that may be considered “illiquid” under applicable law.  The Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and may thereby experience losses and difficulty satisfying redemptions.
 
 
New Fund Risk.   The Fund is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.

Management Risk.   The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser or Subadvisers cannot successfully implement their investment strategies. Additionally, neither the Adviser nor certain Subadvisers have previously managed a mutual fund.

Non-Diversified Fund Risk.   Because the Fund is “non-diversified” and may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Pooled Investment Vehicle Risk .  The Fund’s investment in pooled investment vehicles will require it to bear its pro rata portion of such vehicle’s fees and expenses, and such fees and expenses may be more than the Fund would pay if the manager of the pooled vehicle managed the Fund’s assets directly.

Multi-Manager Risk.   The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser’s methodology in allocating the Fund’s investment to the Subadvisers is not successful or if one or more Subadvisers do not successfully implements their own investment strategies.

Portfolio Turnover Risk.   The Fund may have a high portfolio turnover (100% or more) which could result in greater transaction costs, lower Fund performance and higher tax liability for shareholders.

Absolute Return Risk.   The Fund’s returns may deviate from overall market returns to a greater degree than other mutual funds that do not employ an absolute return focus.

Bank Loans Risk.   The Fund’s investments in secured and unsecured participations in bank loans and assignments of such loans may create substantial risk. The Fund may invest in loan participations of any credit quality, including “distressed” companies for which there is a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested. In addition, certain bank loans in which the Fund may invest may be illiquid and, consequently may be difficult to value and/or sell.

Convertible Securities Risk .  The Fund’s investments in convertible securities fluctuate similar to that of other debt securities and is subject to the same risks as debt securities in general (See, Debt Securities Risk below).  In addition, the market value of a convertible security may be influenced by the market price of the securities in which they may be converted.

Currency Risk . The Fund’s investment in Foreign Issuers creates currency risk, which is the risk the value of foreign securities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. These risks are enhanced for securities trading in emerging markets.

Debt Securities Risks.   The Fund’s investments in debt securities will be subject to credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that an issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest.  Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of debt securities fluctuates with changes in interest rates (e.g. increases in interest rates result in a decrease in value of debt securities).  Pre-payment risk is the risk that the principal on debt securities will be paid off prior to maturity causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower interest rates.
 
 
Derivatives Risk . The Fund’s use of derivatives may reduce investment returns and/or increase volatility.  Fluctuations in the value of derivatives may not correlate perfectly with the overall securities markets.

Commodity-Linked Derivative Risk.   The Fund’s investments in Commodity Linked derivatives expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices.  The value of a commodity-linked derivative investment is typically based upon the price movements of a physical commodity (such as heating oil, livestock, or agricultural products), a commodity futures contract or commodity index, or some other readily measurable economic variable that is dependent upon changes in the value of commodities or the commodities markets. The value of these securities will rise or fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related benchmark or investment.

Distressed Securities Risk. The Fund’s investment in distressed securities may involve a substantial degree of risk.  These instruments, which involve loans, loan participations, bonds, notes, non-performing and sub-performing mortgage loans, typically are unrated, lower-rated, in default or close to default.  Many of these instruments are not publicly traded, and may become illiquid. The prices of such instruments may be extremely volatile. Securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies. Valuing such instruments may be difficult and the Fund may lose all of its investment, or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund’s original investment. Issuers of distressed securities are typically in a weak financial condition and may default, in which case the Fund may lose its entire investment .

Equity Securities Risk .  The equity securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value.  This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific industries, sectors or companies in which the Fund invests.

ETF and Mutual Fund Risk.   The Fund’s investment in ETFs and mutual funds generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF or mutual fund holds. It may also be more expensive for the Fund to invest in an ETF or mutual rather than owning the portfolio securities of these investment vehicles directly. An ETF may also trade at a discount to its net asset value.

Event-Driven Strategies Risk .   The Fund’s investments in event-driven strategies are inherently speculative, and require a Subadviser to make predictions about a corporate event and its impact on a company. The Subadviser may make inaccurate predictions and the anticipated event and/or contemplated corporate transaction may not occur at all, or may not take place as expected, resulting in the distribution of a new less valuable security in place of the security (or derivative). The Fund may have to sell a security at a loss. Such securities are subject to the risk of complete loss of value.

Foreign Securities Risk.   The Fund’s investment in Foreign Issuers involve risks not generally associated with investment in the securities of U.S. companies, including risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad and differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements and market practices.

Government-Sponsored Entities Risk . The Fund’s investment in certain U.S. government obligations may not be guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government and may only be supported by the credit of the issuing agency.

IPO Risk.   The Fund may invest in securities that are acquired in an IPO or private placement, or are restricted (subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933) and may be illiquid. The Fund consequently may not be able to dispose of these securities promptly at the price at which they are valued.
 
 
Junk Bonds Risk .  The Fund’s investment in junk bonds involve a greater risk of default and are subject to a substantially higher degree of credit risk and price fluctuations than other types of debt securities.

Large-Cap, Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk.   The Fund’s investment in larger companies is subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies.

Leverage Risk. The Fund’s use of leverage may result in larger gains or losses in response to market changes.  Because many derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

Mortgage-backed/Asset-backed Securities Risk .  The Fund’s investments in mortgaged-backed and other asset-backed securities involve interest-rate risk, prepayment risk and the loss of money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities. (See, Debt Securities Risk above).

Restricted Securities Risk .   The Fund may invest in Rule 144A securities, which are restricted securities that may not be readily marketable in   broad public markets. The Fund may not be able to sell the restricted security when the Subadviser considers it   desirable to do so and/or may have to sell a security at a lower price. A restricted security which when purchased   was liquid may subsequently become illiquid. In addition, transaction costs may be higher for Rule 144A securities than for more liquid securities.

Short Sales Risk. Short sales may be considered a speculative technique.  In addition, under adverse market conditions, it may be difficult to purchase securities to meet short sale delivery obligations portfolio securities may be required to be sold to raise the capital necessary to meet short sale obligations at times when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Swap Agreement Risk.   The Fund’s investments swap agreements involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Each swap agreement also exposes the Fund to counterparty risk, including the risk that a counterparty to a financial instrument entered into by the Fund may become bankrupt or otherwise fail to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties. The Fund consequently may be prevented from or experience delays in obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to a swap agreement.


Performance
When the Fund has been in operation for a full calendar year, performance information will be shown here.  Until such time, inception-to-date performance information as of the end of most recently completed calendar quarter will be available on the Fund section of the Adviser’s website at www.palmersquarecap.com or by calling the Fund toll-free at [ toll-free number ].

Management
Investment Adviser.   Palmer Square Capital Management LLC is the Fund’s investment adviser.

Subadvisers

[List of the Subadvisers here]

Portfolio Manager. Christopher D. Long, founder of Adviser and President since 2009, is the portfolio manager responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  He has managed the Fund since its inception in April 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase, exchange or redeem Fund shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business by written request via mail (Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701), by wire transaction, by contacting the Fund by telephone at [ toll free number ] or through a financial intermediary.  Investors who wish to purchase, exchange or redeem Fund shares through a financial intermediary should contact the financial intermediary directly.   The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts are shown in the table below.

   
Institutional
Class
 
Investor
Class
Minimum Initial
Investment
 
$1,000,000
 
$2,500
 
Subsequent
Minimum
Investment
 
$5,000
 
$100

Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are taxable, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase Fund shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial adviser), the Fund and/or its Adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create conflicts of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

 
Investment Objective
 
The Fund’s investment objective is long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to the broader equity and bond markets.  The investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
 
Multi-Manager Structure
The Fund will pursue absolute (positive) returns by allocating assets amongst Subadvisers that the Adviser believes are highly talented, motivated and offer analysis and portfolio management expertise that complement the Fund’s investment objectives and strategies.  The Adviser intends to utilize Subadvisers whose strategies, when combined, will provide the opportunity for enhanced risk-adjusted returns, low volatility, and low correlation relative to the broader equity and bond markets.
The Adviser will select Subadvisers based on multiple factors, including experience, performance track record, ability to protect capital in adverse market environments, personal financial commitment (as demonstrated by the Subadviser’s significant personal investment in the investment strategy for which he is to be hired), prevalence of investment opportunities in their area of expertise, structure of organization, risk controls, risk management process, communication and transparency of reporting. The ultimate allocation and re-allocation of Fund assets by the Adviser is intended to manage overall risk while optimizing the ability to generate long-term capital appreciation.
 
The Adviser believes that the ongoing monitoring of the Subadvisers is of paramount importance to achieving the Fund’s investment objective.  Changes in market opportunities/environment, style drift, rapid growth of assets, changes in the use of leverage and liquidity, staffing and infrastructure changes, and complacency are a few examples of factors that can lead to a re-evaluation of an investment allocation decision.
 
The Adviser may invest the Fund’s assets in securities and other instruments directly pending allocation to a Subadviser(s), to hedge the Fund against exposure created by the Subadvisers, or to change the Fund’s exposure to a particular investment or investment risk.  The Adviser may exercise this discretion over assets that have yet to be allocated to Subadviser or by reallocating assets to itself from one or more Subadvisers.  The Adviser may also limit a Subadviser’s investment in certain securities or financial instruments to achieve the desired portfolio composition.

Equity and Equity-Related Securities
The Fund may invest in all types of equity securities including common stock, preferred stock and ETFs.  The Fund may invest in the equity securities of companies of all sizes.

Fixed Income Securities
The Fund may invest in debt securities of varying maturities and durations, including both corporate debt securities and securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored entities.  Debt securities may have fixed or variable/floating rates. The Fund may invest in debt securities that have a credit rating of below investment grade debt or junk bonds.  Securities that are rated lower than investment grade generally provide high income in an effort to compensate investors for their higher risk of default, which is the failure to make required interest or principal payments.  Issuers of below investment grade debt include small or relatively new companies lacking the history or capital to merit investment grade status, former blue chip companies downgraded because of financial problems, companies electing to borrow heavily to finance or avoid takeover or buyout and firms with heavy debt loads.
 
 
Mortgage-backed/Asset-backed Securities
The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities which are securities that directly or indirectly represent participations in, or are collateralized by, payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property.  Mortgage-backed securities represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various governmental agencies such as GNMA and government-related organizations such as FNMA and FHLMC, as well as by non-governmental issuers such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, and private mortgage insurance companies.     Other asset-backed securities may be collateralized by other loans or assets and receivable.  Although certain asset-backed securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of these securities, which may fluctuate, is not secured.

Foreign Securities
The Fund may invest in equity securities issued by companies organized outside the U.S., including both developed and emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in debt securities   of U.S. and foreign governments, government-related agencies, and companies.  Foreign securities may include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDR”) or International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”).  While the Fund values all its investments in U.S. dollars, foreign securities may be denominated and/or traded in foreign currencies.

Derivatives
The Fund may invest in derivatives which are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying assets, reference rate, or index.   To manage risk or enhance return (including through the use of leverage), the Fund may invest in derivatives including options and futures and swap agreements.  The Fund may invest in futures contracts on equity and debt securities, equity and debt indices and commodities.  The Fund may invest in option contracts on equity and debt securities, equity and debt indices, commodities and futures.

Option Contracts.   The Fund may invest in options that trade on either an exchange or over-the-counter.  By buying a call option on a security, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium paid, to buy the security or commodity underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing (selling) a call option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated, during the term of the option, to deliver the security or commodity underlying the option at the exercise price if the option is exercised.  By buying a put option, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium, to sell the security or commodity underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing a put option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to purchase the security or commodity underlying the option at the exercise price.  An option on an index gives the holder the right to receive an amount of cash upon exercise of the option equal to the difference between the closing value of the index and the exercise price of the option.  Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the index upon which the option is based being greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of put) the exercise price of the option.  Some stock index options are based on a market index such as the S&P 500 Index. When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it acquires the right in return for the premium it pays to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) rather than to purchase or sell stock, at a specified exercise price at anytime during the period of the option.  When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, it becomes obligated, in return for the premium received, to assume a position in the futures contract (a short position if the option is a call, a long position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option.  If the Fund writes a call, it assumes a short futures position.  If the Fund writes a put, it assumes a long futures position.  Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position to the purchaser of the option will be accompanied by transfer to the purchaser of an accumulated balance representing the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the future.
 
 
Futures Contracts.   The Fund may invest in futures that trade on either an exchange or over-the-counter. A futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified security, commodity or currency underlying the contract on the expiration date of the contract at an agreed upon price.  An index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.  No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.  Generally, these futures contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contracts.

Swap Agreements.   A swap agreement is a commitment between two parties to make or receive payments based on agreed upon terms, and whose value and payments are derived by changes in the value of an underlying financial instrument.  Interest rate swaps are contracts involving the exchange between two contracting parties of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments).  Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of an underlying debt obligation in the event of default by the issuer of the debt security.

Short Sales
The Fund may seek to hedge investments or realize additional gains through the use of short sales.  Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security.  To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer.  The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund.  Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrues during the period of the loan.  To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold.  The net proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker (or by the Fund’s custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.  The Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

Leverage
The Fund may use leverage in an effort to increase its returns. Leverage exists when cash made available to the Fund through an investment technique is used to make additional investments.  Borrowing for other than temporary or emergency purposes, investments in certain derivatives, short sales and the use of swap agreements are examples of transactions that result in leverage. The Fund will only use these investment techniques when the Adviser or a Subadviser, as applicable, believes that the leveraging and the returns available to the Fund from investing the cash will provide investors a potentially higher return.

Temporary Strategies; Cash or Similar Investments
For temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments.  These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include cash, shares of other mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements.  Taking a temporary defensive position may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective.  Furthermore, to the extent that the Fund invests in money market mutual funds for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of such money market funds’ management fees and operational expenses.

The Fund may also hold short-term debt securities and money market instruments to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions and paying expenses.
 
 
Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund
 
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:

General Market Risk
The net asset value of the Fund and its investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  The market value of a security may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.  These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time.  Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole.  U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.    The market value of securities in which the Fund invests is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of the securities’ value.  In some cases, for example, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial condition or prospects of the issuers.  Similarly, the debt markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default, and valuation difficulties.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.

Liquidity Risk
The Fund may invest in securities that may be considered “illiquid” under applicable law.  Illiquid investments may be more difficult to value than liquid investments and the sale of illiquid investments generally may require more time and result in higher selling expenses than the sale of liquid investments.  The Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and may thereby experience losses and difficulty satisfying redemptions. Applicable restrictions on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of illiquid investments and the Fund may also have to register certain investments in order to dispose of them, resulting in expense and delay.

New Fund Risk
There can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.  Liquidation of a Fund can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board of Trustees if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders.  As a result, the timing of any Fund liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.

Management Risk
The ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to whether or not the Adviser/or the Subadvisers can successfully implement their investment strategies.  The value of your investment in the Fund may vary with the effectiveness of the Adviser’s and/or Subadvisers’ research, analysis and asset allocation among portfolio securities.  If the investment strategies implemented by the Adviser and/or Subadvisers do not produce the expected results, the value of your investment could be diminished or even lost entirely and the Fund could under perform other mutual funds with similar investment objectives.  Neither the Adviser nor certain Subadvisers have previously managed a mutual fund.
 
 
Multi-Manager Risk
The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser’s methodology in allocating the Fund’s investment to the Subadvisers is not successful or if one or more Subadvisers do not successfully implement their investment strategies.  One or more Subadvisers may purchase and/or sell the same security at the same time causing the Fund to incur more brokerage and other costs than if such transactions were aggregated into one trade.  These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance.

Portfolio Turnover Risk
The Fund may sell securities without regard to the length of time they have been held to take advantage of new investment opportunities, when the Adviser or a Subadviser believes either the securities no longer meet its investment criteria or the potential for capital appreciation has lessened, or for other reasons.  The use of multiple Subadvisers to manage the Fund’s assets and the employment of various strategies to implement the Fund’s objective may result in a high portfolio turnover rate (100% or more).  A high portfolio turnover rate increases a Fund’s transaction costs (including brokerage commissions and dealer costs), which would adversely impact a Fund’s performance.  Higher portfolio turnover may result in the realization of more short-term capital gains than if a Fund had lower portfolio turnover.

Absolute Return Risk
The Fund’s returns may deviate from overall market returns to a greater degree than other mutual funds that do not employ an absolute return focus.  Also, the employment of hedging strategies to mitigate investment risk may cause the Fund’s returns to be lower than if hedging had not been employed.

Bank Loan Risk  
The Fund’s investments in secured and unsecured participations in bank loans and assignments of such loans may create substantial risk.  In making investments in such loans, which are made by banks or other financial intermediaries to borrowers, the Fund will depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price could be adversely affected. The Fund may invest in loan participations that are rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or are unrated, and may invest in loan participations of any credit quality, including “distressed” companies with respect to which there is a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.  In addition, certain bank loans in which the Fund may invest may be illiquid and, therefore, difficult to value and/or sell at a price that is beneficial the Fund.

Convertible Securities Risk
The Fund’s investment in convertible securities is subject to the general investment risks relevant to other debt securities (See, Debt Securities Risk , below).  Convertible securities are senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities.  While providing an income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.

Currency Risk
The Fund’s investments in securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that the value of the foreign currency will fall in relation to the U.S. dollar and/or will be affected by volatile currency markets or actions of U.S. and foreign governments or central banks.
 
 
Debt Securities Risk
The Fund’s investment in debt securities are subject to the following risks:

Credit Risk .  Issuers of debt securities may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due.  There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the issuer to pay back debt.  The degree of credit risk for a particular security may be reflected it its credit rating.  Lower rated debt securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.

Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities could lose value because of interest rate changes.  For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise.  Debt securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt securities with shorter maturities.

Prepayment Risk.   Prepayment occurs when the issuer of a debt security repays principal prior to the security’s maturity.  Debt securities subject to prepayment can offer less potential for gains during a declining interest rate environment and similar or greater potential for loss in a rising interest rate environment.  The potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a debt security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility.

Derivatives Risk
Derivatives are subject to a number of risks, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, market risk, credit risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index.  The effectiveness of a derivative strategy is dependent on the Adviser or a Subadviser’s ability to correctly predict movements in the prices of individual securities and fluctuations in interest rates, the general securities markets and other economic factors. Investing in a derivative instrument could cause the Fund to lose more than the principal amount invested and a small investment could have a large impact on the Fund’s portfolio.  Also, derivatives used to hedge against one or more positions in the Fund’s portfolio may offset losses while limiting potential related gains.  Suitable derivative transactions may not be available as needed and there is no assurance that the Adviser or Subadviser will be able to successfully engage in these transactions in order to reduce perceived risks to the Fund’s portfolio.

Distressed Securities Risk
The Fund’s investment in distressed securities may involve a substantial degree of risk.  These instruments, which involve loans, loan participations, bonds, notes, non-performing and sub-performing mortgage loans, typically are unrated, lower-rated, in default or close to default.  Many of these instruments are not publicly traded, and may become illiquid. The prices of such instruments may be extremely volatile. Valuing such instruments may be difficult and the Fund may lose all of its investment, or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund’s original investment.  Issuers of distressed securities are typically in a weak financial condition and may default, in which case the Fund may lose its entire investment.  Securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies.

ETF and Mutual Fund Risk
The Fund’s investment in an ETF or mutual fund generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF or mutual fund holds. If the Fund invests in an ETF or mutual fund, it will incur additional expenses equal to its pro rata share of the ETF’s or mutual fund’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management fees.  The Fund also will incur brokerage costs when it purchases ETFs.  An ETF may also trade at a discount to its net asset value. In addition, because of the expenses associated with investing in ETFs and mutual funds, it may be more expensive the Fund to invest in these pooled investment vehicles rather the owning the underlying securities directly.
 
 
Equity Market Risk
The Fund’s investment in equity securities is subject to the risk that equity securities are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change.  These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors including: expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; and global or regional political, economic and banking crises.  If you hold common stock, or common stock equivalents, of an issuer, you are generally exposed to greater risk than if you held preferred stocks and debt obligations of the issuer because common stockholders, or holders of equivalent interests, generally have inferior rights to receive payments from issuers in comparison with the rights of preferred stockholders, bondholders and other creditors of such issuers.  A preferred stock has a blend of the characteristics of bonds and common stock.  It may offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but it does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock, its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited.  Preferred stock has priority over common stock in an issuer’s capital structure.  Although the dividend on a preferred stock may be set at a fixed annual rate and must be paid before distributions on common stock, in some circumstances, it may be changed or discontinued by the issuer.

Event-Driven Strategies Risk  
The Fund’s investments in event-driven strategies are inherently speculative in nature.  Such investments require a Subadviser to make predictions about the likelihood of a corporate event and its impact on a company, and any Subadviser may make inaccurate predictions. The anticipated event may not occur, and and/or the expected impact of the event may never be realized, with resulting losses. A contemplated corporate transaction also may take more time than expected or may result in the distribution of a new, less valuable security in place of the security (or derivative) purchased by the Fund. If a transaction does not occur, the Fund may have to sell securities purchased pursuant to this strategy at a loss. Any investment made pursuant to an event-driven strategy is subject to the risk of complete loss. In addition, investment results for these strategies may be expected to fluctuate from period to period.  Consequently, the results generated by the strategy in one period will not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be expected from the strategy in future periods.

Foreign Securities Risk
The Fund’s investment in Foreign Issuers involves risks not generally associated with investments in securities of U.S. companies, including risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad and differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements and market practices.  Foreign securities also may be subject to greater fluctuations in price than securities of U.S. companies because foreign markets may be smaller and less liquid than U.S. markets.  This risk may be greater for investments in issuers in emerging markets.

Government-Sponsored Entities Risk
The Fund’s investment in U.S. government obligations may include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the U.S. Treasury.  Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  Investments in debt securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Banks are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.  With respect to these entities, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so.
 
 
Initial Public Offerings Risk  
The Fund’s investment in securities of companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”) creates special associated risks, including illiquidity, unseasoned trading, limited information about the company, and limited operating history and substantial price volatility. The limited number of shares available for trading in certain IPOs may make it more difficult for the Fund to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices. Some companies whose shares are sold through IPOs are involved in newer industries or lines of business, which may not be widely understood by investors. Some of these companies may also be undercapitalized or regarded as developmental stage companies, without revenues or operating income or near-term prospects of achieving them.

Junk Bonds Risk
The Fund’s investment in junk bonds involve a greater risk of default and are subject to a substantially higher degree of credit risk and price fluctuations than other types of debt securities.  Junk bonds may be sensitive to economic changes, political changes or adverse developments specific to a company.  Accordingly, junk bonds present a significant risk for loss of principal and interest.  Junk bonds may also be less liquid than other types of debt securities, meaning that they may be harder to sell at the time and price that the Adviser would like to sell.

Large-Cap Company Risk
The Fund’s investment in larger companies is subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in consumer tastes or innovative smaller competitors potentially resulting in lower markets for their common stock.

Leverage Risk
The use of leverage creates the risk of magnified capital losses and may result in a higher volatility in the value of the Fund’s portfolio which may be magnified by favorable or adverse market movements or changes in the cost of leveraging. So long as a Fund is able to realize a net return on its investment portfolio that is higher than interest expense incurred, if any, leverage will result in higher current net investment income for the Fund than if the Fund were not leveraged. In an extreme case, if a Fund’s current investment income were not sufficient to meet the interest expense of leveraging, it could be necessary for the Fund to liquidate certain of its investments at an inappropriate time.  The Fund will, where required, limit leverage risk by segregating an amount of liquid assets equal to the leveraged amount or by entering into offsetting transactions to cover those that are leveraged.  Asset segregation may limit the liquidity of the Fund potentially jeopardizing the Fund’s ability to satisfy redemption requests.  Also, the Fund may suffer losses if segregated assets cannot be timely sold as market opportunities arise.

Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk
The Fund’s investment in mid-cap and small-cap companies is subject to the risk that these companies may not have the management experience, financial resources, product diversification and competitive strengths of large-cap companies.  Therefore, their securities may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of larger, more established companies.  Mid-cap and small-cap company stocks may also be bought and sold less often and in smaller amounts than larger company stocks.  Because of this, if the Adviser wants to sell a large quantity of a mid-cap or small-cap company stock, it may have to sell at a lower price than it might prefer, or it may have to sell in smaller than desired quantities over a period of time.  Analysts and other investors may follow these companies less actively and therefore information about these companies may not be as readily available as that for large-cap companies.
 
 
Mortgage-Backed/Asset-Backed Securities Risk
The Fund’s investments in mortgaged-backed and other asset-backed securities involve interest-rate risk, prepayment risk and the loss of money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities. (See, Debt Securities Risk above). The Fund’s investment in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities often involves risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of debt instruments. Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, if the Fund holds mortgage-related securities, it may exhibit additional volatility. The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-related securities, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets.

Pooled Investment Risk
The Fund’s investment in pooled investment vehicles will require it to bear a pro rata share of the vehicles’ expenses, including management and performance fees. The fees the Fund pays to invest in a pooled investment vehicle may be higher than if the manager of the pooled investment vehicle, including a Subadviser, managed the Fund’s assets directly. The incentive fees charged by certain pooled vehicles may create an incentive for its manager to make investments that are riskier and/or more speculative than those it might have made in the absence of an incentive fee.

Restricted Securities Risk  
The Fund may invest in Rule 144A securities, which are restricted securities that may not be readily marketable in   broad public markets. The Fund may not be able to sell the restricted security when the Subadviser considers it   desirable to do so and/or may have to sell a security at a lower price. While there is a substantial institutional market for Rule 144A securities, it is not possible to predict exactly how the market for Rule 144A securities will develop. A restricted security which when purchased   was liquid may subsequently become illiquid. In addition, transaction costs may be higher for Rule 144A securities than for more liquid securities.  While there is a substantial institutional market for Rule 144A securities, it is impossible to predict exactly how the market for Rule 144A securities will develop.

Short Sales Risk
The Fund’s execution of short sales may result in lower investment performance if the Fund is required to close out a short position earlier than it had intended.  This would occur if the lender required the Fund to deliver the securities it borrowed at the commencement of the short sale and the Fund is unable to purchase or otherwise borrow the securities at a price below the short sale price.  The use of short sales involves transaction costs and other expenses which may cause the Fund to lose money.  Short sales may also contribute to leverage, increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio and decrease the liquidity of certain securities or positions resulting in potentially losses to the Fund and lower investment performance.
 
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.  Disclosure of the Fund’s holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  The annual and semi-annual reports will be available by contacting the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 or calling [ toll free number ], or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.palmersquarecap.com.
 
 

 
 
The Fund has entered into an investment advisory agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) with Palmer Square Capital Management LLC, located at 4200 West 115 th Street Leawood, KS 66211.  Established in 2009 [verify], the Adviser is an SEC-registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to, in addition to the Fund,  high net worth individuals and alternative investment funds.  As of January 31, 2011, the Adviser had approximately $180 million in assets under management.  The Adviser is majority-owned by Montage Asset Management, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and an SEC-registered investment adviser that is currently responsible for over $6.4 billion in assets under management.  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser manages the Fund’s investments subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.

The Adviser provides the personnel needed to fulfill its obligations under its advisory agreement.  For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee that is calculated at the annual rate of [X.XX%] of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser pays the subadvisory fees out of the fees it receives pursuant to its advisory agreement with the Fund.  A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Trustees’ approval of the advisory agreement with the Adviser and the subadvisory agreements between the Adviser and the Subadvisers will be available in the Fund’s next semi-annual report to shareholders.

While the Adviser delegates the day-to-day management of the Fund’s assets to a combination of the following Subadvisers, the Adviser retains overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Fund’s securities portfolio:

Subadviser
Investment Strategy
   
   
   
   

[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]

[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]

[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]

[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]

[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]
 
 
[Name of Subadviser], commenced operations in [year] and provided investment advisory services to [list examples of client base]. [The Fund is the first mutual fund for which the Subadviser provides advisory services.]

The Fund has applied for an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC”) that will permit the Adviser to engage additional Subadvisers, and to enter into and materially amend an existing or future sub-advisory agreement, upon the approval of the Board of Trustees, without obtaining shareholder approval.  The initial sole shareholder of the Fund has approved the Fund’s use of this exemptive order once issued by the SEC.

Fund Expenses
The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  Pursuant to an operating expense limitation agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding generally interest and tax expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary and non-recurring expenses, acquired fund fees and expenses and dividends on short positions) of the Institutional Class do not exceed [X.XX]% of the Fund’s average daily net assets  and that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses of the Investor Class do not exceed [X.XX]% [through at least [ ], 20[ ]], subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Adviser and Board of Trustees.  This agreement may be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees.  Any waiver in management fees or payment of Fund expenses made by the Adviser with respect to a Fund class may be recouped by the Adviser in subsequent fiscal years if the Adviser so requests.  This recoupment may be requested if the aggregate amount actually paid by a Fund class toward operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the recoupment) does not exceed the expense limitation of that class.  The Adviser may request recoupment for management fee waivers and/or Fund expense payments made within three fiscal years from the date the fees were waived and/or expenses were paid.  Any such recoupment is contingent upon the subsequent review and approval of the recouped amounts by the Board of Trustees.
 
 
Christopher D. Long
Mr. Long is the President and founder of the Adviser and is responsible for the Adviser’s alternative investments business, managing both the firm’s investment activities and operations as well as defining its investment policy.  Mr. Long has 13 years of investment experience and 11 years of portfolio management experience.  Mr. Long also founded Guilford Capital Management LLC (“Guilford”), another SEC registered investment adviser, which was sold in December 2009 to Mariner Wealth Advisors, LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser.  Prior to founding the Adviser and Guilford, Mr. Long was a Managing Director and Investment Committee Member at Prairie Capital Management, LLC (“Prairie”) from 2006 to 2009, where he was one of the team members responsible for client relationship management, the firm’s due diligence and proprietary alternative investment products, including numerous hedge fund of funds and private equity fund of funds.  Prior to joining Prairie, Mr. Long spent a considerable portion of his career at various New York City-based firms including Sandell Asset Management, Corp. (“Sandell”), a multi-billion multi-strategy hedge fund, where he invested in both equity and debt securities from 2005 to 2006. Prior to Sandell, he worked at Morgan Stanley in the Credit Derivatives and Distressed Securities Group, focusing on the firm’s proprietary investments during the summer of 2004. Before Morgan Stanley, Mr. Long worked at TH Lee Putnam Ventures, a $1.1 billion private equity fund sponsored by Thomas H. Lee Partners and Putnam Investments, from 1999 to 2003. In that role, he was instrumental in investing over $200 million of capital and served as a director and board observer at certain companies in which the fund invested.. Mr. Long started his career at JPMorgan & Co. in Leveraged Finance and Mergers & Acquisitions, advising corporations and private equity firms on investment banking and capital markets, from 1997 through 1999. Mr. Long holds the Series 7 and 66 securities licenses.  Mr. Long received an MBA from the Harvard Business School in 2005, and an undergraduate degree in Economics, cum laude, from Princeton University in 1997.
 
 
The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio manager’s ownership of Fund shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The price of the shares of a Fund class is its net asset value (“NAV”).  The NAV of a Fund class is calculated by dividing the value of the total assets of a Fund class, less its liabilities, by the number of its shares outstanding.  In calculating the NAV, portfolio securities are valued using current market values or official closing prices, if available.  The NAV is calculated at the close of regular trading of the NYSE, which is generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time.  The NAV will not be calculated on days that the NYSE is closed for trading (even if there is sufficient trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities on such days to materially affect the Fund’s NAV).

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price using valuations provided by independent pricing services. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost. When market quotations are not readily available, a security or other asset is valued at its fair value as determined under fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.  These fair value pricing procedures will also be used to price a security when corporate events, events in the securities market and/or world events cause the Adviser to believe that a security’s last sale price may not reflect its actual market value.  The intended effect of using fair value pricing procedures is to ensure that the Fund is accurately priced.  The Board of Trustees will regularly evaluate whether the Fund’s fair value pricing procedures continue to be appropriate in light of the specific circumstances of the Fund and the quality of prices obtained through the application of such procedures by the Trust’s valuation committee.

When fair value pricing is employed, the prices of securities used by the Fund to calculate the NAV of its classes may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities.  Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the fair value determined for a particular security may be materially different (higher or lower) from the price of the security quoted or published by others or the value when trading resumes or realized upon its sale.  Therefore, if a shareholder purchases or redeems shares of a Fund class when the Fund holds securities priced at a fair value, the number of shares purchased or redeemed may be higher or lower than it would be if the Fund was using market value pricing.

In the case of foreign securities, the occurrence of certain events after the close of foreign markets, but prior to the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated (such as a significant surge or decline in the U.S. or other markets) often will result in an adjustment to the trading prices of foreign securities when foreign markets open on the following business day.  If such events occur, the Fund will value foreign securities at fair value, taking into account such events, in calculating the NAV.  In such cases, use of fair valuation can reduce an investor’s ability to seek to profit by estimating the Fund’s NAV in advance of the time the NAV is calculated.
The Fund’s investments in smaller or medium capitalization companies, junk bonds and derivatives are more likely to require a fair value determination because they may be thinly traded and less liquid than other securities.  The Adviser anticipates that the Fund’s portfolio holdings will be fair valued only if market quotations for those holdings are unavailable or considered unreliable.
 
How to Purchase Fund Shares
 
Shares of the Fund are purchased at the next NAV per share calculated after your purchase order is received in good order by the Fund, or by a financial intermediary authorized by the Fund to receive purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (each an “Authorized Intermediary”) Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf.
 
 
Initial Investments
The minimum initial investment amount is $1,000,000 for the Institutional Class and $2,500 for the Investor Class.  The Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum initial investment at its discretion.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of initial or subsequent investments.

If you are purchasing shares through financial intermediaries, you must follow the procedures established by your financial intermediary.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).  Your financial intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [ toll free number ], or follow the instructions listed in the following sections titled “Investing by Telephone,” “Purchase by Mail” and “Purchase by Wire.”  Your financial intermediary may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

If you place an order for the Fund’s shares through a financial institution in accordance with such financial institution’s procedures, and such financial institution then transmits your order to the Transfer Agent in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions, your purchase will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Transfer Agent receives your order.  The financial institution must promise to send to the Transfer Agent immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s procedures.  If payment is not received within the time specified, the Transfer Agent may rescind the transaction and the financial institution will be held liable for any resulting fees or losses.

In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary or its authorized designee, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  Financial institutions, including Authorized Intermediaries, may set cut-off times for the receipt of orders that are earlier than the cut-off times established by the Fund.  For more information about your financial institution’s rules and procedures, and whether your financial institution is an Authorized Intermediary, you should contact your financial institution directly.

A service fee, currently $25, as well as any loss sustained by the Fund, will be deducted from a shareholder’s account for any purchases that do not clear.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent will not be responsible for any losses, liability, cost or expense resulting from rejecting any purchase order.  Your order will not be accepted until a completed Account Application is received by the Fund or the Transfer Agent.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  The Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States, even if they are United States citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses.
 
 
Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or your Authorized Intermediary receives your purchase request in good order.  “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

 
·  
the name of the Fund and share class;
 
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
 
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
 
·  
A check payable to the name of the Fund.

Each account application (each an “Account Application”) to purchase Fund shares is subject to acceptance by the Fund and is not binding until so accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any Account Application or to reject any purchase order if, in its discretion, it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.  For example, a purchase order may be refused if it appears so large that it would disrupt the management of the Fund.  Purchases may also be rejected from persons believed to be “market-timers,” as described under “Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions,” below.  The Fund also reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

All purchase requests received in good order before the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will be processed on that same day.  Purchase requests received after the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will receive the next business day’s NAV per share.

Purchase by Mail
To purchase Fund shares by mail, simply complete and sign the Account Application and mail it, along with a check made payable to the Fund:
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701  Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents.  Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.  All purchase checks must be in U.S. dollars drawn on a domestic financial institution.  The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders.  The Fund also does not accept cashier’s checks in amounts of less than $10,000.  To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.  The Fund is unable to accept post-dated checks, post-dated on-line bill pay checks, or any conditional order or payment.

Purchase by Wire
If you are making your first investment in the Fund, before you wire funds the Transfer Agent must have a completed Account Application.  You can mail or use an overnight service to deliver your Account Application to the Transfer Agent at the above address.  Upon receipt of your completed Account Application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you.  Once your account has been established, you may instruct your bank to send the wire.  Prior to sending the wire, please call the Transfer Agent at [ toll free number ] to advise them of the wire and to ensure proper credit upon receipt.  Your bank must include the name of the Fund, your name and your account number so that your wire can be correctly applied.  Your bank should transmit immediately available funds by wire to:

 
 
Wire to:   U.S. Bank, N.A.
ABA Number:  075000022
Credit:  U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
Account:  112-952-137
Further Credit:  Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
  (Shareholder Name/Account Registration)
  (Shareholder Account Number)
                                                                            
Wired funds must be received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) to be eligible for same day pricing.  The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A., the Fund’s custodian, are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Investing by Telephone
  You may not make initial purchases of Fund shares by telephone.   If you have completed the “Telephone Options - Purchase Authorization” section of the Account Application, you may purchase additional shares by telephoning the Fund toll free at [ toll free number ].  This option allows investors to move money from their bank account to their Fund account upon request.  Only bank accounts held at domestic financial institutions that are Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) members may be used for telephone transactions.  The minimum telephone purchase amount is $100.  If your order is received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), shares will be purchased in your account at the price determined on the day your order is placed.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communications or transmission outages or failure.

Subsequent Investments
The minimum subsequent investment amount for is $5,000 for the Institutional Class and $100 for the Investor Class.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of subsequent investments.  You may add to your account at any time by purchasing shares by mail, by telephone or by wire.  You must call to notify the Fund at [ toll free number ] before wiring.  An investment stub, which is attached to your individual account statement, should accompany any investments made through the mail.  All subsequent purchase requests must include your shareholder account number.

Automatic Investment Plan
 For your convenience, the Fund offers an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”).  Under the AIP, after your initial investment, you may authorize the Fund to withdraw automatically from your personal checking or savings account an amount that you wish to invest, which must be at least $100 on a monthly or quarterly basis.  In order to participate in the AIP, your bank must be a member of the ACH network.  If you wish to enroll in the AIP, complete the appropriate section in the Account Application.  The Fund may terminate or modify this privilege at any time.  You may terminate your participation in the AIP at any time by notifying the Transfer Agent five days prior to the effective date.  A fee will be charged if your bank does not honor the AIP draft for any reason.

Anti-Money Laundering Program
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related anti-money laundering laws and regulations.  To ensure compliance with these laws, the Account Application asks for, among other things, the following information for all “customers” seeking to open an “account” (as those terms are defined in rules adopted pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act):
 
 
·  
full name;
·  
date of birth (individuals only);
·  
Social Security or taxpayer identification number; and
·  
permanent street address (a P.O. Box number alone is not acceptable).

Accounts opened by entities, such as corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts, will require additional documentation.  Please note that if any information listed above is missing, your Account Application will be returned and your account will not be opened.  In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the Transfer Agent will verify the information on your application as part of the Program.  The Fund reserves the right to request additional clarifying information and may close your account if such clarifying information is not received by the Fund within a reasonable time of the request or if the Fund cannot form a reasonable belief as to the true identity of a customer.  If you require additional assistance when completing your application, please contact the Transfer Agent at [ toll free number ].

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
How to Redeem Fund Shares
 
In general, orders to sell or “redeem” shares may be placed directly with the Fund or through an Authorized Intermediary.   You may redeem all or part of your investment in the Fund’s shares on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.

However, if you originally purchased your shares through a broker-dealer or financial institution, your redemption order must be placed with the same institution in accordance with the procedures established by that institution.  Your financial institution is responsible for sending your order to the Transfer Agent and for crediting your account with the proceeds.  Your financial intermediary may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

Shareholders who have an IRA or other retirement plan must indicate on their redemption request whether to withhold federal income tax.  Redemption requests failing to indicate an election not to have tax withheld will generally be subject to 10% withholding.

Payment of Redemption Proceed
 
You may redeem your Fund shares at a price equal to the NAV per share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your redemption request in good order.  Your redemption request cannot be processed on days the NYSE is closed.  All requests received by the Fund in good order before the close of the regular trading session of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will usually be processed on the next business day.
 

A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund and share class;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account and signature guarantee(s), if applicable.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.
 
 
While redemption proceeds may be paid by check sent to the address of record, the Fund is not responsible for interest lost on such amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your pre-established bank account or proceeds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network using the bank instructions previously established for your account.  Redemption proceeds will typically be sent on the business day following your redemption.  Wires are subject to a $15 fee.  There is no charge to have proceeds sent via ACH; however, funds are typically credited to your bank within two to three days after redemption.  Normally, proceeds will be processed within seven calendar days after the Fund receives your redemption request.

Before selling recently purchased shares, please note that if the Transfer Agent has not yet collected payment for the shares you are selling, it may delay sending the proceeds until the payment is collected, which may take up to 12 calendar days from the purchase date.  Furthermore, there are certain times when you may be unable to sell Fund shares or receive proceeds.  Specifically, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days: (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted; (2) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to fairly determine the value of its net assets; or (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of shareholders.  Your ability to redeem shares by telephone may be delayed or restricted after you change your address by telephone.  You may change your address at any time by a written request, addressed to the Transfer Agent.  Confirmations of an address changes will be sent to both your old and new address.
 

Redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Transfer Agent may require a signature guarantee for certain redemption requests.  A signature guarantee assures that your signature is genuine and protects you from unauthorized account redemptions.  Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public .  A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is being changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
if a change of address request has been received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days; and
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee or other acceptable signature verification in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Redemption by Mail
You can execute most redemptions by furnishing an unconditional written request to the Fund to redeem your shares at the current NAV per share.  Redemption requests in writing should be sent to the Transfer Agent at:
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701  Milwaukee, WI 53202
 
 
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.

Wire Redemption
Wire transfers may be arranged to redeem shares.  However, the Transfer Agent charges a fee, currently $15, per wire redemption against your account on dollar specific trades, and from proceeds on complete redemptions and share-specific trades.

Telephone Redemption
If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may redeem shares, in amounts of $100,000 or less, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [ toll free number ].  A signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source may be required of all shareholders in order to qualify for or to change telephone redemption privileges on an existing account.  Telephone redemptions will not be made if you have notified the Transfer Agent of a change of address within 15 days before the redemption request.  If you have a retirement account, you may not redeem shares by telephone.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.

Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:

·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

Systematic Withdrawal Program
The Fund offers a systematic withdrawal plan (the “SWP”) whereby shareholders or their representatives may request a redemption in a specific dollar amount be sent to them each month, calendar quarter or annually.  Investors may choose to have a check sent to the address of record, or proceeds may be sent to a pre-designated bank account via the ACH network.  To start this program, your account must have Fund shares with a value of at least $10,000, and the minimum payment amount is $100.  This program may be terminated or modified by the Fund at any time.  Any request to change or terminate your SWP should be communicated in writing or by telephone to the Transfer Agent no later than five days before the next scheduled withdrawal.  A withdrawal under the SWP involves redemption of Fund shares, and may result in a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.  In addition, if the amount withdrawn exceeds the amounts credited to your account, the account ultimately may be depleted.  To establish the SWP, complete the SWP section of the Account Application.  Please call [ toll free number ] for additional information regarding the SWP.

The Fund’s Right to Redeem an Account
The Fund reserves the right to redeem the shares of any shareholder whose account balance is less than $2,500, other than as a result of a decline in the NAV of the Fund or for market reasons.  The Fund will provide a shareholder with written notice 30 days prior to redeeming the shareholder’s account.
 
 
Redemption-in-Kind
The Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash.  However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise (and for the protection of the Fund’s remaining shareholders), the Fund may pay all or part of a shareholder’s redemption proceeds in portfolio securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption-in-kind).

Specifically, if the amount you are redeeming from the Fund during any 90-day period is in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period, the Fund has the right to redeem your shares by giving you the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund being redeemed in securities instead of cash.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
You may exchange your Fund shares for shares of the same class of other Trust series managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Be sure to confirm with the Transfer Agent that the fund into which you exchange is available for sale in your state.  Not all Funds available for exchange may be available for purchase in your state.  Because exchanges are a sale and purchase of shares, they may have tax consequences.

You may make exchanges only between identically registered accounts (name(s), address, and taxpayer ID number).  There is currently no limit on exchanges, but each Fund reserves the right to limit exchanges (See “Tools to Combat Frequent Transaction”).  You may exchange your shares by mail or telephone, unless you declined telephone exchange privileges on your account application. You may be responsible for any unauthorized telephone order as long as the transfer agent takes reasonable measures to verify that the order is genuine.  You may also make exchanges through an Authorized Intermediary.
 
Exchanges By Mail
To exchange Fund shares by mail, simply complete a written request and mail it to the Fund:
 
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701 615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701  Milwaukee, WI 53202
 
The written request must contain the following information:
·  
Your account number
·  
The names of each Trust series (and class) you are exchanging and
·  
The dollar amount or number of shares you want to sell (and exchange)
·  
A completed account application for the Trust series into which you want to exchange if you desire different account privileges than those currently associated with your account in the Fund.

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.
 
 
Exchanges by Telephone
If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may exchange your Fund shares for shares of another Trust series, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [ toll free number ].  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.

Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:

·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

The following table lists the key features of the Fund’s Institutional and Investor Classes.

 
Institutional Class
Investor Class
Eligible Investors
Designed for accounts of institutions maintained directly with the Fund’s transfer agent.  Such institutions include:
·  financial institutions,
·  pension plans,
·  retirement accounts,
·  qualified plans,
·  corporations, trusts, estates, religious and charitable organizations,
·  financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customers’ investments in the Fund.
Designed for retail investors investing through:
·  individual accounts,
·  traditional and Roth IRA accounts,
·  certain accounts maintained through financial intermediaries.
 
 
Minimum Initial
Investment
$1,000,000
$2,500
Subsequent Minimum
Investment
$5,000
$100
Waiver/Reduction of
Investment
Minimums
·   Although not limited to the list below, the Adviser may waive or reduce the initial or subsequent minimum investment amounts in any of following circumstances:
·   Retirement, defined benefit and pension plans with plan assets of at least $25 million;
·   Bank or Trust companies investing for their own accounts or acting in a fiduciary or similar capacity;
·   Institutional clients of the Adviser;
·   Trustees and Officers of the Trust; and
·   Employees of the Adviser and its affiliates and their immediate families ( i.e. parent, child, spouse, domestic partner, sibling, step or adopted relationships, grandparent, grandchild and Uniform Gift or Transfer to Minors Act accounts naming qualifying persons).
None
Initial Sales Charge
None
5.75% or less
 
 
 
Institutional Class
Investor Class
Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge
None
None.
Ongoing
Distribution/Shareholder
Service Fees
None
12b-1 fee of 0.25%
Shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%
Annual Expenses
Lower expense ratio than Investor Class because distribution/shareholder servicing fees of the Investor Class are higher than that of Institutional Class.
Higher expense ratio than Institutional Class because distribution/shareholder of Investor Class is higher than that of Institutional Class
Conversion Feature
None
Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Investor Class shares, meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Institutional Class shares, Investor Class shares may be converted to Institutional Class shares without any tax consequences.  To inquire about converting your Investor Class shares to Institutional Class shares, please call [ toll free number ]

Sales Charges
Sales charges and fees vary considerably between the Fund’s classes. You should carefully consider the differences in the fee and sales charge structures as well as the length of time you wish to invest in the Fund before choosing which class to purchase.  Please review the Fee Table and Sales Charge Schedules of the Fund before investing.  You may also want to consult with a financial adviser to help you determine which class is most appropriate for you.

The following sub-sections summarize information you should know regarding sales charges applicable to purchases of Investor Class shares of the Fund.  Sales charge information is not separately posted under the mutual fund section (the “Section”) of the Adviser’s website located at www.palmersquarecap.com because a copy of this Prospectus containing such information is already available for review, free of charge, under the Section.

An initial sales charge is assessed on purchases of Investor Shares as follows:
 
 
 
Sales Charge (Load) as
% of:
 
Amount of Purchase
Public
Offering Price
Net Asset
Value(1)
Reallowance %
$0 but less than $XX,XXX
5.75%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$XX,XXX but less than $XXX,XXX
X.XX%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$XXX,XXX but less than $XXX,XXX
X.XX%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$XXX,XXX but less than $XXX,XXX
X.XX%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$XXX,XXX but less than $X,XXX,XXX
X.XX%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$1,000,000 and up (2)
X.XX%
X.XX%
X.XX%
 
(1)
Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent. Because of rounding of the calculation in determining sales charges, the charges may be more or less than those shown in the table.
(2)
No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, although for such investments the Fund will impose a CDSC of 1.00% on certain redemptions made within 12 months of the purchase. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no sales charge is imposed on increases in NAV above the initial purchase price.
 
The Distributor may pay broker-dealers up to 1.00% on investments made in the Investor Class shares with no initial sales charge.

The offering price for Investor Class shares includes the relevant sales charge.  The commission paid to the distribution is the sales charge less the reallowance paid to certain financial institutions purchasing shares.  Normally, reallowances are paid as indicated in the above table.

Reduced Sales Charges — Investor Class
You may qualify for a reduced initial sales charge on purchases of Investor Class shares under rights of accumulation (“ROA”) or a letter of intent (“LOI”) .  The transaction processing procedures maintained by certain financial institutions through which you can purchase Fund shares may restrict the universe of accounts considered for purposes of calculating a reduced sales charge under ROA or LOI.  For example, the processing procedures of a financial institution may limit accounts to those that share the same tax identification number or mailing address and that are maintained only with that financial institution.  The Fund permits financial institutions to calculate ROA and LOI based on the financial institution’s transaction processing procedures.  Please contact your financial institution before investing to determine the process used to identify accounts for ROA and LOI purposes.

ROA.   To determine the applicable reduced sales charge under ROA, the Fund or its agent will combine the value of your current purchase with the collective value of Investor Class shares of the Fund and Investor Class shares of any other Trust series managed by the Adviser or its affiliates (as of the Fund’s current day public offering price) that were purchased previously for accounts (1) in your name, (2) in the name of your spouse, (3) in the name of you and your spouse, (4) in the name of your minor child under the age of 21, and (5) sharing the same mailing address (“Accounts”).

To be entitled to a reduced sales charge based on shares already owned, you must ask for the reduction at the time of purchase.  You must also provide the Fund with your account number(s) and, if applicable, the account numbers for your spouse, children (provide the children’s ages), or other household members and, if requested by your financial institution, the following additional information regarding these Accounts:
 
 
Information or records regarding Fund shares held in all accounts in your name at the Fund’s transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”);
 
 
 
Information or records regarding Fund shares held in all accounts in your name at a financial intermediary; and
 
 
Information or records regarding Fund shares for Accounts at the Transfer Agent or another financial intermediary.

The Fund may amend or terminate this right of accumulation at any time.

LOI.   You may also enter into an LOI, which expresses your intent to invest $100,000 or more in the Fund’s Investor Class shares in Accounts within a future period of thirteen months.  Your individual purchases will be made at the applicable sales charge based on the amount you intend to invest over a thirteen-month period.  Any shares purchased within 90 days of the date you sign the letter of intent may be used as credit toward completion, but the reduced sales charge will only apply to new purchases made on or after that date.  Purchases resulting from the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains do not apply toward fulfillment of the LOI.  Shares equal to 5% of the amount of the LOI will be held in escrow during the thirteen-month period.  If, at the end of that time the total amount of purchases made is less than the amount intended, you will be required to pay the difference between the reduced sales charge and the sales charge applicable to the individual purchases had the LOI not been in effect.  This amount will be obtained from redemption of the escrow shares.  Any remaining escrow shares will be released to you.

If you establish an LOI, you can aggregate your accounts as well as the accounts of your immediate family members.  You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in fulfillment of the LOI.
 
Elimination of Initial Sales Charges — Investor Class
Certain persons may also be eligible to purchase or redeem Investor Class shares without a sales charge.  No sales charge is assessed on the reinvestment of Investor Class shares’ distributions.  No sales charge is assessed on purchases made for investment purposes by:
 
  ·  
A qualified retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the IRC or a plan operating consistent with Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code
 
  ·
 Any bank, trust company, savings institution, registered investment adviser, financial planner or securities dealer on behalf of an account for which it provides advisory or fiduciary services pursuant to an account management fee
 
  ·  
Trustees and officers of the Trust; directors, officers and full-time employees of the Adviser, the distributor, any of their affiliates or any organization with which the distributor has entered into a dealer agreement; the spouse, life partner, or minor children under 21 of any such person; any trust or individual retirement account or self-employed retirement plan for the benefit of any such person; or the estate of any such person
 
 
 
  ·
 Any person who is reinvesting dividends or distributions
 
 
  ·   Reinvestment once each calendar year of all or part of the proceeds of redemption of your Investor Shares (Class A) into the same Fund and account from which it had been redeemed, if the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the Fund’s receipt of your redemption request.
 
  ·
  Any person who has, within the preceding 90 days, redeemed Fund shares through a financial institution and completes a reinstatement form upon investment with that financial institution (but only on purchases in amounts not exceeding the redeemed amounts)
 
  ·
  Any person who exchanges into a Fund from another Trust series or other mutual fund that participates in the Trust’s exchange program established for that Fund, provided (i) a sales charge was previously paid on those shares, (ii) the shares were received in exchange for shares on which a sales charge was paid or (iii) the shares were acquired from reinvestment of dividends and other distributions paid on such shares
 
  ·   Payments of Principal and Interest on Loans made pursuant to a 401(a) plan (for Investor Shares only), (i) if such loans are permitted by the plan and the plan invests in shares of the same Fund and (ii) a sales charge was previously paid on those shares.
 
The Fund requires appropriate documentation of an investor’s eligibility to purchase or redeem Investor Class shares without a sales charge. Fund shares so purchased may not be resold except to the Fund.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge – Investor Class
No front-end sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, although the Distributor may pay broker-dealers up to 1.00% on investments with no initial sales charge. Accordingly, the Fund will impose a CDSC of 1.00% on certain redemptions made within 12 months of the purchase. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. No sales charge is imposed on increases in NAV above the initial purchase price.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees and Shareholder Service Plan Fees
The Trust has adopted a Rule 12b-1 plan under which the Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor or such other entities as approved by the Board of Trustees, as compensation for the distribution-related and/or shareholder services provided by such entities, an aggregate fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class. The Distributor may pay any or all amounts received under the Rule 12b-1 Plan to other persons, including the Adviser, for any distribution service or activity designed to retain Fund shareholders.
 
The Trust has also adopted a Shareholder Service Plan under which the Fund may pay a fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class for shareholder services provided to the Funds by financial institutions, including the Adviser.

Because the distribution and shareholder service fees are paid on an ongoing basis, your investment cost over time may be higher than paying other types of sales charges

Special Instructions for Institutional Class
Institutional Class shares may also be offered through financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customers’ investments in the Fund.  If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must follow the procedures established by your Financial Intermediary.  Your Financial Intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to the transfer agent.  Your Financial Intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial Intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [ toll free number ], or follow the instructions under “Purchase By Mail,” “Purchase By Telephone” and “Purchase By Wire.”
 
 
As indicated in the table above, the minimum initial investment for Institutional Class shares may be waived or reduced by the Adviser at any time.  In addition to the circumstances listed in the table, the Adviser may permit certain Financial Intermediaries to aggregate up to 10 customer accounts to accumulate the requisite $1,000,000 initial investment minimum.
 
 
The Fund will make distributions of net investment income and net capital gains, if any, at least annually, typically during the month of December.  The Fund may make additional distributions if deemed to be desirable at another time during the year.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you choose one of the following options: (1) receive distributions of net capital gains in cash, while reinvesting net investment income distributions in additional Fund shares; (2) receive all distributions in cash; or (3) reinvest net capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares, while receiving distributions of net investment income in cash.

If you wish to change your distribution option, write to the Transfer Agent in advance of the payment date of the distribution.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

If you elect to receive distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service is unable to deliver your check, or if a check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV per share and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.
 
The Fund is intended for long-term investors.  Short-term “market-timers” who engage in frequent purchases and redemptions may disrupt the Fund’s investment program and create additional transaction costs that are borne by all of the Fund’s shareholders.  The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to discourage excessive, short-term trading and other abusive trading practices that may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm performance.  The Fund takes steps to reduce the frequency and effect of these activities in the Fund.  These steps include, among other things, monitoring trading activity and using fair value pricing.  Although these efforts are designed to discourage abusive trading practices, these tools cannot eliminate the possibility that such activity will occur.  The Fund seeks to exercise its judgment in implementing these tools to the best of its abilities in a manner that it believes is consistent with shareholder interests.  Except as noted herein, the Fund applies all restrictions uniformly in all applicable cases.

Monitoring Trading Practices
The Fund monitors selected trades in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities.  If, as a result of this monitoring, the Fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, it may, in its discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases in the shareholder’s accounts.  In making such judgments, the Fund seeks to act in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of its shareholders.  The Fund uses a variety of techniques to monitor for and detect abusive trading practices.  These techniques may change from time to time as determined by the Fund in its sole discretion.  To minimize harm to the Fund and its shareholders, the Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order (but not a redemption request), in whole or in part, for any reason and without prior notice.  The Fund may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.
 
 
Fair Value Pricing
The Fund employs fair value pricing selectively to ensure greater accuracy in its daily NAVs and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to take advantage of temporary market anomalies.  The Board of Trustees has developed procedures which utilize fair value pricing when reliable market quotations are not readily available or the Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Adviser, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Adviser, events have rendered the market value unreliable.  Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on judgment.  Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.  More detailed information regarding fair value pricing can be found in this Prospectus under the heading entitled “Share Price.”

Due to the complexity and subjectivity involved in identifying abusive trading activity and the volume of shareholder transactions the Fund handles, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s efforts will identify all trades or trading practices that may be considered abusive.  In particular, since the Fund receives purchase and sale orders through Authorized Intermediaries that use group or omnibus accounts, the Fund cannot always detect frequent trading.  However, the Fund will work with Authorized Intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades.  In this regard, the Fund has entered into information sharing agreements with Authorized Intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through non-disclosed or omnibus accounts.  The Fund will use this information to attempt to identify abusive trading practices.  Authorized Intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in abusive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies.  However, the Fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from Authorized Intermediaries and cannot ensure that they will always be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through non-disclosed and omnibus accounts.  As a result, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage abusive trading practices in non-disclosed and omnibus accounts may be limited.
 
 
Distributions of the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (which includes, but is not limited to, interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, are generally taxable to the Fund’s shareholders as ordinary income.  To the extent that the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are designated as attributable to “qualified dividend” income, such income may be subject to tax at the reduced rate of federal income tax applicable to non-corporate shareholders for net long-term capital gains, if certain holding period requirements have been satisfied by the shareholder.  The current federal tax provisions applicable to “qualified dividends” are scheduled to expire for tax years beginning after December 31, 2011.  To the extent the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are attributable to net short-term capital gains, such distributions will be treated as ordinary dividend income for the purposes of income tax reporting and will not be available to offset a shareholder’s capital losses from other investments.
 
 
Distributions of net capital gains (net long-term capital gains less net short-term capital losses) are generally taxable as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%, but scheduled to increase in 2013) regardless of the length of time that a shareholder has owned Fund shares.

You will be taxed in the same manner whether you receive your distributions (whether of net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in cash or reinvest them in additional Fund shares.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.

Shareholders who sell, or redeem, shares generally will have a capital gain or loss from the sale or redemption.  The amount of the gain or loss and the applicable rate of federal income tax will depend generally upon the amount paid for the shares, the amount received from the sale or redemption and how long the shares were held by a shareholder.  Any loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less, however, is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of net capital gain received on such shares.  In determining the holding period of such shares for this purpose, any period during which your risk of loss is offset by means of options, short sales or similar transactions is not counted.  If you purchase Fund shares within 30 days before or after redeeming other Fund shares at a loss, all or part of that loss will not be deductible and will instead increase the basis of the newly purchased shares.

Shareholders will be advised annually as to the federal tax status of all distributions made by the Fund for the preceding year.  Distributions by the Fund may also be subject to state and local taxes.  Additional tax information may be found in the SAI.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.
 
Other Fund Policies
 
Telephone Transactions
If you elect telephone privileges on the account application or in a letter to the Fund, you may be responsible for any fraudulent telephone orders as long as the Fund has taken reasonable precautions to verify your identity.  In addition, once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or modified.

During periods of significant economic or market change, telephone transactions may be difficult to complete.  If you are unable to contact the Fund by telephone, you may also mail the requests to the Fund at the address listed previously in the “How to Purchase Shares” section.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time).  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to ensure that you will be able to complete your telephone transaction prior to the close of the NYSE.

Policies of Other Financial Intermediaries
An Authorized Intermediary may establish policies that differ from those of the Fund.  For example, the institution may charge transaction fees, set higher minimum investments or impose certain limitations on buying or selling shares in addition to those identified in this Prospectus.  Please contact your Authorized Intermediary for details.
 
 
Closure of Fund to New Purchases
The Adviser retains the right to close the Fund (or partially close the Fund) to new purchases if it is determined to be in the best interest of shareholders.  Based on market and Fund conditions, the Adviser may decide to close the Fund to new investors, all investors or certain classes of investors (such as fund supermarkets) at any time.  If the Fund is closed to new purchases it will continue to honor redemption requests, unless the right to redeem shares has been temporarily suspended as permitted by federal law.

Householding
In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders the Fund reasonably believes are from the same family or household.  If you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call toll-free at [ toll free number ] to request individual copies of these documents.  Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, the Fund will begin sending individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.  This policy does not apply to account statements.

Inactive Accounts
Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your State’s abandoned property laws.
 
 

 
 
Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, and serves as distributor and principal underwriter to the Fund.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.  Shares of the Fund are offered on a continuous basis.
 
 
 
Each Fund class may pay service fees to intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisers or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts, other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.

The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash payments to intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund.  These payments and compensation are in addition to service fees paid by the Fund, if any.  Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing support or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary.  Payments may also be paid to intermediaries for inclusion of the Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list or in other sales programs.  Compensation may be paid as an expense reimbursement in cases in which the intermediary provides shareholder services to the Fund.  The Adviser may also pay cash compensation in the form of finder’s fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of the shares sold.



Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial highlights available at this time.

 
 

 

 
Investment Adviser
Palmer Square Capital Management LLC
4200 W. 115 th Street, Suite 100
Leawood, Kansas 66211


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[ _____________ ]


Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A.
100 Middle Street
PO Box 9729
Portland, ME 04104-5029

Custodian
U.S. Bank N.A.
Custody Operations
1555 North River Center Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212


Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant and Fund Administrator
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 
 
PRIVACY NO TICE

 
The Fund collects non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

·  
information the Fund receives about you on applications or other forms;
·  
information you give the Fund orally; and/or
·  
information about your transactions with the Fund or others.

The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as permitted by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities.  The Fund may share information with affiliated parties and unaffiliated third parties with whom it has contracts for servicing the Fund.  The Fund will provide unaffiliated third parties with only the information necessary to carry out their assigned responsibility.  All shareholder records will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.   The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your non-public personal information and require third parties to treat your non-public personal information with the same high degree of confidentiality.

In the event that you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, including, but not limited to, a broker-dealer, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary governs how your non-public personal information is shared with unaffiliated third parties.








 
Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series


FOR MORE INFORMATION

You can find more information about the Fund in the following documents:

Statement of Additional Information
The SAI provides additional details about the investments and techniques of the Fund and certain other additional information.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  This means that the SAI is legally considered a part of this Prospectus even though it is not physically within this Prospectus.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports will provide additional information about the Fund’s investments.  The annual reports will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Fund’s performance during the Fund’s prior fiscal period.

You can obtain a free copy of these documents (when they become available) and the SAI, request other information, or make general inquiries about the Fund by calling the Fund (toll-free) at [ toll free number ], by visiting the Fund’s website at www.nuanceinvestments.com   or by writing to:

Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

You can review and copy information, including the Fund’s reports and SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling (202) 551-8090.  Reports and other information about the Fund are also available:

·  
free of charge from the SEC’s EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov;
·  
for a fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520; or
·  
for a fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.


 

(The Trust’s SEC Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811- ….. )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4, 2011
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.






Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund

Institutional Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ])

Investor Class Shares
(Trading Symbol: [ ])

Statement of Additional Information

April [ ], 2011





This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides general information about the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund (the “Fund”), a series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”).  This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s current prospectus for Institutional and Investor Class shares dated April [ ], 2011 (the “Prospectus”), as supplemented and amended from time to time, which is incorporated herein by reference.  To obtain a copy of the Prospectus, free of charge, please write or call the Fund at the address or toll-free telephone number below, or visit the Fund’s website at www.palmersquarecap.com.




Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701
[ toll free number ]


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 

THE TRUST
1
2
FUNDAMENTAL AND NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS  26
28
  Board of Trustees
28
  The Role of the Board of Trustees  28
  Board Leadership Structure  28
  Board Oversight of Risk Management  29
  Trustees and Officers  29
 
32
    Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares  32
    Board Committees  32
    Trustee Compensation  33
    Control Persons and Principal Shareholders  33
    Investment Adviser  33
    Portfolio Manager 34
SERVICE PROVIDERS
35
 
36
 
36
DISTRUBUTION OF FUND SHARES  36
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE  38
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER  39
CODE OF ETHICS  40
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES  40
ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING COMPLIANCE PROGRAM  40
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION  41
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE  42
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES  43
TAX MATTERS
45
DISTRIBUTIONS
46
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  47
APPENDIX “A” DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS  A-1

 
 
 

 
 
The Trust
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on January [ ], 2011, and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company.  The Fund is one series, or mutual fund of the Trust.  The Fund is a non-diversified series and has its own investment objective and policies.  Shares of other series of the Trust are offered in separate prospectuses and SAIs.  The Fund does not share the same investment adviser with any other series of the Trust.  The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI are a part of the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  Copies of the Trust’s complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or may be accessed free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  The Fund has two classes, Institutional Shares and A Shares.  The Trust may create additional classes of the Fund and may create additional series (and classes thereof) and offer shares of these series and classes under the Trust at any time.

The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of interests (or shares).  Interests in the Fund are represented by shares of beneficial interest each with no par value per share.  Each share of each series of the Trust and each class of shares thereof has equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and voting rights. Each series (and classes thereof) of the Trust has equal voting rights and liquidation rights, and are voted in the aggregate and not by the series or class, except in matters where a separate vote is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or when the matters affect only the interest of a particular series or class.  When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned.  The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders.  The Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon removal of any trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares.  Each shareholder of a Trust series   is entitled to that shareholder’s pro rata share of all distributions arising from that series’ assets and, upon redeeming shares, will receive the portion of the series’ net assets represented by the redeemed shares.

Each share of the Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to the Fund and is entitled to such distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees has the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of that series so long as the proportionate beneficial interests in the assets belonging to that series and the rights of shares of any other series are in no way affected.  In case of the liquidation of a series, the holders of shares of the series being liquidated are entitled to receive a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that series.  Expenses attributable to any series (or class thereof) are borne by that series (or class).  Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular series are allocated by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees to all applicable series (and classes thereof) on the basis of relative net assets, number of shareholders or other equitable method.  No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his or her express consent.

The assets of the Fund received for the issue or sale of its shares, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, shall constitute the underlying assets of the Fund.  In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders.

Palmer Square Capital Management LLC (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Fund.  [ Names ] serve as investment subadvisers for the Fund (each, a “Subadviser”).
 
 
Investment Policies, Strategies and Associated Risks
The following discussion supplements the description of the Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus.  Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed below (see “Fundamental Investment Limitations”), the Fund’s investment strategies and policies are not fundamental and may be changed by sole action of the Board of Trustees, without shareholder approval.  While the Fund is permitted to hold securities and engage in various strategies as described hereafter, it is not obligated to do so.  The Fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to the broader equity and bond markets.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Diversification
The Fund is non-diversified.  A non-diversified fund is a fund that does not satisfy the definition of a “diversified company” set forth in the 1940 Act.  A “diversified company” means that as to 75% of the Fund’s total assets (1) no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) the Fund may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.

Since the Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), the Fund will, excluding cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, limit its investment so that at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (1) not more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) with respect to 50% of its total assets, not more than 5% will be invested in the securities of a single issuer and not more than 10% will be invested in the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.  Because the Fund may invest a great percentage of its assets in the securities of fewer issuers, the Fund is subject to the risk that its performance may be hurt disproportionately by the poor performance of relatively few securities.

Percentage Limitations
The Fund’s compliance with its investment policy and limitation will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, except with respect to borrowing or illiquid securities, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether an investment complies with the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.  In addition, if a bankruptcy or other extraordinary event occurs concerning a particular investment by the Fund, the Fund may receive stock, real estate or other investments that the Fund would not, or could not, buy.  If this happens, the Fund will sell such investments as soon as practicable while trying to maximize the return to its shareholders.

Recent Market Events
U.S. and international markets have experienced significant volatility since 2008.  The fixed income markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties.  Concerns have spread to domestic and international equity markets.  In some cases, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial conditions or prospects of that company.  As a result of this significant volatility, many of the following risks associated with an investment in the Fund may be increased.  Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.
 
 
Equity Securities
An equity security represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company.  Its value is based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets and general market conditions.  Common stocks and preferred stocks are examples of equity securities.  The fundamental risk of investing in common and preferred stock is the risk that the value of the stock might decrease.
 
 
Common Stock
Common stock represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company and its value is based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets, and general market conditions.  In addition to the general risks set forth above, investments in common stocks are subject to the risk that in the event a company in which the Fund invests is liquidated, the holders of preferred stock and creditors of that company will be paid in full before any payments are made to the Fund as holders of common stock.  It is possible that all assets of that company will be exhausted before any payments are made to the Fund.

Preferred Stock
Preferred stock represents an ownership interest in a company, often pays dividends at a specific rate and has a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets. A preferred stock is a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock.  It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited.  Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer. In addition, preferred stock usually does not have voting rights.

Foreign Investments and Currencies
The Fund may invest in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and foreign equity securities.  In determining whether a company is foreign, the Adviser or Subadviser will consider various factors including where the company is headquartered, where the company’s principal operations are located, where the company’s revenues are derived, where the principal trading market is located and the country in which the company is legally organized.  The weight given to each of these factors will vary depending upon the circumstances.  Investments in foreign securities may involve a greater degree of risk than those in domestic securities.  The Fund may also purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis and enter into forward currency contracts (see “Forward Currency Contracts,” below).  These investments involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

Depositary Receipts .  Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities.  EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.  Unsponsored depositary receipts may be created without the participation of the foreign issuer.  Holders of these receipts generally bear all of the costs of the depositary receipt facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear all such costs with respect to sponsored depositary receipts.  The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored depositary receipt may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Accordingly, available information concerning the issuer may not be current and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than the prices of sponsored depositary receipts.  Depositary receipts are not usually denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted.   ADRs do not eliminate the risks inherent in investing in the securities of foreign issuers.  By investing in ADRs rather than directly in the foreign security, however, the Fund may avoid currency risks during the settlement period for either purchases or sales.  There is a large, liquid market in the United States for most ADRs.  GDRs are receipts representing an arrangement with a major foreign bank similar to that for ADRs.  GDRs are not necessarily denominated in the currency of the underlying security.  ADRs, GDRs and the securities of foreign companies traded on a U.S. stock exchange are not considered foreign securities for purposes of calculation of any investment limitation placed on the Fund’s exposure to foreign securities.  Instead, for purposes of the Fund’s investment policies, ADRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent.  Thus, an ADR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.
 
 
Political and Economic Factors .  Individual foreign economies of certain countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments position.  The internal politics of certain foreign countries may not be as stable as those of the United States.  Governments in certain foreign countries also continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest or regulation, in their respective economies.  Action by these governments could include restrictions on foreign investment, nationalization, expropriation of goods or imposition of taxes, and could have a significant effect on market prices of securities and payment of interest.  The economies of many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by the trade policies and economic conditions of their trading partners.  Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation could have a significant adverse effect upon the securities markets of those countries.

Currency Fluctuations .  The Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies.  Accordingly, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency.  Such changes will also affect the Fund’s income.  The value of the Fund’s assets may also be affected significantly by currency restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted from time to time.

Market Characteristics .  The Adviser expects that many foreign securities in which the Fund may invest could be purchased in over-the-counter markets or on exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market.  Foreign exchanges and markets may be more volatile than those in the United States.  While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and the Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in U.S. securities.  Moreover, settlement practices for transactions in foreign markets may differ from those in U.S. markets, and may include delays beyond periods customary in the United States.  Foreign security trading practices, including those involving securities settlement where Fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may expose the Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.

Legal and Regulatory Matters .  Certain foreign countries may have less supervision of securities markets, brokers and issuers of securities, and less financial information available from issuers, than is available in the United States.
 
 
Taxes .  The interest and dividends payable on certain of the Fund’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to Fund shareholders.

Costs .  To the extent that the Fund invests in foreign securities, its expense ratio is likely to be higher than those of investment companies investing only in domestic securities, because related brokerage costs and the cost of maintaining the custody of foreign securities may be higher.

Emerging Markets .  The Fund may also invest in developing or emerging market securities.  The considerations noted above regarding the risk of investing in foreign securities are generally more significant for investments in emerging or developing countries, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America, South America or Southeast Asia.  These countries may have relatively unstable governments and securities markets in which only a small number of securities trade.  Markets of developing or emerging countries may generally be more volatile than markets of developed countries.  Investment in these markets may involve significantly greater risks, as well as the potential for greater gains.

In considering whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, the Adviser or Subadviser considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends and the performance of securities markets within the U.S. and those within other countries, and also factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.  The extent to which the Fund will be invested in foreign companies and countries and depositary receipts will fluctuate from time to time within the limitations described in the Prospectus, depending on the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s assessment of prevailing market, economic and other conditions.

Forward Currency Contracts
A forward currency contract (“forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. At or before settlement of a forward currency contract, the Fund may either deliver the currency or terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing an offsetting contract.  If the Fund makes delivery of the foreign currency at or before the settlement of a forward contract, it may be required to obtain the currency through the conversion of assets of the Fund into the currency.  The Fund may close out a forward contract obligating it to purchase currency by selling an offsetting contract, in which case, it will realize a gain or a loss.

The Fund enters into forward contracts in order to “lock in” the exchange rate between the currency it will deliver and the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. In addition, the Fund may enter into forward contracts to hedge against risks arising from securities the Fund owns or anticipates purchasing, or the U.S. dollar value of interest and dividends paid on those securities. The Fund does not intend to enter into forward contracts on a regular or continuing basis and the Fund will not enter these contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign currency transactions involve certain costs and risks. The Fund incurs foreign exchange expenses in converting assets from one currency to another. Forward contracts involve a risk of loss if the Adviser or Subadviser is inaccurate in its prediction of currency movements. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved is generally not possible. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency if the market value of the security is less than the amount of the foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver under the forward contract and the decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. The use of forward contracts as a hedging technique does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities the Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. Although forward contracts can reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, they also limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of the currencies. There is also the risk that the other party to the transaction may fail to deliver currency when due which may result in a loss to a Fund.
 
 
Fixed-Income Securities
The Fund may invest in a wide range of fixed-income securities, which may include obligations of any rating or maturity.  The Fund may invest in investment grade corporate debt securities and below investment grade corporate debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds”).  Investment grade corporate bonds are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, Inc. (“S&P”) or Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) each of which are considered a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”).  Securities rated BBB by S&P are considered investment grade, but Moody’s considers securities rated Baa to have speculative characteristics.  The Fund will not invest in securities that are rated below D by S&P or Moody’s.  The Fund may hold a debt security rated below D if a downgrade occurs after the security has been purchased.  See Appendix A for a description of corporate bond ratings.  The Fund may also invest in unrated debt securities that the Adviser or Subadviser believes are of comparable quality to the rated securities in which the Fund may purchase.

Junk Bonds .  Junk bonds generally offer a higher current yield than that available for investment grade issues.  However, below investment grade debt securities involve higher risks, in that they are especially subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, to changes in the financial condition of the issuers and to price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates.  During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default.    At times in recent years, the prices of many below investment grade debt securities declined substantially, reflecting an expectation that many issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties.  As a result, the yields on below investment grade debt securities rose dramatically, reflecting the risk that holders of such securities could lose a substantial portion of their value as a result of the issuers’ financial restructuring or default.  There can be no assurance that such price declines will not recur.  The market for below investment grade debt issues generally is thinner and less active than that for higher quality securities, which may limit the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at fair value in response to changes in the economy or financial markets.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade debt securities, especially in a thinly traded market.  Changes by recognized rating services in their rating of a debt security may affect the value of these investments.  The Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase.  However, the Adviser or Subadviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objective.

Corporate Debt Securities .  Corporate debt securities are fixed-income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status.  Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.
 
 
The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by domestic or foreign companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment grade or below investment grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest.

Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles.  For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk.  On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small foreign corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.

Corporate debt securities carry credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that a fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it is due.  Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities.  The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment.  For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities.  This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while continuing to make payments on senior securities.  In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities.

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise.  In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms.   Prepayment risk occurs when issuers prepay fixed rate debt securities when interest rates fall, forcing the Fund to invest in securities with lower interest rates. Issuers of debt securities are also subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors that may restrict the ability of the issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities. The possibility exists therefore, that, as a result of bankruptcy, litigation or other conditions, the ability of an issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock or other equity security at the option of the holder during a specified period.  Convertible securities may take the form of convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds or debentures, units consisting of “usable” bonds and warrants or a combination of the features of several of these securities.  The investment characteristics of each convertible security vary widely, which allows convertible securities to be employed for a variety of investment strategies.  The Fund will exchange or convert convertible securities into shares of underlying common stock when, in the opinion of the Adviser or a Subadviser, the investment characteristics of the underlying common stock or other equity security will assist the Fund in achieving its investment objectives.  The Fund may also elect to hold or trade convertible securities.  In selecting convertible securities, the Adviser or Subadviser evaluates the investment characteristics of the convertible security as a fixed income instrument, and the investment potential of the underlying equity security for capital appreciation.  In evaluating these matters with respect to a particular convertible security, the Adviser or Subadviser considers numerous factors, including the economic and political outlook, the value of the security relative to other investment alternatives, trends in the determinants of the issuer’s profits, and the issuer’s management capability and practices.  Convertible securities are subject to the risks associated generally with fixed income securities.
 
 
Zero-Coupon Securities .  Zero-coupon securities make no periodic interest payments, but are sold at a deep discount from their face value.  The buyer recognizes a rate of return determined by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date.  The discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity, as well as market interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the issuer’s perceived credit quality.  If the issuer defaults, the holder may not receive any return on its investment.  Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, their price fluctuates more than other types of bonds.  Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, when interest rates rise, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically in value than bonds paying interest on a current basis.  When interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value because the bonds reflect a fixed rate of return.  An investment in zero-coupon may cause the Fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on its investment.

Unrated Debt Securities .  The Fund may also invest in unrated debt securities.  Unrated debt, while not necessarily lower in quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market.  Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds.  The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.

U.S. Government Obligations
The Fund may invest in U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.

Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so (see “Agency Obligations,” below).  In addition, U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates.  As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease.  Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

Agency Obligations
The Fund may invest in agency obligations, such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), commonly known as “Ginnie Mae,” Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), commonly known as “Fannie Mae,” Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), commonly known as “Freddie Mae,” and the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”).  Some, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported only by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA and FHLMC, are supported by only the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the SLMA, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  No assurance can be given that the U.S. government would provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities   because they are not obligated by law to do so.  As a result, there is a risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation.  For instance, in September 2008, at the direction of the U.S. Treasury, FNMA and FHLMC were placed into conservatorship under the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a newly created independent regulator.
 
 
Asset-Backed Securities .  Asset-backed securities include pools of mortgages, loans, receivables or other assets. Payment of principal and interest may be largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities, and, in certain cases, supported by letters of credit, surety bonds, or other credit enhancements.  The value of asset-backed securities may also be affected by the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the loans or receivables, or the financial institution(s) providing the credit support.

Mortgaged-Backed Securities .  The Fund may invest in securities that directly or indirectly represent participations in, or are collateralized by, payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property (“Mortgage-Backed Securities”).

Mortgage-Backed Securities represent pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various governmental agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) and government-related organizations such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as by nongovernmental issuers such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, and private mortgage insurance companies.  Although certain Mortgage-Backed Securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of the security, which may fluctuate, is not so secured.  If the Adviser or a Subadviser purchases a Mortgage-Backed Security at a premium, that portion may be lost if there is a decline in the market value of the security whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments in the underlying mortgage collateral.  As with other interest-bearing securities, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates.  However, though the value of a Mortgage-Backed Security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is not necessarily true since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages underlying the securities are prone to prepayment.  For this and other reasons, a Mortgage-Backed Security’s stated maturity may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments on the underlying mortgages and, therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the securities’ return to the Fund.  In addition, regular payments received in respect of Mortgage-Backed Securities include both interest and principal.  No assurance can be given as to the return the Fund will receive when these amounts are reinvested.

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue Mortgage-Backed Securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by Ginnie Mae include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae.  This guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.  Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Fannie Maes are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States.  Fannie Mae is a government sponsored organization owned entirely by private stockholders. Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Mac PC’s”). Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned entirely by Federal Home Loan Banks. Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Banks and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac.  Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans.  When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.
 
 
The Fund may also invest in Mortgage-Backed Securities which are collateralized mortgage obligations structured on pools of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans (“CMOs” and “REMICs”) and derivative multiple-class mortgage-backed securities (“Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities” or “SMBSs”).

Recently, rating agencies have placed on credit watch or downgraded the ratings previously assigned to a large number of mortgage-related securities (which may include certain of the mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may in the future invest), and may continue to do so in the future.  If a mortgage-related security in which the Fund is invested is placed on credit watch or downgraded, the value of the security may decline and the Fund may experience losses.

Further, the recent and unprecedented disruption in the residential mortgage-related securities market (and in particular, the “subprime” residential mortgage market), the broader mortgage-related securities market and the asset-backed securities market have resulted in downward price pressures and increasing foreclosures and defaults in residential and commercial real estate.  Concerns over inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the mortgage market and a declining real estate market have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and markets going forward, and have contributed to dramatic declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, and significant asset write-downs by financial institutions.  The continuation or worsening of this general economic downturn may lead to further declines in income from, or the value of, real estate, including the real estate which secures the mortgage-related securities held by the Fund.  Additionally, a lack of credit liquidity and decreases in the value of real property have occurred and may continue to occur or worsen, and potentially prevent borrowers from refinancing their mortgages, which may increase the likelihood of default on their mortgage loans.

These economic conditions may also adversely affect the amount of proceeds the holder of a mortgage loan or mortgage-related securities would realize in the event of a foreclosure or other exercise of remedies.  Moreover, even if such mortgage-related securities are performing as anticipated, their value in the secondary market may fall or continue to fall as a result of deterioration in general market conditions for such securities or other asset-backed or structured products.  Trading activity associated with market indices may also drive spreads on those indices wider than spreads on mortgage-related securities, thereby resulting in a decrease in the value of such mortgage-related securities.  Mortgage loans backing non-agency mortgage-related securities are more sensitive to economic factors that could affect the ability of borrowers to pay their obligations under the mortgage loans backing these securities.  These economic conditions may reduce the cash flow that the Fund investing in such mortgage-related securities receives from such securities and increase the incidence and severity of credit events and losses in respect of such securities.  In addition, interest rate spreads for mortgage-backed securities have widened and are more volatile when compared to the recent past due to these adverse changes in market conditions.  In the event that interest rate spreads for mortgage-related securities continue to widen following the purchase of such assets by the Fund, the market value of such securities is likely to decline and, in the case of a substantial spread widening, could decline by a substantial amount.  Furthermore, these adverse changes in market conditions have resulted in a severe liquidity crisis in the market for mortgage-backed securities (including the mortgage-related securities in which certain of the Fund may invest) and increasing unwillingness by banks, financial institutions and investors to extend credit to servicers, originators and other participants in the mortgage-related securities market for these securities and other asset-backed securities.  As a result, the liquidity and/or the market value of any mortgage-related securities that are owned by the Fund may experience further declines after they are purchased by the Fund.  The recent rise in the rate of foreclosures of properties has resulted in legislative, regulatory and enforcement actions seeking to prevent or restrict foreclosures.  Actions have also been brought against issuers and underwriters of residential mortgage-backed securities collateralized by such residential mortgage loans and investors in such residential mortgage-backed securities.  Future legislative or regulatory initiatives by federal, state or local legislative bodies or administrative agencies, if enacted or adopted, could delay foreclosure or the exercise of other remedies, provide new defenses to foreclosure, or otherwise impair the ability of the loan servicer to foreclose or realize on a defaulted residential mortgage loan included in a pool of residential mortgage loans backing such residential mortgage-backed securities.  The nature or extent of any future limitations on foreclosure or exercise of other remedies that may be enacted is uncertain.  Governmental actions that interfere with the foreclosure process, for example, could increase the costs of such foreclosures or exercise of other remedies, delay the timing or reduce the amount of recoveries on defaulted residential mortgage loans and securities backed by such residential mortgage loans owned by the Fund, and could adversely affect the yields on the mortgage-related securities owned by the Fund and could have the effect of reducing returns to the Fund that has invested in mortgage-related securities collateralized by these residential mortgage loans.
 
 
In addition, the U.S. government, including the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, and other governmental and regulatory bodies have recently taken or are considering taking actions to address the financial crisis, including initiatives to limit large-scale losses associated with mortgage-related securities held on the books of certain U.S. financial institutions and to support the credit markets generally.  The impact that such actions could have on any of the mortgage-related securities held by the Fund is unknown.

Structured Securities .  Structured securities employ a trust or other similar structure to modify the maturity, price characteristics or quality of financial assets.  For example, structural features can be used to modify the maturity of a security or interest rate adjustment features can be used to enhance price stability.  If the structure does not perform as intended, adverse tax or investment consequences may result.  Neither the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) nor any other regulatory authority has ruled definitively on certain legal issues presented by structured securities.  Future tax or other regulatory determinations could adversely affect the value, liquidity or tax treatment of the income received from these securities or the nature and timing of distributions made by the Fund.  The payment of principal and interest on structured securities may be largely dependent on the cash flows generated by the underlying financial assets.

Variable or Floating Rate Securities .  Variable or floating rate securities provide for periodic adjustments of the interest rate paid.  Variable rate securities provide for a specific periodic adjustment in the interest rate, while floating rate securities have interest rates that change whenever there is a change in a designated benchmark rate. Some variable or floating rate securities have put features.
 
 
Swap Agreements .  Swap agreements are two party contracts.  In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular pre-determined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor.  The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or security, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. As examples, credit default swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit default swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive from or make a payment to the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the parties’ respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component.
 
The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.
 
Generally the Fund will enter into credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a credit default, interest rate, total return or mortgage swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, currency swaps may involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.
 
A credit default swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that may, or may not, be currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If a credit event occurs, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the Fund as seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund.
 
 
To the extent that the Fund’s exposure in a transaction involving a swap or an interest rate floor, cap or collar is covered by the segregation of cash or liquid assets, or is covered by other means in accordance with SEC guidance, the Fund and the Adviser believe that the transactions do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions.
 
The Fund will not enter into any credit default, interest rate, total return or mortgage swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated investment grade by S&P’s or Moody’s, or, if unrated by such rating organization, determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
 
The use of credit default, interest rate, mortgage, total return and currency swaps, as well as interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. If the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment instruments were not used.

Indexed Securities .  The Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, precious metals or other commodities, or other financial indicators.  Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic.  Gold-indexed securities, for example, typically provide for a maturity value that depends on the price of gold, resulting in a security whose price tends to rise and fall together with gold prices.  Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers.  Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency.  Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the value of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad.  At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.  Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments.
 
 
Stripped Securities .  The Fund may purchase separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book entry system, known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Coupon Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”). These instruments are issued by banks and brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank; the custodian holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owner of the certificates or receipts.  The custodian arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register.  Receipts include Treasury Receipts (“TRs”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”).

STRIPS, CUBES, TRs, TIGRs and CATS are sold as zero coupon securities, which mean that they are sold at a substantial discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal.  This discount is amortized over the life of the security, and such amortization will constitute the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes.  Because of these features, these securities may be subject to greater interest rate volatility than interest-paying U.S. Treasury obligations.  Bonds issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation (“REFCORP”) can also be stripped in this fashion.  REFCORP Strips are eligible investments for the Fund.

Options, Futures and Other Strategies
General .   The Fund may use certain options (both traded on an exchange and over-the-counter (“OTC”)), futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”) and options on futures contracts (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying security, to attempt to hedge or limit the exposure of a particular portfolio security, to create a synthetic money market position, for certain tax-related purposes and to close out previously established options and futures positions.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”).  In addition, the Fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments will be limited by tax considerations.  Pursuant to a claim for exemption filed with the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, the Fund is not deemed to be a commodity pool operator or a commodity pool under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as such under the Commodity Exchange Act.  In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the Adviser or a Subadviser may discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques.  These new opportunities may become available as the Adviser or Subadviser develops new investment techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed.  The Adviser or Subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by the Fund’s investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities.  The Prospectus or this SAI will be supplemented to the extent that new products or techniques involve materially different risks than those described below.

Special Risks .   The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below.  Risks pertaining to particular Financial Instruments are described in the sections that follow.

(1)           Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities.  The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets, due to the differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to distortion.  Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of stock market trends by the Adviser or a Subadviser may still not result in a successful transaction.  The Adviser or a Subadviser may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of market movements or the time span within which the movements take place, which, thus, may result in the strategy being unsuccessful.
 
 
(2)           Options and futures prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments.  Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way.  Imperfect or no correlation also may result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, and from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts.

(3)           As described below, the Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (e.g . , Financial Instruments other than purchased options).  If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured.  These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment when it would otherwise be favorable to do so or require that the Fund sells a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.  The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counter-party”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

(4)   Losses may arise due to unanticipated market price movements, lack of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at a particular time or due to losses from premiums paid by the Fund on options transactions.

Cover .   Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchasing options, expose the Fund to an obligation to another party.  The Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it owns either (1) an offsetting (“covered”) position in securities or other options or futures contracts or (2) cash and liquid assets with a value, marked-to-market daily, sufficient to cover its potential obligations to the extent not covered as provided in (1) above.  The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash or liquid assets in an account with its custodian, U.S. Bank, N.A. (the “Custodian”), in the prescribed amount as determined daily.

Assets used as cover or held in an account cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to cover accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options .   The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment and general market conditions.  Options that expire unexercised have no value.  Options currently are traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange (“CBOE”), the American Stock and Options Exchange (“AMEX”) and other exchanges, as well as the OTC markets.
 
 
By buying a call option on a security, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium paid, to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing (selling) a call option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to deliver securities underlying the option at the exercise price if the option is exercised.  By buying a put option, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium, to sell the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing a put option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to purchase the securities underlying the option at the exercise price.

Because options premiums paid or received by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying and selling put and call options can be more speculative than investing directly in securities.

The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the Fund may terminate an obligation under a call option or put option that it has written by purchasing an identical call option or put option.  This is known as a closing purchase transaction.  Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option.  This is known as a closing sale transaction.  Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

Risks of Options on Commodities, Currencies and Securities .   Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.  In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counter-party (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee.  Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counter-party from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option.  Failure by the counter-party to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-traded options depends on the existence of a liquid market.  However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time.  Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counter-party or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration.

If the Fund were unable to affect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit.  The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options on Indices .   An index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities included in the index.  Options on indices give the holder the right to receive an amount of cash upon exercise of the option.  Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the index upon which the option is based being greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of put) the exercise price of the option.  Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the S&P 500 Index, the NYSE Composite Index or the AMEX Major Market Index or on a narrower index such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange Over-the-Counter Index.
 
 
Each of the exchanges has established limitations governing the maximum number of call or put options on the same index that may be bought or written by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written on one or more accounts or through one or more brokers).  Under these limitations, option positions of all investment companies advised by the Adviser or a Subadviser are combined for purposes of these limits.  Pursuant to these limitations, an exchange may order the liquidation of positions and may impose other sanctions or restrictions.  These position limits may restrict the number of listed options that the Fund may buy or sell.

Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities.  When the Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call.  The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”).  When the Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights to such call as are indicated above.  When the Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls.  When the Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and the exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices .   If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change.  If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts .   A futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified security on the expiration date of the contract.  An index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.  No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, it becomes obligated, in return for the premium received, to assume a position in the futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option.  If the Fund writes a call, it assumes a short futures position.  If the Fund writes a put, it assumes a long futures position.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it acquires the right in return for the premium it pays to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).

Whether the Fund realizes a gain or loss from futures activities depends upon movements in the underlying security or index.  The extent of the Fund’s loss from an unhedged short position in futures contracts or from writing unhedged call options on futures contracts is potentially unlimited.  The Fund only purchases and sells futures contracts and options on futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade.
 
 
No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract.  Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin” in an amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  Margin also must be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules.  Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures commission merchant daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.”  Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from a futures commission merchant.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk.  In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sell a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements.  If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Purchasers and sellers of futures contracts and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions in options, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold.  Positions in futures and options on futures contracts may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market.  However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time.  In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price.  Once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit.  Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses.  The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.  In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain cash or liquid assets in an account.

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon .   The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures markets), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions.  First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements.  Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationships between the cash and futures markets.  Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery.  To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion.  Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market.  Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions.
 
 
Combined Positions .   The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other.  For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract.  Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase.  Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Warrants and Rights
The Fund may purchase warrants and rights, which are instruments that permit the Fund to acquire, by subscription, the capital stock of a corporation at a set price, regardless of the market price for such stock.  The principal difference between warrants and rights is their term-rights typically expire within weeks while warrants have longer durations.  Neither rights nor warrants have voting rights or pay dividends.  The market price of warrants is usually significantly less than the current price of the underlying stock.  Thus, there is a greater risk that warrants might drop in value at a faster rate than the underlying stock.

When-Issued Securities
When-issued securities transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell particular securities with payment and delivery taking place at a future date, and permit the Fund to lock in a price or yield on a security it owns or intends to purchase, regardless of future changes in interest rates or market action.  No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a when-issued basis prior to delivery.  Such securities are recorded as an asset and its value may fluctuate.  Purchasing a security on a when-issued basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed-upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery.  The Fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities.  The Fund will establish in a segregated account, or earmark as segregated on the books of the Custodian, an amount of liquid assets equal to 102% of the amount of its commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued basis.  These assets will be marked-to-market daily, and the Fund will increase the aggregate value of the assets, as necessary, to ensure that the assets are at least equal to 102% of the amount of the Fund’s commitments.

Initial Public Offerings
The Fund may invest in securities offered companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.  Companies that offer securities in IPOs tend to typically have small market capitalizations and therefore their securities may be more volatile and less liquid that those issued by larger companies.  Certain companies offering securities in an IPO may have limited operating experience and, as a result face a greater risk of business failure.
 
 
Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements.  Under such agreements, the Fund agrees to purchase U.S. government obligations from a counter-party and the counter-party agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed upon time and price.  The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to the Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase.  In either case, the income to the Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security itself.  Such repurchase agreements will be made only with banks with assets of $500 million or more that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or with government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Board and registered as broker-dealers with the SEC or exempt from such registration.  The Fund will generally enter into repurchase agreements of short durations, from overnight to one week, although the underlying securities generally have longer maturities.  The Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with more than seven days to maturity if, as a result, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities including such repurchase agreements.

For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from the Fund to the seller of the U.S. government obligations that are subject to the repurchase agreement.  It is not clear whether a court would consider the U.S. government obligations to be acquired by the Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by the Fund or as being collateral for a loan by the Fund to the seller.  In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the U.S. government obligations before its repurchase under a repurchase agreement, the Fund could encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the underlying U.S. government obligations.  Delays may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the U.S. government obligations.  If a court characterizes the transaction as a loan and the Fund has not perfected a security interest in the U.S. government obligations, the Fund may be required to return the securities to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller.  As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at the risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.  As with any unsecured debt instrument purchased for the Fund, the Adviser seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the other party, in this case the seller of the U.S. government security.

Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the U.S. government obligations.  However, the Fund will always receive as collateral for any repurchase agreement to which it is a party securities acceptable to the Adviser, the market value of which is equal to at least 100% of the repurchase price, and the Fund will make payment against such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of its Custodian.  If the market value of the U.S. government obligations subject to the repurchase agreement become less than the repurchase price (including interest), the Fund will direct the seller of the U.S. government obligations to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.  It is possible that the Fund could be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce on the seller a contractual obligation to deliver additional securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements .
Although the Fund has no intention to do so, the Fund may borrow funds for temporary purposes by entering into reverse repurchase agreements in accordance with the Fund’s investment restrictions.  Pursuant to such agreements, the Fund would sell portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers, and agree to repurchase the securities at the mutually agreed-upon date and price.  The Fund would enter into reverse repurchase agreements only to avoid otherwise selling securities during unfavorable market conditions to meet redemptions.  When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account assets consistent with the Fund’s investment restrictions having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest), and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such equivalent value is maintained.  Such assets will include U.S. government securities or other liquid, high-grade debt securities.
 
 
The use of reverse repurchase agreements by the Fund creates leverage which increases the Fund’s investment risk.  If the income and gains on securities purchased with the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements exceed the cost of the agreements, the Fund’s earnings or net asset value will increase faster than otherwise would be the case.  Conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the costs, earnings or net asset value would decline faster than otherwise would be the case.  The Fund will seek to enter reverse repurchase agreements only when the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase the securities.  Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowing by under the 1940 Act.

Other Investment Companies.
The Fund may invest in the securities of other registered investment companies, subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”).  Investments in the securities of other investment companies will likely result in the duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses.  By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company.  As a result, Fund shareholders indirectly will bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by shareholders of the other investment company, in addition to the fees and expenses Fund shareholders directly bear in connection with the Fund’s own operations.

Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act generally prohibits a fund from purchasing (1) more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of another fund; (2) securities of another fund having an aggregate value in excess of 5% of the value of the acquiring fund; and (3) securities of the other fund and all other funds having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the acquiring fund.  There are some exceptions, however, to these limitations pursuant to various rules promulgated by the SEC.

Master Limited Partnerships
The Fund may invest in publicly traded master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on a major United States stock exchange, if the issuer meets the Fund’s investment criteria.  MLPs are businesses organized as limited partnerships which trade their proportionate shares of the partnership (units) on a public exchange.  MLPs are required to pay out most or all of their cash flow in distributions.  This pass through creates passive income or losses, along with dividend and investment income. The MLPs the Fund may purchase are comprised of a general partner (the “GP”) and multiple limited partners (the “LP Holders”). The GP is responsible for the operations and the maintenance of the partnership’s businesses, while the LP Holders assume economic risk up to their level of investment.  Typically, the GP has a 1% to 2% investment in the MLP, but can extract a higher percentage of the partnership’s profits as the MLP’s distributions increase.  This serves as an incentive to the GP to grow the partnership’s distributions.

Generally speaking, MLP investment returns are enhanced during periods of declining or low interest rates and tend to be negatively influenced when interest rates are rising.  As an income vehicle, the unit price can be influenced by general interest rate trends independent of specific underlying fundamentals.  In addition, most MLPs are fairly leveraged and typically carry a portion of a “floating” rate debt.  As such, a significant upward swing in interest rates would also drive interest expense higher.  Furthermore, most MLPs grow by acquisitions partly financed by debt, and higher interest rates could make it more difficult to make acquisitions.
 
 
Exchange-Traded Funds
The Fund may also invest in shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”).  ETFs are investment companies which seek to replicate the performance, before fees and expenses, of an underlying index of securities.  An ETF is similar to a traditional mutual fund but trades at different prices during the day on a securities exchange like a stock.  Similar to investments in other investment companies discussed above, the Fund’s investments in ETFs will involve duplication of advisory fees and other expenses since the Fund will be investing in another investment company.  In addition, the Fund’s investment in ETFs is also subject to its limitations on investments in investment companies discussed above.  To the extent the Fund invests in ETFs which focus on a particular market segment or industry, the Fund will also be subject to the risks associated with investing in those sectors or industries.  The shares of the ETFs in which the Fund will invest will be listed on a national securities exchange and the Fund will purchase and sell these shares on the secondary market at their current market price, which may be more or less than their net asset value.  Investors in the Fund should be aware that ETFs are subject to “tracking risk,” which is the risk that an ETF will not be able to replicate exactly the performance of the index it tracks.

As a purchaser of ETF shares on the secondary market, the Fund will be subject to the market risk associated with owning any security whose value is based on market price.  ETF shares historically have tended to trade at or near their net asset value, but there is no guarantee that they will continue to do so.  Unlike traditional mutual funds, shares of an ETF may be purchased and redeemed directly from the ETF only in large blocks (typically 50,000 shares or more) and only through participating organizations that have entered into contractual agreements with the ETF.  The Fund does not expect to enter into such agreements and therefore will not be able to purchase and redeem its ETF shares directly from the ETF, but will instead purchase and sell shares on the secondary market.

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

General. The Fund may invest in pooled investment vehicles, including limited partnerships. Examples of such vehicles include private equity funds and private equity funds of funds. A private equity fund generally invests in non-public companies that the fund’s manager believes will experience significant growth over a certain time period. A private equity fund of funds invests in other private equity funds of the type described. Investments in private equity funds, once made, typically may not be redeemed for several years, though they may be sold to other investors under certain circumstances.

Risks. To the extent that the Fund invests in Pooled Investment Vehicles, such investments may be deemed illiquid.  In addition, the Fund will bear its ratable share of such vehicles’ expenses, including its management expenses and performance fees. Performance fees are fees paid to the vehicle’s manager based on the vehicle’s investment performance (or returns) as compared to some benchmark. The fees the Fund pays to invest in a Pooled Investment Vehicle may be higher than the fees it would pay if the manager of the Pooled Investment Vehicle managed the Fund’s assets directly. Further, the performance fees payable to the manager of a Pooled Investment Vehicle may create an incentive for the manager to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than those it might make in the absence of an incentive fee.
 
 
Private Placements and Restricted Securities
The Fund may invest in restricted securities (securities with limited transferability under the securities laws) acquired from the issuer in “private placement” transactions.  Private placement securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are subject to restrictions on resale.  They are eligible for sale only to certain qualified institutional buyers, like the Fund, and are not sold on a trading market or exchange.  While private placement securities offer attractive investment opportunities otherwise not available on an open market, because such securities are available to few buyers, they are often both difficult to sell and to value.  Certain of the Fund’s investments may be placed in smaller, less seasoned, issuers that present a greater risk due to limited product lines and/or financial resources.  The issuer of privately placed securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements of a public trade.  Additionally, the Fund could obtain material non-public information from the issuer of such securities that would restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct transactions in underlying securities.

Privately placed securities can usually only be resold to other qualified institutional buyers, or in a private transaction, or to a limited number of purchasers, or in a limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration.  The Fund may incur more cost in the disposition of such securities because of the time and legal expense required to negotiate a private placement.  Because of the limited market, the Fund may find it difficult to sell the securities when it finds it advisable to do so and, to the extent such securities are sold in private negotiations, they may be sold for less than the price for which they were purchased or less than their fair market value.

Privately placed securities cannot be resold to the public unless they have been registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption, such as Rule 144A.  Although securities which may be resold only to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144A under the Securities Act are technically considered “restricted securities,” the Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities without regard to the limitation on investments in illiquid securities described above in the “Illiquid Securities” section, provided that a determination is made that such securities have a readily available trading market.  The Fund may also purchase certain commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from regulations in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (“4(2) Paper”).  The Adviser will determine the liquidity of Rule 144A securities and 4(2) Paper under the supervision of the Board of Trustees.  The liquidity of Rule 144A securities and 4(2) Paper will be monitored by the Adviser, and if as a result of changed conditions it is determined that a Rule 144A security or 4(2) Paper is no longer liquid, the Fund’s holdings of illiquid securities will be reviewed to determine what, if any, action is required to assure that the Fund does not exceed its percentage limitation for investments in illiquid securities.

Short Sales
The Fund may seek to hedge investments or realize additional gains through the use of short sales.  Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security.  To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer.  The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund.  Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrues during the period of the loan.  To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold.  The net proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker (or by the Custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.  The Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.
 
 
Until the Fund replaces a borrowed security, it is required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets with a broker or custodian to cover the Fund’s short position.  Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position they are covering is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other liquid assets.  The Fund’s ability to access the pledged collateral may also be impaired in the event the broker fails to comply with the terms of the contract, due to, for instance, its insolvency or bankruptcy.  In such instances the Fund may not be able to substitute or sell the pledged collateral.  Additionally, the Fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral pledged to the broker), marked-to-market daily, to cover the short sale obligation.  This may limit the Fund’s investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security.  The Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates.  The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale.

Short sales "against the box" means that a Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out, or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short.

Temporary Defensive Positions and Cash Investments
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will stay fully invested according to its investment strategies as noted above and in the Prospectus.  The Fund, however, may temporarily depart from its investment strategies by making short-term investments in cash, cash equivalents/, and high-quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions.  This may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective during that period.

For longer periods of time, the Fund may hold a substantial position in cash and cash equivalents.  If the market advances during periods when the Fund is holding a large cash position, the Fund may not participate to the extent it would have if the Fund had been more fully invested, and this may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective during that period.  To the extent that the Fund uses a money market fund for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund would bear its pro rata portion of such money market fund’s advisory fees and operational expenses.

Investments in cash equivalents, high quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk although to a lesser extent than longer-term debt securities due to their short-term, significant liquidity, and the high credit quality typically associated with the issues of such securities.

The Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:

Money Market Mutual Funds .  Generally, money market mutual funds seek to earn income consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.  They primarily invest in high quality money market obligations, including U.S. government obligations, bank obligations and high-grade corporate instruments.  These investments generally mature within 397 days from the date of purchase.  An investment in a money market mutual fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency.
 
 
To the extent that the Fund invests in money market funds, your cost of investing in the Fund will generally be higher since you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the underlying money market mutual funds in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.  Furthermore, investing in money market funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to you and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by you.

Bank Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits .  The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits.  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against monies deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.  Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.  Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by the Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government.

In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under the investment objective and policies stated above and in the Prospectus, the Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks.  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

Savings Association Obligations .  The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. government.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations .  The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes.  Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations.  Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper.

Illiquid Securities
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable, and securities such as repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days and purchased OTC options.  Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market.  In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.  The Board of Trustees may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.  The Fund will determine a security to be illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value at which the Fund has valued the security.  Factors considered in determining whether a security is illiquid may include, but are not limited to: the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase and sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; the number of dealers who undertake to make a market in the security; the nature of the security, including whether it is registered or unregistered, and the market place; whether the security has been rated by an NRSRO; the period of time remaining until the maturity of a debt instrument or until the principal amount of a demand instrument can be recovered through demand; the nature of any restrictions on resale; and with respect to municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation, there is reasonable assurance that the obligation will remain liquid throughout the time the obligation is held and, if unrated, an analysis similar to that which would be performed by an NRSRO is performed.  The Fund will not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, over-the-counter options and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid.
 
 
Borrowing
The Fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks.  In addition, the Fund is authorized to borrow money from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or for clearance of transactions.  The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies.  Since substantially all of a Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, while the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations
The Trust (on behalf of the Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined under the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund may not:

1.
issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales in accordance with its objectives and strategies;

2.
underwrite the securities of other issuers (except that the Fund may engage in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities under circumstances where it may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act);

3.
purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies that invest or deal in real estate);

4.
purchase or sell physical commodities or commodities contracts, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

5.
make loans of money (except for the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities and purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund);

6.
invest in the securities of any one industry if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such industry, except that the foregoing does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

The following lists the non-fundamental investment restriction applicable to the Fund.  This restriction can be changed by the Board of Trustees, but the change will only be effective after prior written notice is given to shareholders of the Fund.

The Fund may not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities.  Illiquid securities are those securities without readily available market quotations, including repurchase agreements having a maturity of more than seven days.  Illiquid securities may include restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid, non-negotiable time deposits, over-the-counter options, and repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice.

Except with respect to borrowing and investments in illiquid securities, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.
 
 
Managemen t of the Fund

Board of Trustees
The management and affairs of the Fund are supervised by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees consists of [ ] individuals.  The Trustees are fiduciaries for the Fund’s shareholders and are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware in this regard.  The Board of Trustees establishes policies for the operation of the Fund and appoints the officers who conduct the daily business of the Fund.

The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board of Trustees provides oversight of the management and operations of the Trust.  Like all mutual funds, the day-to-day responsibility for the management and operation of the Trust is the responsibility of various service providers to the Trust and its individual series, such as the Adviser, the Subadvisers, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent, each of whom are discussed in greater detail in this SAI.  The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and its service providers, including the agreements with the Adviser, Subadvisers, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent.  The Board has appointed various individuals of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s day-to-day operations.  In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations.  The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who reports directly to the Board and who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters, including an annual compliance review.  Some of these reports are provided as part of formal “Board Meetings,” which are held […] times per year, in person, and such other times as the Board determines is necessary, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations.  From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with Trust officers in less formal settings, between formal Board Meetings to discuss various topics.  In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.

Board Leadership Structure
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to effectively perform its oversight function.  The Board of Trustees is comprised of [ ] Independent Trustees – _____________, _____________, ____________ – and one Interested Trustee – Mr. Robert J. Kern.  Accordingly, [75]% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees, who are Trustees that are not affiliated with any investment adviser to the Trust or their respective affiliates or other service provider to the Trust or any Trust series.  The Board of Trustees has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Valuation Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “Board Committees” below.  Each of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are comprised entirely of Independent Trustees.  [ The Independent Trustees have engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust. ]

The Trust’s Chairperson, Mr. Kern, is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined by the 1940 Act, by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, which acts as principal underwriter to many of the Trust’s underlying funds.  Mr. Kern also serves as an Executive Vice President of the Administrator.   [The Trust has not appointed a lead Independent Trustee.]
 
 
In accordance with the fund governance standards prescribed by the SEC under the 1940 Act, the Independent Trustees on the Nominating Committee select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.  Each Trustee was appointed to serve on the Board of Trustees because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as set forth in the subsection “Trustee Qualifications” below.

The Board reviews its structure regularly in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including: the unaffiliated nature of each investment adviser; the number of funds that comprise the Trust; the variety of asset classes that those funds reflect; the net assets of the Trust; the committee structure of the Trust; and the independent distribution arrangements of each of the Trust’s underlying funds.

The Board has determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairperson’s status as an Interested Trustee.  In addition, the inclusion of all Independent Trustees as members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee allows all such Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board of Trustees’ oversight duties, including oversight of risk management processes discussed below.  Given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust as described above, the Trust has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate.

Board Oversight of Risk Management
As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel, including personnel of the Trust’s service providers.  Because risk management is a broad concept comprised of many elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counter-party risk, compliance risk, operational risks, business continuity risks, etc.) the oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways.  For example, the Chief Compliance Officer regularly reports to the Board during Board Meetings and meets in executive session with the Independent Trustees and their legal counsel to discuss compliance and operational risks.  In addition, the Independent Trustee designated as the Audit Committee’s “audit committee financial expert” meets with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function.   The full Board receives reports from the investment advisers to the underlying funds and the portfolio managers as to investment risks.

Trustees and Officers
The Trustees and officers of the Trust are listed below with their addresses, present positions with the Trust and principal occupations over at least the last five years.
 

 
Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
Number of
Portfolios in
Trust
Overseen by
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five
Years
Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
Independent Trustees
     
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[ ]
   
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since _____, 2011
[ ]
   
[      ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[ ]
   

Interested Trustee and Officers
     
Robert J. Kern*
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age:__
Chairperson, and Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since January __, 2011
[ ]
Executive Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (1994-present).
 
Trustee, Buffalo Funds (an open-end investment company with ten portfolios); Trustee, USA MUTUALS (an open-end investment company with two portfolios).
James R. Arnold
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI
53202
Age: 53
President and Principal Executive Officer
Indefinite Term, Since ______, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President,  U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (20__-present).
N/A
Robert J. Slotky
2020 E. Financial Way, Suite 100
Glendora, CA 91741 Age: __
 
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
Indefinite Term;   Since _____, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2001-present).
N/A
 
 
Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
Number of
Portfolios in
Trust
Overseen by
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past Five
Years
Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
Brian R. Wiedmeyer
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 38
 
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004-present).
N/A
Angela L. Pingel, Esq.
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 39
Secretary
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (200 present);  Vice President and Securities Counsel, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (2007 - 2010); Assistant Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004 - 2007).
N/A
* Mr. Kern is an “interested person” of the Trust as defined by the 1940 Act by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Fund’s principal underwriter.
 
 
Trustee Qualifications
The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure.  The Trustees have substantial business and professional backgrounds that indicate they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them.  Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the table above.  In addition, the Trustees have substantial board experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust.  The Board annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board and the individual Trustees is reviewed.

In addition to the information provided in the table above, below is certain additional information concerning each individual Trustee.  The information provided below, and in the table above, is not all-inclusive.  Many of the Trustees’ qualifications to serve on the Board involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, integrity, work ethic, the ability to work together, the ability to communicate effectively, the ability to exercise judgment, the ability to ask incisive questions, and commitment to shareholder interests.
[Individual Paragraphs regarding each Trustee]

Trustee and Management Ownership of Fund Shares
As of December 31, 2010, no Trustee or officer of the Trust beneficially owned shares of the Fund or any other series of the Trust.
 
Board Committees

Audit Committee .  The Trust has an Audit Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Audit Committee reviews financial statements and other audit-related matters for the Fund.  The Audit Committee also holds discussions with management and with the Fund’s independent auditor concerning the scope of the audit and the auditor’s independence.

Nominating Committee .  The Trust has a Nominating Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Nominating Committee is responsible for seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for the position of trustee and meets only as necessary.

The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders for vacancies on the Board of Trustees.  Recommendations for consideration by the Nominating Committee should be sent to the Secretary of the Trust in writing together with the appropriate biographical information concerning each such proposed nominee, and such recommendation must comply with the notice provisions set forth in the Trust’s By-Laws.  In general, to comply with such procedures, such nominations, together with all required information, must be delivered to and received by the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 60 days prior to the shareholder meeting at which any such nominee would be voted on. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board of Trustees will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration when there is a vacancy on the Board of Trustees.  The Nominating Committee’s procedures with respect to reviewing shareholder nominations will be disclosed as required by applicable securities laws.

Valuation Committee .  The Trust has a Valuation Committee.  The Valuation Committee is responsible for the following: (1) monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and (2) as required, when the Board of Trustees is not in session, determining the fair value of illiquid securities and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are reported to the Board.  The Valuation Committee is currently comprised of Mr. Kern, Mr. Arnold and Mr. Wiedmeyer, who each serve as an officer of the Trust.  The Valuation Committee meets as necessary when a price for a portfolio security is not readily available.
 
 
As the Fund is new, none of the Trust’s committees have met with respect to the Fund.

Trustee Compensation
The Independent Trustees receive a retainer fee of $[ …. ] per year, $1,500 for each in-person meeting and $750 for each telephonic meeting, as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings.  The Interested Trustee does not receive any compensation for his service as Trustee.  Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, the following compensation figures represent estimates for the current fiscal year ending […..], 2011:

Name of Person/Position
Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund 1
Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of Fund
Expenses
Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and the Trust 2
Paid to
Trustees
[……], Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
[….],  Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
[………] Independent Trustee
$[ ]
None
None
$[ ]
Robert J. Kern, Interested Trustee
None
None
None
None
 
1
Trustees fees and expenses are allocated among the Fund and any other series comprising the Trust.
 
2
The Trust includes other portfolios in addition to the Fund.

Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.  A controlling person possesses the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for shareholder vote by the Fund.  As of the date of this SAI, there were no principal shareholders or control persons of the Fund.

Investment Adviser and Subadvisers
Investment advisory services are provided to the Fund by the Adviser, Palmer Square Capital Management LLC, pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser is majority-owned by Montage Asset Management, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company and registered investment adviser.

After an initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (with respect to such Fund); and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, when authorized by either: (i) a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders (with respect to such Fund); or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, or by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.  The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act.  The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser under such agreement shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of portfolio transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.
 
 
In consideration of the services provided by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive from the Fund a management fee computed daily and paid monthly, based on a rate equal to [ X.XX %] of the Fund’s average annual net assets, as specified in the Prospectus.  However, the Adviser may voluntarily agree to waive a portion of the management fees payable to it on a month-to-month basis, including additional fees above and beyond any contractual agreement the Adviser may have to waive management fees and/or reimburse Fund expenses.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses.  The Adviser has agreed to reduce management fees payable to it by the Fund and/or to reimburse the Fund’s operating expenses to the extent necessary to limit the each class of the Fund’s aggregate annual operating expenses (excluding interest, acquired fund fees and expenses, leverage and tax expenses, dividends and interest expenses on short positions, brokerage commissions, and extraordinary expenses) to the limits set forth in the Fees and Expenses tables in the Prospectus.  Any such reductions made by the Adviser in its management fees or reimbursement of expenses which are the Fund’s obligation are subject to reimbursement by the Fund to the Adviser, if so requested by the Adviser, in subsequent fiscal years if the aggregate amount actually paid by the Fund toward the operating expenses for such fiscal year (taking into account the reimbursement) does not exceed the limitation on Fund expenses.  The Adviser is permitted to be reimbursed only for fee reductions and expense payments made in the previous three fiscal years from the date the expense was incurred.  Any such reimbursement is also contingent upon the Board of Trustees’ subsequent review and ratification of the reimbursed amounts.  Such reimbursement may not be paid prior to the Fund’s payment of current ordinary operating expenses.

[ Names ] serve as investment subadvisers of the Fund.  Subject to the oversight of the Board and the Adviser, the Subadvisers makes decisions regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Fund’s assets allocated to it for management by the Adviser.  [ Ownership information concerning subadvisers. ]

Portfolio Manager
As disclosed in the Prospectus, Mr. Christopher D. Long is the portfolio manager for the Fund (the “Portfolio Manager”).

The following provides information regarding other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager as of March __, 2011:

Registered Investment
Companies
(excluding the Fund)
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in the Accounts
(in millions)
Number of
Accounts
Total Assets in
the Accounts
(in millions)
[ ]
$[ ]
[ ]
$[ ]
[ ]
$[ ]
 
 
Performance fees are charged on [  ] accounts for other pooled investment vehicles with assets totaling [$   ] as of March __, 2011.

The Portfolio Manager’s management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with the management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the Portfolio Manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the Portfolio Manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby the Portfolio Manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.   Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where the Portfolio Manager has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of one but not all accounts for which the Portfolio Manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.
The Adviser compensates the Portfolio Manager for his management of the Fund.  The portfolio manager receives a cash salary and receives a share of the profits of the Adviser through the Portfolio Manager’s ownership stake in the Adviser.
As of the date of this SAI, the Portfolio Manager did not own any shares of the Fund.

Service Providers
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202 (the “Administrator”), the Administrator acts as the Fund’s administrator.  The Administrator provides certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparation for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance by the Trust and the Fund with applicable laws and regulations; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value per share (“NAV”) and yield; responding to shareholder inquiries; and arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund, and providing, at its own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out its duties.  In this capacity, the Administrator does not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares.  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, for its services, the Administrator receives from the Fund a fee computed daily and payable monthly based on the Fund’s average net assets at the rate of [ ]% of average net assets on the first $[ ], [ ]% of average net assets on the next $[ ], and [ ]% on the balance, all subject to an annual minimum fee of $[ ].

USBFS also acts as fund accountant (“Fund Accountant”), transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”) and dividend disbursing agent under separate agreements with the Trust.

Pursuant to a custody agreement between the Trust and the Fund, U.S. Bank, N.A., an affiliate of USBFS, serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets, whereby the Custodian provides for fees on a transaction basis plus out-of-pocket expenses.  The Custodian’s address is 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212.  The Custodian does not participate in decisions relating to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund.  U.S. Bank, N.A. and its affiliates may participate in revenue sharing arrangements with service providers of mutual funds in which the Fund may invest.
 
 
Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A., 100 Middle Street, P.O. Box 9729, Portland, Maine 04104, serves as counsel to the Fund.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[ ], serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.

Distribution of Fund Shares
The Trust has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter, provides certain administration services and promotes and arranges for the sale of the Fund’s shares on a best efforts basis.  The offering of the Fund’s shares is continuous.  The Distributor, Administrator and Custodian are affiliated companies.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Trustees.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Distribution Plan – (Investor Class Shares)
 
The Fund has adopted a distribution plan for its Investor Class shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plan”).  Under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund pays a fee to the Distributor for distribution services (the “Distribution Fee”) at an annual rate of 0.25% for Investor Class Shares of the Fund’s average daily net asset value of its Investor Class shares.  The 12b-1 Plan provides that the Distributor may use all or any portion of such Distribution Fee to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of Fund shares, subject to the terms of the 12b-1 Plan, or to provide certain shareholder services.
 
The Distribution Fee is payable to the Distributor regardless of the distribution-related expenses actually incurred.  Because the Distribution Fee is not directly tied to expenses, the amount of distribution fees paid by the Investor Class shares of the Fund during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan.  For this reason, this type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as a “compensation” plan.
 
The Distributor may use the Distribution Fee to pay for services covered by the 12b-1 Plan including, but not limited to, advertising, compensating underwriters, dealers and selling personnel engaged in the distribution of Fund shares, the printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports, the printing and mailing of sales literature pertaining to the Fund, and obtaining whatever information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund may, from time to time, deem advisable.
 
The 12b-1 Plan provides that it will continue from year to year upon approval by the majority vote of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to such plan (the “Qualified Trustees”), as required by the 1940 Act, currently cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose, provided that such trustees have made a determination that there is a reasonable likelihood that the 12b-1 Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  It is also required that the trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, select and nominate all other trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund.  The 12b-1 Plan and any related agreements may not be amended to materially increase the amounts to be spent for distribution expenses without approval of shareholders holding a majority of the Fund shares outstanding.  All material amendments to the 12b-1 Plan or any related agreements must be approved by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and the Qualified Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.
 
 
The 12b-1 Plan requires that the Distributor provide to the Board of Trustees, at least quarterly, a written report on the amounts and purpose of any payment made under the 12b-1 Plan.  The Distributor is also required to furnish the Board of Trustees with such other information as may reasonably be requested in order to enable the Board of Trustees to make an informed determination of whether the 12b-1 Plan should be continued.
 
As noted above, the 12b-1 Plan provides for the ability to use Fund assets to pay financial intermediaries (including those that sponsor mutual fund supermarkets), plan administrators and other service providers to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of Fund shares (distribution services) and for the provision of personal services to shareholders.  The payments made by the Fund to financial intermediaries are based primarily on the dollar amount of assets invested in the Fund through the financial intermediaries.  These financial intermediaries may pay a portion of the payments that they receive from the Fund to their investment professionals.  In addition to the ongoing asset-based fees paid to these financial intermediaries under the Fund’s 12b-1 Plan, the Fund may, from time to time, make payments under the 12b-1 Plan that help defray the expenses incurred by these intermediaries for conducting training and educational meetings about various aspects of the Fund for their employees.  In addition, the Fund may make payments under the 12b-1 Plan for exhibition space and otherwise help defray the expenses these financial intermediaries incur in hosting client seminars where the Fund is discussed.
 
In addition, the Fund may participate in various “fund supermarkets” in which a mutual fund supermarket sponsor (usually a broker-dealer) offers many mutual funds to the sponsor’s customers without charging the customers a sales charge.  In connection with its participation in such platforms, the Distributor may use all or a portion of the Distribution Fee to pay one or more supermarket sponsors a negotiated fee for distributing the Fund’s shares.  In addition, in its discretion, the Advisor may pay additional fees to such intermediaries from its own assets.
 
Shareholder Servicing Plan – (Investor Class Shares)

Pursuant to a Shareholder Service Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Trust established by the Fund with respect to Investor Class Shares of the Fund, the Adviser is authorized to provide, or arrange for others to provide personal shareholder services relating to the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts not otherwise provided to the Fund (“Shareholder Servicing Activities”).  Under the Plan, the Adviser may enter into shareholder service agreements with securities broker-dealers and other securities professionals (“Service Organizations”) who provide Shareholder Servicing Activities for their clients invested in the Fund.

Shareholder Servicing Activities shall include one or more of the following: (1) establishing and maintaining accounts and records relating for shareholders of the Fund; (2) aggregating and processing orders involving the shares of the Fund; (3) processing dividend and other distribution payments from the Fund on behalf of shareholders; (4) providing information to shareholders as to their ownership of Fund shares or about other aspects of the operations of the Fund; (5) preparing tax reports or forms on behalf of shareholders; (6) forwarding communications from the Fund to shareholders; (7) assisting shareholders in changing the Fund’s records as to their addresses, dividend options, account registrations or other data; (8) providing sub-accounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by shareholders, or the information to the Fund necessary for sub-accounting; (9) responding to shareholder inquiries relating to the services performed; (10) providing shareholders with a service that invests the assets of their accounts in shares pursuant to specific or pre-authorized instructions; and (11) providing such other similar services as the Adviser may reasonably request to the extent the Service Organization is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules or regulations.
 
 
Any material amendment to the Plan must be approved by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by a vote of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable class or classes.  The Plan may be terminated, with respect to a class or classes of the Fund, without penalty at any time: (1) by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees; or (2) by a vote of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable class or classes.

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Fund and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  Purchases and sales of securities on an exchange are affected through brokers that charge a commission while purchases and sales of securities in the over-the-counter market will generally be executed directly with the primary “market-maker” unless, in the opinion of the Adviser, a better price and execution can otherwise be obtained by using a broker for the transaction.  Purchases and sales of portfolio securities that are fixed income securities (for instance, money market instruments and bonds, notes and bills) usually are principal transactions. In a principal transaction, the party from whom a Fund purchases or to whom a Fund sells is acting on its own behalf (and not as the agent of some other party such as its customers). These securities normally are purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or market maker for the securities.  The price of securities purchased from underwriters includes a disclosed fixed commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and prices of securities purchased from dealers serving as market makers reflects the spread between the bid and asked price.  The price of over-the-counter securities usually includes an undisclosed commission or markup.

Purchases of portfolio securities for the Fund will be effected through broker-dealers (including banks) that specialize in the types of securities that the Fund will be holding, unless better executions are available elsewhere.  Dealers usually act as principal for their own accounts.  Purchases from dealers will include a spread between the bid and the asked price.  If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer that has provided research or other services as discussed below.

In placing portfolio transactions, the Adviser or a Subadviser will use reasonable efforts to choose broker-dealers capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable price and execution available.  The full range and quality of services, such as the size of the order, the difficulty of execution, the operational facilities of the firm involved, the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities and other factors available, will be considered in making these determinations.  In those instances where it is reasonably determined that more than one broker-dealer can offer the services needed to obtain the most favorable price and execution available, consideration may be given to those broker-dealers that furnish or supply research and statistical information to the Adviser or a Subadviser that may lawfully and appropriately use in its investment advisory capacities, as well as provide other brokerage services incidental to execution services.  Research and statistical information may include reports that are common in the industry such as industry research reports and periodicals, quotation systems, software for portfolio management and formal databases. Typically, the research will be used to service all of the Adviser’s accounts, although a particular client may not benefit from all the research received on each occasion.  The Adviser considers research information, which is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by it under its Advisory Agreement with the Fund, to be useful in varying degrees, but of indeterminable value.
 
 
While it is the Fund’s general policy to first seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available in selecting a broker-dealer to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, weight is also given to the ability of a broker-dealer to furnish brokerage and research services to the Fund or to the Adviser, even if the specific services are not directly useful to the Fund and may be useful to the Adviser in advising other clients.  In negotiating commissions with a broker or evaluating the spread to be paid to a dealer, the Fund may therefore pay a higher commission or spread than would be the case if no weight were given to the furnishing of these supplemental services, provided that the amount of such commission or spread has been determined in good faith by the Adviser or a Subadviser to be reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such broker-dealer.  The standard of reasonableness is to be measured in light of the Adviser’s or a Subadviser’s overall responsibilities to the Fund.

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other client accounts.  Nevertheless, it is possible that at times identical securities will be acceptable for both the Fund and one or more of such client accounts.  In such event, the position of the Fund and such client account(s) in the same issuer may vary and the length of time that each may choose to hold its investment in the same issuer may likewise vary.  However, to the extent any of these client accounts seek to acquire the same security as the Fund at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a portion of such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security.  Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time.  If one or more of such client accounts simultaneously purchases or sells the same security that the Fund is purchasing or selling, each day’s transactions in such security will be allocated between the Fund and all such client accounts in a manner deemed equitable by the Adviser, taking into account the respective sizes of the accounts and the amount being purchased or sold.  It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as the Fund are concerned.  In other cases, however, it is believed that the ability of the Fund to participate in volume transactions may produce better executions for the Fund.  Notwithstanding the above, the Adviser may execute buy and sell orders for accounts and take action in performance of its duties with respect to any of its accounts that may differ from actions taken with respect to another account, so long as the Adviser shall, to the extent practical, allocate investment opportunities to accounts, including the Fund, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with applicable law.

Portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers who sell shares of the Fund subject to rules adopted by FINRA and the SEC.  Portfolio transactions may also be placed with broker-dealers in which the Adviser or a Subadviser has invested on behalf of the Fund and/or client accounts.

Portfolio Turnover
Portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Adviser or a Subadviser, investment considerations warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to above-average transaction costs and could generate capital gains that must be distributed to shareholders as short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income rates (currently as high as 35%).  To the extent that the Fund experiences an increase in brokerage commissions due to a higher portfolio turnover rate, the performance of the Fund could be negatively impacted by the increased expenses incurred by the Fund and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.
 
 
Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser, each Subadviser and the Distributor have each adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These Codes permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the Adviser and Distributor to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

Proxy Voting Procedures
The Board of Trustees has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policies”) wherein the Trust has delegated to the Adviser the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund as part of its investment advisory services, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board of Trustees.  Notwithstanding this delegation of responsibilities, however, the Fund retains the right to vote proxies relating to its portfolio securities.  The fundamental purpose of the Proxy Policies is to ensure that each vote will be in a manner that reflects the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, taking into account the value of the Fund’s investments.

The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, (800) SEC-0330 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Adviser will vote proxies on behalf of the Fund in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  Absent special circumstances, all proxies will be voted consistent with guidelines established and described in the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.  A summary of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is as follows:

The Adviser’s policy is to vote proxies in the best interest of shareholders with a view of maximizing the value of shareholder assets.  In light of Palmer Square’s emphasis on Fund of fund investments, the Adviser generally votes with management on routine matters and analyzes non-routine matters, such as mergers or changes in capitalization, on a case-by-case basis.  The Adviser generally votes against management with respect to any proposal that has the effect of restricting the ability of its members to realize the full potential of their investment.  Such proposals may include poison pills, golden parachutes, dual class voting and similar proposals.  Proposals submitted by its members are reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The Adviser maintains procedures to identify and report conflicts of interest.  If a material conflict is identified, the Adviser will either (i) vote in accordance with the predetermined guidelines described above, or (ii) seek the consent of shareholders or the written recommendation of an independent third party.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.  Mr. Robert J. Slotky has been designated as the Trust’s Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.
 
 
Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to: determining that the Distributor and the Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures; reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity; and a complete and thorough review of all new account applications.  The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

As a result of the Program, the Fund may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Fund may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.

Portfolio Holdings Information
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted portfolio holdings disclosure policies (“Portfolio Holdings Policies”) that govern the timing and circumstances of disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Fund.  The Adviser has also adopted the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  Information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings will not be distributed to any third party except in accordance with these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees considered the circumstances under which the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed under the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Adviser and the Board of Trustees also considered actual and potential material conflicts that could arise in such circumstances between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, Distributor or any other affiliated person of the Fund.  After due consideration, the Adviser and the Board of Trustees determined that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for disclosing portfolio holdings to persons described in the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees also authorized the Adviser or appointed officers to consider and authorize dissemination of portfolio holdings information to additional parties, after considering the best interests of the shareholders and potential conflicts of interest in making such disclosures.

The Board of Trustees exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Portfolio Holdings Policies, codes of ethics and other relevant policies of the Fund and its service providers by the CCO, (2) by considering reports and recommendations by the CCO concerning any material compliance matters (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act), and (3) by considering whether to approve any amendment to these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees reserves the right to amend the Portfolio Holdings Policies at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion.

Disclosure of the Fund’s complete holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders, and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  These reports will be made available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  Top 10 holdings are updated and posted monthly on the Fund section of the Adviser’s website at www.palmersquarecap.com within 10 days of the month-end-please confirm. 

In the event of a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Adviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser, the CCO of the Adviser, in consultation with the Trust’s CCO, shall make a determination in the best interests of the Fund, and shall report such determination to the Board of Trustees at the end of the quarter in which such determination was made.  Any employee of the Adviser who suspects a breach of this obligation must report the matter immediately to the Adviser’s CCO or to his or her supervisor.
 
 
In addition, material non-public holdings information may be provided without lag as part of the normal investment activities of the Fund to each of the following entities which, by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Fund, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed: the Administrator; the Fund’s accountant; the Custodian; the Transfer Agent; the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; counsel to the Fund or the Board of Trustees (current parties are identified in this SAI); broker-dealers (in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities); and regulatory authorities.  Portfolio holdings information not publicly available with the SEC may only be provided to additional third parties, in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Policies, when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose, and the third party recipient is subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Portfolio holdings information may be separately provided to any person, including rating and ranking organizations such as Lipper and Morningstar, at the same time that it is filed with the SEC or one day after it is first published on the Fund’s website.  Portfolio holdings disclosure may be approved under the Portfolio Holdings Policies by the Trust’s CCO, Treasurer or President.

In no event shall the Adviser, its affiliates or employees, or the Fund receive any direct or indirect compensation in connection with the disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings.

There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Holdings Policies and these procedures will protect the Fund from potential misuse of that information by individuals or entities to which it is disclosed.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) each business day.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that it will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by the Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in the Fund outstanding at such time.
 
Net Assets
=
Net Asset Value Per Share
Shares Outstanding

Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued at market value or, in the absence of a market value, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser and the Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price on the valuation date based on valuations provided by independent pricing services consistent with the Fund’s valuation procedures.
 
 
Each security owned by the Fund that is listed on a securities exchange is valued at its last sale price on that exchange on the date as of which assets are valued.  Where the security is listed on more than one exchange, the Fund will use the price of the exchange that the Fund generally considers to be the principal exchange on which the stock is traded.  If no sale is reported, the security is valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price.

Portfolio securities primarily traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) which may not necessarily represent the last sale price.  If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and asked prices. OTC securities that are not traded on NASDAQ shall be valued at the most recent trade price.

Fixed income securities are valued at the mean of the bid and asked prices as determined by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration recent transactions, yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality, coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Exchange traded options are valued at the composite price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes (“NBBO”).  NBBO consists of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across any of the exchanges on which an option is quoted, thus providing a view across the entire U.S. options marketplace.  Specifically, composite pricing looks at the last trades on the exchanges where the options are traded.  If there are no trades for the option on a given business day composite option pricing calculates the mean of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across the exchanges where the option is traded.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board of Trustees in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Generally
Shares of the Fund are sold in a continuous offering and shares may be purchased or redeemed on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.  The Fund may also authorize one or more brokers to accept purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (“Authorized Intermediaries”).  Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to accept orders on the Fund’s behalf (collectively, “Authorized Intermediaries”).

Orders received by the Fund by the close of trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on a business day will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that day.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed at the next determined NAV.  It is the dealer’s responsibility to transmit orders so that they will be received by the Fund before the close of the NYSE.

Orders received by Authorized Intermediaries and transmitted to the Fund before the close of the NYSE will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that date.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed on at the next determined NAV.  In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  It is the Authorized Intermediary’s responsibility to transmit orders timely to the Fund.
 
 
Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
“Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund you are investing in;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
the class of shares to be purchased;
·  
your account application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  Except for investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses, the Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States and such purchase requests are not considered in good order.

Redemption Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Intermediary receives your redemption request in good order.  A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund you are redeeming;
·  
the account number;
·  
the class of shares to be redeemed;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account (with signature(s) guaranteed if applicable).

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Unless you instruct the Transfer Agent otherwise, redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Fund will not be responsible for interest lost on redemption amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.

A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
written requests to wire redemption proceeds (if not previously authorized on the account);
·  
if a change of address request was received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days;
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account; or
·  
when establishing or modifying certain services on an account.
 
 
Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public.

The Fund and the Transfer Agent have adopted standards for accepting signature guarantees from the banks and securities dealers.  The Fund may elect in the future to limit eligible signature guarantors to institutions that are members of a signature guarantee program.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to amend these standards at any time without notice.

Redemption-in-Kind
The Fund does not intend to redeem shares in any form except cash.  The Trust, however, has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to redeem in-kind redemption requests during any 90-day period in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash.

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.

Tax Matters
Each series of the Trust is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes.  The Fund, a series of the Trust, intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, provided it complies with all applicable requirements regarding the source of its income, diversification of its assets and timing of distributions.  The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders all of its net investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes based on net income.  However, the Fund can give no assurances that its anticipated distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.  If the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it would be taxed as a corporation and, in such case, it would be more beneficial for a shareholder to directly own the Fund’s underlying investments rather than indirectly owning the underlying investments through the Fund.  If the Fund fails to distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year (i) at least 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) at least 98% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax, the Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax.

Net investment income generally consists of interest, dividends and short-term capital gains, less expenses.  Net realized capital gains for a fiscal period are computed by taking into account any capital loss carryforward of the Fund.

Distributions of net investment income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  For individual shareholders, a portion of the distributions paid by the Fund may consist of qualified dividends eligible for taxation at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as a qualified dividend and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to his or her Fund shares.  In the case of corporate shareholders, a portion of the distributions may qualify for the intercorporate dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as eligible for deduction and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to its Fund shares.  The aggregate amount so designated to either individuals or corporate shareholders cannot, however, exceed the aggregate amount of such dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year.  In view of the Fund’s investment policies, it is expected that part of the distributions by the Fund may be eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment for individual shareholders and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

Any long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time shares have been held.  Net capital gains distributions are not eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment or the dividends-received deduction referred to in the previous paragraph.

Distributions of any net investment income and net realized capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares or in cash.  Shareholders who choose to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share on the reinvestment date.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.  Distributions are includable in alternative minimum taxable income in computing a shareholder’s liability for the alternative minimum tax.
 
 
A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss.  Any loss realized upon a redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains received on those shares.  Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the Fund are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.

Except in the case of certain exempt shareholders, if a shareholder does not furnish the Fund with its correct Taxpayer Identification Number and certain certifications or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from the shareholder’s distributions and redemption proceeds currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. residents.

Foreign taxpayers (including nonresident aliens) are generally subject to a flat withholding rate, currently 30% on U.S. source income.  This withholding rate may be lower under the terms of a tax convention.  Certain distributions of short-term capital gains and qualified interest income of the Fund will not be subject to withholding for two years beginning before January 1, 2012.

This discussion and the related discussion in the Prospectus have been prepared by Fund management, and counsel to the Fund has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor.

Distributions
The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities.  This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be distributed to the Fund’s shareholders.
 
 
The amount of the Fund’s distributions is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed and is subject to the discretion of the Board of Trustees.  The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.

The Fund may also derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities.  Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any carryover of capital losses from the eight previous taxable years), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the distributions of net investment income giving rise to ordinary income.  If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain.  After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses carried over from the eight previous taxable years) will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders.  For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax advisor.

Any distribution paid by the Fund reduces that Fund’s NAV per share on the date paid by the amount of the distribution per share.  Accordingly, a distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder would represent, in substance, a partial return of capital (to the extent it is paid on the shares so purchased), even though it would be subject to income taxes.

Distributions will be made in the form of additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has otherwise indicated.  Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of distributions by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

Financial Statements
As the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.
 

 
APPENDIX “A” DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Issue Credit Rating Definitions


A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.


Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
This is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Dual Ratings
Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.  The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
 
 
A-2

 
 
The ratings and other credit related opinions of Standard & Poor’s and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions.  Standard & Poor’s assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision.  Standard &Poor’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor. While Standard & Poor’s has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation.  The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only.  The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L
Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation.  The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only.  The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi
Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain.  They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript.  Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
 
A-3

 
 
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
sf
The (sf) subscript is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this subscript to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.

t
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited
Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)


*
This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.  Discontinued use in January 2001.

pr
The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

q
A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information.  Discontinued use in April 2001.
 
 
A-4

 
 
r
The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, which are not covered in the credit rating.  The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks
Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-5

 
 
Moody’s Credit Rating Definitions

Purpose
The system of rating securities was originated by John Moody in 1909. The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a simple system of gradation by which relative creditworthiness of securities may be noted.

Rating Symbols
Gradations of creditworthiness are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the credit characteristics are broadly the same. There are nine symbols as shown below, from that used to designate least credit risk to that denoting greatest credit risk:

Aaa Aa A Baa Ba B Caa Ca C
Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa.

Absence of a Rating
Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

Changes in Rating
The credit quality of most issuers and their obligations is not fixed and steady over a period of time, but tends to undergo change. For this reason changes in ratings occur so as to reflect variations in the intrinsic relative position of issuers and their obligations.

A change in rating may thus occur at any time in the case of an individual issue. Such rating change should serve notice that Moody’s observes some alteration in creditworthiness, or that the previous rating did not fully reflect the quality of the bond as now seen. While because of their very nature, changes are to be expected more frequently among bonds of lower ratings than among bonds of higher ratings. Nevertheless, the user of bond ratings should keep close and constant check on all ratings — both high and low — to be able to note promptly any signs of change in status that may occur.
 
 
A-6

 
 
Limitations to Uses of Ratings*
Obligations carrying the same rating are not claimed to be of absolutely equal credit quality. In a broad sense, they are alike in position, but since there are a limited number of rating classes used in grading thousands of bonds, the symbols cannot reflect the same shadings of risk which actually exist.

As ratings are designed exclusively for the purpose of grading obligations according to their credit quality, they should not be used alone as a basis for investment operations. For example, they have no value in forecasting the direction of future trends of market price. Market price movements in bonds are influenced not only by the credit quality of individual issues but also by changes in money rates and general economic trends, as well as by the length of maturity, etc. During its life even the highest rated bond may have wide price movements, while its high rating status remains unchanged.

The matter of market price has no bearing whatsoever on the determination of ratings, which are not to be construed as recommendations with respect to “attractiveness”. The attractiveness of a given bond may depend on its yield, its maturity date or other factors for which the investor may search, as well as on its credit quality, the only characteristic to which the rating refers.

Since ratings involve judgments about the future, on the one hand, and since they are used by investors as a means of protection, on the other, the effort is made when assigning ratings to look at “worst” possibilities in the “visible” future, rather than solely at the past record and the status of the present. Therefore, investors using the rating should not expect to find in them a reflection of statistical factors alone, since they are an appraisal of long-term risks, including the recognition of many non-statistical factors.

Though ratings may be used by the banking authorities to classify bonds in their bank examination procedure, Moody’s ratings are not made with these bank regulations in mind. Moody’s Investors Service’s own judgment as to the desirability or non-desirability of a bond for bank investment purposes is not indicated by Moody’s ratings.

Moody’s ratings represent the opinion of Moody’s Investors Service as to the relative creditworthiness of securities. As such, they should be used in conjunction with the descriptions and statistics appearing in Moody’s publications. Reference should be made to these statements for information regarding the issuer. Moody’s ratings are not commercial credit ratings. In no case is default or receivership to be imputed unless expressly stated.

*As set forth more fully on the copyright, credit ratings are, and must be construed solely as, statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities. Each rating or other opinion must be weighed solely as one factor in any investment decision made by or on behalf of any user of the information, and each such user must accordingly make its own study and evaluation of each security and of each issuer and guarantor of, and each provider of credit support for, each security that it may consider purchasing, selling or holding.

Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
A-7

 
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.


 
 
 
A-8

 
 
Fitch’s National Credit Ratings

For those countries in which foreign and local currency sovereign ratings are below ‘AAA’, and where there is demand for such ratings, Fitch Ratings will provide National Ratings. It is important to note that each National Rating scale is unique and is defined to serve the needs of the local market in question.

The National Rating scale provides a relative measure of creditworthiness for rated entities only within the country concerned. Under this rating scale, a ‘AAA’ Long-Term National Rating will be assigned to the lowest relative risk within that country, which, in most but not all cases, will be the sovereign state.

The National Rating scale merely ranks the degree of perceived risk relative to the lowest default risk in that same country. Like local currency ratings, National Ratings exclude the effects of sovereign and transfer risk and exclude the possibility that investors may be unable to repatriate any due interest and principal repayments. It is not related to the rating scale of any other national market. Comparisons between different national scales or between an individual national scale and the international rating scale are therefore inappropriate and potentially misleading. Consequently they are identified by the addition of a special identifier for the country concerned, such as ‘AAA(arg)’ for National Ratings in Argentina.

In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, the agency’s National Short-Term Rating definitions for ‘F1+(xxx)’, ‘F1(xxx)’, ‘F2(xxx)’ and ‘F3(xxx)’ may be substituted by the regulatory scales, e.g. ‘A1+’, ‘A1’, ‘A2’ and ‘A3’. The below definitions thus serve as a template, but users should consult the individual scales for each country listed on the agency’s web-site to determine if any additional or alternative category definitions apply.

National Short-Term Credit Ratings

F1(xxx)
Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Under the agency’s National Rating scale, this rating is assigned to the lowest default risk relative to others in the same country. Where the liquidity profile is particularly strong, a “+” is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx)
Indicates a good capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3(xxx)
Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

B(xxx)
Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
A-9

 
 
C(xxx)
Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D(xxx)
Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:

The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
 
A-10

 
 
LONG-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
   
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
   
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.  (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
A-11

 
 
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C
A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default.  The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings beginning on page A-3.
 
 
A-12

 
 
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings


Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
 
A-13

 
 
 
Fitch’s National Long-Term Credit Ratings


AAA(xxx)
‘AAA’ National Ratings denote the highest rating assigned by the agency in its National Rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to issuers or obligations with the lowest expectation of default risk relative to all other issuers or obligations in the same country.

AA(xxx)
‘AA’ National Ratings denote expectations of very low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. The default risk inherent differs only slightly from that of the country’s highest rated issuers or obligations.

A(xxx)
‘A’ National Ratings denote expectations of low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment to a greater degree than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BBB(xxx)
‘BBB’ National Ratings denote a moderate default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BB(xxx)
‘BB’ National Ratings denote an elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.

B(xxx)
‘B’ National Ratings denote a significantly elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries.

CCC(xxx)
‘CCC’ National Ratings denote that default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

CC(xxx)
‘CC’ National Ratings denote that default of some kind appears probable.

C(xxx)
‘C’ National Ratings denote that default is imminent.

D(xxx)
‘D’ National Ratings denote an issuer or instrument that is currently in default.
 
 
A-14

 
 
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:
The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-15

 
 
MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes.  Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
   
Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings  beginning on page A-3.


  Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels -- MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 
A-16

 
 
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
 
 
A-17 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
 




Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund

Investor Class Shares – […..]

Institutional Class Shares – […..]




Prospectus

[…], 2011












The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 

 
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”)


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   
 
 
 

 
 
Fund Summary

 
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund

Investment Objective
The investment objective of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund (the “Fund”) is total return. In pursuing total return, the Fund seeks both capital appreciation and current income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.  You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in the Fund.  More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional and in “Shareholder Information - Class Descriptions” of this Prospectus.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
 
Maximum Front-End Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of the offering price)
Maximum Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Redemptions (as a percentage of the offering price)
Redemption Fee
Exchange Fee (as a percentage of amount exchanged)
Maximum Account Fee
 
5.75%
 
None
 
None
None
None
 
 
None
 
None
 
None
None
None
 
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
 
       
Management Fees
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
Other Expenses (1)
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
      Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement (2)
[X.XX]%
[X.XX]%
 
     Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After
     Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (2)
 
[X.XX]%
 
[X.XX]%
 
       
(1)   
Because the Fund is new, these expenses are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s current fiscal year.
(2)   
Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”) has contractually agreed to waive a portion or all of its management fees and/or reimburse the Fund for its expenses to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding 12b-1 fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed [X.XX%] of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Class and [X.XX%] of the Investor Class, subject to possible recoupment from the Fund in future years on a rolling three year basis (within the three years after the fees have been waived or reimbursed). Expenses waived and/or reimbursed by the Adviser, along with organizational expenses of the Fund, may be recouped by the Adviser if such recoupment can be achieved within the foregoing expense limits. The Operating Expense Limitation Agreement is in effect for an initial one year period following the date of this Prospectus, subject thereafter to annual re-approval of the agreement by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) and the Adviser.  Prior to expiration, this Operating Expense Limitation Agreement can be terminated as described herein.
 
 
Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same (taking into account the expense limitation).  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 
Investor Class Shares
Institutional Class Shares
One Year
$[…]
$[…]
Three Years
$[…]
$[…]


Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance.  Because the Fund is new, it does not have an annual portfolio turnover rate at this time.

Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes in securities of listed core infrastructure companies.  For the Fund’s purposes, “core infrastructure” companies are defined as energy infrastructure companies that own and operate a network of asset systems that transport, store, distribute, gather and/or process crude oil, refined petroleum products (including biodiesel and ethanol), natural gas or natural gas liquids, or that provide electric power generation (including renewable energy), transmission and/or distribution. Core infrastructure companies also include investment companies that invest primarily in core infrastructure companies. The Fund seeks to invest in listed core infrastructure companies which have securities that are publicly traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market.  The Fund will primarily invest in equity securities.

The Fund may invest in a wide range of equity securities, consisting of common stock, but also including, among others, the securities of master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) common units and limited liability company (“LLC”) interests, MLP affiliates such as MLP I-Shares and general partner interests, and other investment companies. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of MLPs.

In addition, under normal circumstances, the Fund may (i) invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers), which may include securities issued by companies organized and/or having securities traded on an exchange outside the U.S. or may be securities of U.S. companies that are denominated in the currency of a different country; (ii) invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt securities, including securities which may be rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”) by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency (“NRSROs”) or judged by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality; and (iii) invest up to 15% of its total assets in other investment companies.
 
 
Unless otherwise stated, the above investment restrictions apply at the time of purchase, and the Fund will not be required to reduce a position due solely to market value fluctuations in order to comply with these restrictions. The Fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization. The Fund may also write call options on securities, but will only do so on securities it holds in its portfolio (i.e., covered calls).

The Adviser seeks to invest in securities that offer a combination of yield, growth and quality, intended to result in superior total returns over the long run. The Adviser’s securities selection process includes a comparison of quantitative, qualitative, and relative value factors.  Primary emphasis will be placed on proprietary models constructed and maintained by the Adviser’s in-house investment team, although the Adviser may use research provided by broker-dealers and investment firms. To determine whether a company meets its criteria, the Adviser will generally look for companies with essential, long-lived infrastructure assets with high barriers to entry, total return potential, predictable revenue and stable operating structures, and experienced, operations-focused management teams.

Borrowing Policy
The Fund may utilize leverage for investment purposes and for redemption of Fund shares.  Utilization of such leverage would generally be short term in nature, and within the constraints of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).   The Fund currently intends to utilize leverage over the short-term to manage cash needs for investments and redemptions of Fund shares.

Principal Investment Risks
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other governmental agency.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund over short or even long periods of time .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund, which could adversely affect its net asset value, yield and total return, are:

General Market Risk.     The Fund is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any mutual fund, including the risk that it will not achieve its investment objective and that the value of an investment in its securities could decline substantially and cause you to lose some or all of your investment. The Fund’s net asset value and investment return will fluctuate based upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  Certain securities in the Fund’s portfolio may be worth less than the price originally paid for them, or less than they were worth at an earlier time.

Adviser Risk.   The Fund may not meet its investment objective or may underperform investment vehicles with similar strategies if the Adviser cannot successfully implement the Fund’s investment strategies.

New Fund Risk. The Fund is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.
 
 
Concentration Risk.   The Fund’s strategy of concentrating in core infrastructure company investments means that the performance of the Fund will be closely tied to the performance of this market sector. The Fund’s concentration in this sector presents more risk than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. An inherent risk associated with any investment concentration is that the Fund may be adversely affected if one or two of its investments perform poorly.

Equity Securities Risk.   Equity securities are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value. The equity securities held by the Fund may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value.  This may occur because of factors affecting securities markets generally, the equity securities of core infrastructure companies in particular, or a particular company.

Non-U.S. Securities Risk.   Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers involve risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities and instruments of U.S. issuers, including risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory and accounting requirements, tax risks, and market practices, as well as fluctuations in foreign currencies.

MLP Risks.    MLP companies are subject to many risks, including those that differ from the risks involved in an investment in the common stock of a corporation. Holders of MLP units have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership and are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP.   Holders of MLP units are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them. In addition, the value of the Fund’s investment in an MLP will depend largely on the MLP’s treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Furthermore, MLP interests may not be as liquid as other more commonly traded equity securities.

Debt Securities Risks.   Debt securities are also subject to credit, interest rate, call or prepayment, duration and maturity risks that can negatively affect their value or force the Fund to re-invest at lower yields.  The value of debt securities may decline for a number of reasons, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s products and services.

Below Investment Grade Debt Securities Risk.   Investments in below investment grade debt securities and unrated securities of similar credit quality (commonly known as “junk bonds”) involve a greater risk of default and are subject to greater levels of credit and liquidity risk.  Below investment grade debt securities have speculative characteristics and their value may be subject to greater fluctuation than investment grade debt securities.

Large-Cap, Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk.   The Fund’s investment in larger companies is subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of large-cap companies.

Investment Company Risk. Funds that invest in investment companies bear additional fees and expenses based on their pro rata share of the investment company’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of advisory and other fees and expenses.
 
 
Covered Call Option Risk. If the Fund writes a covered call option, during the option’s life the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Moreover, the writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option.

Liquidity Risk.   The Fund may be exposed to liquidity risk when trading volume, lack of a market maker, or legal restrictions impair the Fund’s ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous price or in a timely manner. Restricted securities cannot be sold immediately because of statutory and contractual restrictions on resale.

RIC Compliance Risk. The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”). If for any taxable year the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC, the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates and income available for distribution to shareholders will be reduced.  Given the Fund’s contemplated investments in MLPs, compliance with tests applicable to RICs presents unusual challenges and will require careful, ongoing monitoring and fluctuations in market value may limit incremental investment opportunities in MLPs until the Fund is in compliance.

Legal and Regulatory Change Risks.    The regulatory environment for investment companies is evolving, and changes in regulation may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments and its ability to pursue its investment objective.

Core Infrastructure Companies Sector Risk.   Core infrastructure companies, are subject to many risks that can negatively impact the revenues and viability of companies in this sector, including, but not limited to risks associated with companies owning and/or operating pipelines, power infrastructure, gathering and processing, propane assets, as well as capital markets, terrorism, natural disasters, climate change, operating, regulatory, environmental, supply and demand, and price volatility risks.
 
 
Please see “Principal Risks” in this Prospectus for a more detailed description of the risks of investing in the Fund.

Who Should Invest
Before investing in the Fund, investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance. The Fund may be an appropriate investment for investors who are seeking:

·  
an efficient investment vehicle  for accessing a portfolio of  core infrastructure companies;
·  
potential diversification of their overall investment portfolio;
·  
a fund offering the potential for total return through capital appreciation and current income;
·  
a fund that may be suitable for retirement and other tax exempt accounts;
·  
simplified tax reporting through a Form 1099; and
·  
professional securities selection and active management by an experienced adviser.

The Fund is designed for long-term investors and is not designed for investors who are seeking short-term gains. The Fund will take reasonable steps to identify and reject orders from market timers.  See “Shareholder Information – Buying Shares” and “– Redeeming Shares”.
 
 
Performance
When the Fund has been in operation for a full calendar year, performance information will be shown here.  Until such time, inception-to-date performance information will be available on the Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com or by calling the Fund toll-free at [toll-free number].

Investment Adviser
Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser’s investment committee will be responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the Fund and is comprised of H. Kevin Birzer, Zachary A. Hamel, Kenneth P. Malvey, Terry C. Matlack and David J. Schulte.  The members of the Adviser’s investment committee have been members of the committee since the Adviser’s inception.

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
You may purchase, exchange or redeem Fund shares on any day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business at the Fund’s NAV per share next calculated after your order is received in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge, by written request via mail (Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701), by wire transaction, by contacting the Fund by telephone at [toll free number] or through a financial intermediary.  Investors who wish to purchase or redeem Fund shares through a financial intermediary should contact the financial intermediary directly.  The minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts for various types of accounts are shown below, except that the minimum initial investment may be modified for certain financial intermediaries that submit trades on behalf of underlying investors, or as otherwise described in “Shareholder Information – Buying Shares”.
 
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
Minimum Initial
Investment
 
$2,500
$1,000,000
 
Subsequent Minimum
Investment
$100
$100

Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.  For more information, please see “Tax Consequences” of this Prospectus.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase Fund shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial adviser, and including affiliates of the Adviser), the Fund and/or its Adviser may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.  These payments may create conflicts of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
 
 
Additional Fund Information

 
The Fund’s investment objective is total return. In pursuing total return, the Fund seeks both capital appreciation and current income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the shareholders.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes in equity securities of listed core infrastructure companies (“80% Policy”).  For the Fund’s purposes, ”core infrastructure” companies are defined as energy infrastructure companies that own and operate a network of asset systems that transport, store, distribute, gather and/or process crude oil, refined petroleum products (including biodiesel and ethanol), natural gas or natural gas liquids, or that provide electric power generation (including renewable energy), transmission and/or distribution.  Core infrastructure companies also include investment companies that invest primarily in core infrastructure companies. The Fund seeks to invest in listed infrastructure companies which have securities that are publicly traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market. The Fund must provide shareholders with 60 days’ prior written notice if the Board of Trustees changes the 80% Policy.

In addition, under normal circumstances, the Fund may (i) invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers), which may include securities issued by companies organized and/or having securities traded on an exchange outside the U.S. or may be securities of U.S. companies that are denominated in the currency of a different country; (ii) invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt securities, including securities which may be rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”) by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency (NRSROs) or judged by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality; and (iii) invest up to 15% of its total assets in other investment companies. Unless otherwise stated, the above investment restrictions apply at the time of purchase, and the Fund will not be required to reduce a position due solely to market value fluctuations in order to comply with these restrictions. The Fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization.

Targeted Investment Characteristics
The Fund’s investment strategy will be anchored in the Adviser’s fundamental principles of yield, growth and quality. The Fund’s targeted investments will generally have the following characteristics:
·  
Essential Infrastructure Assets — Companies that operate critical assets that connect sources of energy supply to areas of energy demand. These businesses are essential to economic productivity and experience relatively inelastic demand.

·  
Total Return Potential — Companies that generate a current cash return at the time of investment with dividend or distribution growth potential. The Fund does not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.
 
 
·  
Predictable Revenues — Companies with stable and predictable revenue streams, often linked to areas experiencing demographic growth and with low commodity price risk.

·  
Stable Operating Structures — Companies with relatively low maintenance expenditures and economies of scale due to operating leverage and an appropriate ratio of debt to equity and coverage/payout ratio with respect to dividends or distributions.

·  
High Barriers to Entry — Companies with operating assets that are difficult to replicate due to regulation, natural monopolies, availability of land or high costs of new development.

·  
Long-Lived Assets — Companies that operate tangible assets with long economic useful lives.

·  
Experienced, Operations-Focused Management Teams — Companies with management teams possessing successful track records and who have substantial knowledge, experience, and focus in their particular segments of the energy infrastructure sector.

Targeted Portfolio Securities
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities. Securities in which the Fund may invest include, but are not limited to, the following types of securities:
 
Common Stock.    Common stock generally represents an equity ownership interest in the profits and losses of a corporation, after payment of amounts owed to bondholders, other debt holders, and holders of preferred stock. Holders of common stock generally have voting rights, but the Fund does not expect to have voting control in any of the companies in which it invests.

Non-U.S. Securities.     The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers). These securities may be issued by companies organized and/or having securities traded on an exchange outside the U.S. or may be securities of U.S. companies that are denominated in the currency of a different country.

Master Limited Partnerships . The Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in securities of MLPs. An MLP is a publicly traded company organized as a limited partnership or limited liability company and treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. MLP common units represent an equity ownership interest in a partnership, providing limited voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Limited partners have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. Some energy infrastructure companies in which the Fund may invest have been organized as LLCs, which are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes.

Equity Securities of MLP Affiliates.  In addition to securities of MLPs, the Fund may also invest in equity securities of MLP affiliates, which include issuers of MLP I-Shares and general partners of MLPs. I-Shares represent an indirect investment in MLP I-units. I-units are equity securities issued to an affiliate of an MLP, typically a limited liability company, that owns an interest in and manages the MLP. The I-Shares issuer has management rights but is not entitled to incentive distributions. The issuer of the I-Shares is taxed as a corporation; however, the MLP does not allocate income or loss to the I-Share issuer. General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. An entity holding general partner interests, but not its investors, can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the entity’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP.
 
 
Investment Companies. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in other investment companies. The Fund will be limited by provisions of the 1940 Act, that limit the amount the Fund can invest in any one investment company to 3% of the investment company’s total outstanding stock. To comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, on any matter upon which investment company stockholders are solicited to vote the Adviser will vote investment company shares in the same general proportion as shares held by other stockholders of such investment company.
 
Other Equity Securities. The Fund may also invest in all types of equity securities, including but not limited to, LLC interests, general partner interests, preferred equity, energy infrastructure REITS, convertible securities, and rights, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies. 

Debt Securities.   The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt securities, including securities which may be rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”). These securities may include, among others, corporate debt, Yankee bonds, and zero coupon bonds, and may have variable or fixed principal payments and all types of interest rate and dividend payment and reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred and payment-in-kind features. To the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade debt securities, such securities will be rated, at the time of investment, at least B- by S&P or B3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating by at least one other rating agency or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. If a security satisfies the Fund’s minimum rating criteria at the time of purchase and subsequently is downgraded below such rating, the Fund will not be required to dispose of such security. If a downgrade occurs, the Adviser will consider what action, including the sale of such security, is in the best interest of the Fund and its stockholders.

Illiquid/Restricted Securities. The Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities, which will primarily include direct placements in the securities of listed companies or 144A debt securities.  The Fund will not invest in private companies. A listed infrastructure company may be willing to offer the purchaser more attractive features with respect to securities issued in direct placements because it has avoided the expense and delay involved in a public offering of securities.  Rule 144A securities may be resold to qualified institutional buyers but not to the general public. Restricted securities are securities that cannot be offered for public resale unless registered under the applicable securities laws or that have a contractual restriction that prohibits or limits their resale, and are, therefore, unlike securities that are traded in the open market.
 
Covered Calls. The Fund may write call options with the purpose of generating realized gains or reducing its ownership of certain securities. The Fund will only write call options on securities that it holds in its portfolio (i.e., covered calls). A call option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of such call option the right to buy the security underlying the call option from the writer of such call option at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. At the time the call option is sold, the writer of a call option receives a premium (or call premium) from the buyer of such call option. If the Fund writes a call option on a security, the Fund has the obligation upon exercise of such call option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price. The Fund, as the writer of the call option, would bear the market risk of an unfavorable change in the price of the security underlying the written option.
 
 
Temporary Defensive Strategies; Cash or Similar Investments
The Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, high-quality short-term debt securities and money market instruments for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, and to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions and paying expenses.  These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include cash equivalents, shares of money market mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements.  Taking a temporary defensive position may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective.  A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, may have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance.  Furthermore, to the extent that the Fund invests in money market mutual funds for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of such money market funds’ management fees and operational expenses.

Investment Process
The Adviser seeks to invest in securities that offer a combination of yield, growth and quality intended to result in superior total returns over the long run. The Adviser’s securities selection process includes a comparison of quantitative, qualitative, and relative value factors. Primary emphasis will be placed on proprietary models conducted and maintained by the Adviser’s in-house investment team, although the Adviser may use research provided by broker-dealers and investment firms. To determine whether a company meets its criteria, the Adviser generally will look for the targeted investment characteristics as described herein.

The Adviser’s investment decisions are driven by proprietary financial, risk, and valuation models developed and maintained by the Adviser. Financial models are based on business drivers and include historical and multi-year operational and financial projections. The models quantify growth, facilitate sensitivity and credit analysis, and aid in peer comparisons. The risk models assess a company’s asset quality, management, and stability of cash flows. The combination of these assessments results in a tier rating which guides portfolio weightings. Valuation models are multiple stage dividend growth models based on a discounted cash flow framework. The Adviser also uses traditional valuation metrics such as cash flow multiples and current yield in its investment process. The Adviser believes the combination of its three proprietary models assists in its evaluation of investment decisions and risk.
 
The Adviser’s investment committee is responsible for the origination, transaction development and monitoring of the Fund’s investments. The due diligence process followed by the Adviser is comprehensive and may include:
·  
review of historical and prospective financial information;
·  
quarterly updates, conference calls and/or management meetings;
·  
analysis of financial models and projections; and
·  
screening of key documents.

Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund
Before investing in the Fund, you should carefully consider your own investment goals, the amount of time you are willing to leave your money invested, and the amount of risk you are willing to take.  An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.  Remember, in addition to possibly not achieving your investment goals, you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund over short or even long periods of time .  The principal risks of investing in the Fund are:
 
 
General Risks:

General Market Risk.     The Fund is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any business, including the risk that it will not achieve its investment objective and that the value of an investment in its securities could decline substantially and cause you to lose some or all of your investment.  U.S. and international markets have, and may continue to, experience volatility, which may increase risks associated with an investment in the Fund.  Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may be rapid or unpredictable and cause the net asset value of the Fund and its investment return to fluctuation.  These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time.  Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole.  The market value of securities in which the Fund invests is based upon the market’s perception of value and is not necessarily an objective measure of the securities’ value.  In some cases, for example, the stock prices of individual companies have been negatively impacted even though there may be little or no apparent degradation in the financial condition or prospects of the issuers.  Similarly, the debt markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default, and valuation difficulties.

Adviser Risk.   The ability of the Fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to the Adviser’s investment strategies for the Fund.  The value of your investment in the Fund may vary with the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research, analysis and asset allocation among portfolio securities.  If the Adviser’s investment strategies do not produce the expected results, the value of your investment could be diminished or even lost entirely and the Fund could underperform other mutual funds with similar investment objectives.
 
New Fund Risk. The Fund is new with no operating history and there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size, in which case the Board of Trustees may determine to liquidate the Fund.  Liquidation of a Fund can be initiated without shareholder approval by the Board of Trustees if it determines it is in the best interest of shareholders.  As a result, the timing of any Fund liquidation may not be favorable to certain individual shareholders.
 
Concentration Risk.    The Fund’s strategy of concentrating in core infrastructure investments means that the performance of the Fund will be closely tied to the performance of this market sector. The Fund’s concentrations in these investments may present more risk than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. A downturn in these investments would have a greater impact on the Fund than on a fund that does not concentrate in such investments. At times, the performance of these investments may lag the performance of other industries or the market as a whole.  An inherent risk associated with any investment concentration is that the Fund may be adversely affected if one or two of its investments perform poorly.

Equity Securities Risk.   Equity securities can be affected by macroeconomic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations about changes in interest rates, investor sentiment towards such entities, changes in a particular issuer’s or industry’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer or industry. Prices of equity securities of individual entities also can be affected by fundamentals unique to the company or partnership, including earnings power and coverage ratios.  An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. In addition, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or the occurrence of political or economic events which affect the issuers. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, which increases borrowing costs and the costs of capital.  Infrastructure companies’ equity prices are influenced by dividend and distribution growth rates. Any of the foregoing risks could substantially impact the ability of such an entity to grow its dividends or distributions.
 
 
Non-U.S. Securities Risk.    Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers) involve risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities and instruments of U.S. issuers.  For example, non-U.S. companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. Non-U.S. securities exchanges, brokers and companies may be subject to less government supervision and regulation than exists in the U.S. Dividend and interest income may be subject to withholding and other non-U.S. taxes, which may adversely affect the net return on such investments.  Because the Fund intends to limit its investments to no more than 30% of the Fund’s total assets in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers), the Fund will not be able to pass through to its stockholders any foreign income tax credits as a result of any foreign income taxes it pays. There may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad. In addition, it may be difficult to effect repatriation of capital invested in certain countries. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there are risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could affect the Fund’s assets held in non-U.S. countries. There may be less publicly available information about a non-U.S. company than there is regarding a U.S. company. Non-U.S. securities markets may have substantially less volume than U.S. securities markets and some non-U.S. company securities are less liquid than securities of otherwise comparable U.S. companies. Non-U.S. markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures that could cause the Fund to encounter difficulties in purchasing and selling securities on such markets and may result in the Fund missing attractive investment opportunities or experiencing a loss. In addition, a portfolio that includes securities issued by non-U.S. issuers can expect to have a higher expense ratio because of the increased transaction costs in non-U.S. markets and the increased costs of maintaining the custody of such non-U.S. securities.  When investing in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers, there is also the risk that the value of such an investment, measured in U.S. dollars, will decrease because of unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates. The Fund may, but does not currently intend to, hedge its exposure to non-U.S. currencies.

MLP Risk.    MLP companies are subject to many risks, including those that differ from the risks involved in an investment in the common stock of a corporation. Holders of MLP units have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. Holders of units issued by an MLP are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP units to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLP’s partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute “control” of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state.  Holders of MLP units are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them. In addition, the value of the Fund’s investment in an MLP will depend largely on the MLP’s treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If an MLP does not meet current legal requirements to maintain partnership status, or if it is unable to do so because of tax law changes, it would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In that case, the MLP would be obligated to pay income tax at the entity level and distributions received by the Fund generally would be taxed as dividend income. As a result, there could be a material reduction in the Fund’s cash flow and there could be a material decrease in its net asset value. Furthermore, MLP interests may not be as liquid as other more commonly traded equity securities.
 
 
Debt Securities Risks.   Debt securities are subject to the following risks:
 
·  
Credit Risk .  Issuers of debt securities may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due.  There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the issuer to pay back debt.  The degree of credit risk for a particular security may be reflected it its credit rating.  Lower rated debt securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.

·  
Interest Rate Risk. Debt securities could lose value because of interest rate changes.  For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise.  Debt securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt securities with shorter maturities.

·  
Call or Prepayment Risk.   Call or prepayment occurs when the issuer of a debt security exercises its option to call or repays principal prior to the security’s maturity.  During periods of declining interest rates, issuers may increase pre-payments of principal causing the Fund to invest in debt securities with lower yields thus reducing income generation.  Similarly, during periods of increasing interest rates, issuers may decrease pre-payments of principal extending the duration of debt securities potentially to maturity.  Debt securities with longer maturities are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes.  Also, if the Fund is unable to liquidate lower yielding securities to take advantage of a higher interest rate environment, its ability to generate income may be adversely affected.  The potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a debt security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility.

Below Investment Grade Debt Securities Risk.   Below-investment grade debt securities, also sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” generally pay a premium above the yields of U.S. government or investment grade debt securities because they are subject to greater risks. These risks, which reflect their speculative character, include: greater volatility; greater credit risk and risk of default; potentially greater sensitivity to general economic or industry conditions; potential lack of attractive resale opportunities (illiquidity); and additional expenses to seek recovery from issuers who default.  In addition, the prices of these non-investment grade debt securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Non-investment grade debt securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities.

Large-Cap Company Risk.   The Fund’s investments in larger, more established companies are subject to the risk that larger companies are sometimes unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.  Larger, more established companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges such as changes in consumer tastes or innovative smaller competitors potentially resulting in lower markets for their common stock. 
 
 
Mid-Cap and Small-Cap Companies Risk.   The Fund’s investment in mid-cap and small-cap companies may not have the management experience, financial resources, product diversification and competitive strengths of large-cap companies.  Therefore, their securities may be more volatile and less liquid than the securities of larger, more established companies.  Mid-cap and small-cap company stocks may also be bought and sold less often and in smaller amounts than larger company stocks.  Because of this, if the Adviser wants to sell a large quantity of a mid-cap or small-cap company stock, it may have to sell at a lower price than it might prefer, or it may have to sell in smaller than desired quantities over a period of time.  Analysts and other investors may follow these companies less actively and therefore information about these companies may not be as readily available as that for large-cap companies.

Investment Company Risk. Funds that invest in investment companies (including other closed-end, open-end funds, and ETFs) bear additional expenses based on their pro rata share of the investment company’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management and other fees and expenses.  The risk of owning an investment company generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying securities the investment company holds.

Covered Call Option Risk.   The Fund may write covered call options. As the writer of a covered call option, during the option’s life the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist if the Fund seeks to close out an option position. If trading were suspended in an option purchased by the Fund, it would not be able to close out the option. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, the Fund would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

Liquidity Risk.    The Fund may invest in securities of any market capitalization and may be exposed to liquidity risk when trading volume, lack of a market maker, or legal restrictions impair the Fund’s ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous price or a timely manner.  In the event certain securities experience limited trading volumes, the prices of such securities may display abrupt or erratic movements at times. In addition, it may be more difficult for the Fund to buy and sell significant amounts of such securities without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices. As a result, these securities may be difficult to sell at a favorable price at the times when the Adviser believes it is desirable to do so. Investment in securities that are less actively traded (or over time experience decreased trading volume) may restrict the Fund’s ability to take advantage of other market opportunities.

Restricted securities are less liquid than securities traded in the open market because of statutory and contractual restrictions on resale. Such securities are, therefore, unlike securities that are traded in the open market, which can be expected to be sold immediately if the market is adequate.  This lack of liquidity creates special risks for the Fund. However, the Fund could sell such securities in private transactions with a limited number of purchasers or in public offerings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Adverse conditions in the public securities markets may preclude a public offering of securities. When the Fund must arrange registration because the Fund wishes to sell the security, a considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered so that the Fund could sell it. The Fund would bear the risks of any downward price fluctuation during that period.
 
 
RIC Compliance Risk. The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a RIC under the Code. To maintain the Fund’s qualification for federal income tax purposes as a RIC, the Fund must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If for any taxable year the Fund fails to qualify for the special federal income tax treatment afforded to RICs, all of the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders) and its income available for distribution will be reduced.  Given the Fund’s contemplated investments in MLPs, compliance with the asset diversification test applicable to RICs presents unusual challenges and will require careful, ongoing monitoring. While the Fund will not be required to sell MLP securities if market valuations cause MLPs to represent more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, incremental investment opportunities in MLPs  will be limited until the Fund is in compliance.

Legal and Regulatory Change Risks.    The regulatory environment for investment companies is evolving, and changes in regulation may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments and its ability to pursue its trading strategy. In addition, the securities markets are subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. The SEC, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Fund could be substantial and adverse. 

Risks Related to Investing in the Core Infrastructure Sector:
 
Risks associated with investing in the core infrastructure sector, include:

Pipeline Company Risk.    Pipeline companies are subject to many risks, including varying demand for crude oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids or refined products in the markets served by the pipeline; changes in the availability of products for gathering, transportation, processing or sale due to natural declines in reserves and production in the supply areas serviced by the companies’ facilities; sharp decreases in crude oil or natural gas prices that cause producers to curtail production or reduce capital spending for exploration activities; and environmental regulation. Specifically, demand for gasoline, which accounts for a substantial portion of refined product transportation, depends on price, prevailing economic conditions in the markets served, and demographic and seasonal factors.
 
Power Infrastructure Company Risk.    Power infrastructure companies are subject to many risks, including earnings variability based upon weather patterns in the locations where the company operates, the change in the demand for electricity, the cost to produce power, and the regulatory environment. Further, share prices are partly based on the interest rate environment, the sustainability and potential growth of the dividend, and the outcome of various rate cases undertaken by the company or a regulatory body.

Gathering and Processing Company Risk.    Gathering and processing companies are subject to many risks, including declines in production of crude oil and natural gas fields which utilize their gathering and processing facilities as a way to market the gas, prolonged depression in the price of natural gas or crude oil, which curtails production due to lack of drilling activity, and declines in the prices of natural gas liquids and refined petroleum products, resulting in lower processing or refining margins.  In addition, the development of, demand for, and/or supply of competing forms of energy may negatively impact the revenues of these companies.
 
 
Propane Company Risk.    Propane companies are subject to many risks, including earnings variability based upon weather patterns in the locations where the company operates and the wholesale cost of propane sold to end customers. Midstream propane companies’ unit prices are largely based on safety in distribution coverage ratios, the interest rate environment and, to a lesser extent, distribution growth. In addition, propane companies are facing increased competition due to the growing availability of natural gas, fuel oil and alternative energy sources for residential heating.

Capital Markets Risk.    Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and may continue to be, volatile due to a variety of factors, including significant write-offs in the financial services sector. 2010 witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, if the volatility continues, the cost of raising capital in the debt and equity capital markets and the ability to raise capital may be impacted. In particular, concerns about the general stability of financial markets and specifically the solvency of lending counterparties, may impact the cost of raising capital from the credit markets through increased interest rates, tighter lending standards, difficulties in refinancing debt on existing terms or at all and reduced, or in some cases ceasing to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties under existing revolving credit facilities and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding obligations. In addition, measures taken by the U.S. government to stimulate the U.S. economy may not be successful or may not have an intended effect. As a result of any of the foregoing, infrastructure companies may be unable to obtain new debt or equity financing on acceptable terms. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, infrastructure companies may not be able to meet their obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, infrastructure companies may be unable to execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their revenues and results of operations.

A rising interest rate environment could adversely impact the performance of companies in the infrastructure sector. Rising interest rates could limit the capital appreciation of equity units of core infrastructure companies as a result of the increased availability of alternative investments at competitive yields. Rising interest rates may increase the cost of capital for companies operating in these sectors. A higher cost of capital could limit growth from acquisition or expansion projects, limit the ability of such entities to make or grow distributions or meet debt obligations, and adversely affect the prices of their securities.

Terrorism Risk.    Infrastructure companies, and the market for their securities, are subject to disruption as a result of terrorist activities, such as the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001; war, such as the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and their aftermaths; and other geopolitical events, including upheaval in the Middle East or other energy producing regions. The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets, specifically those related to pipeline infrastructure, production facilities, and transmission and distribution facilities, might be specific targets of terrorist activity. Such events have led, and in the future may lead, to short-term market volatility and may have long-term effects on the energy infrastructure sector and markets. Such events may also adversely affect the Fund’s business and financial condition.
 
 
Natural Disaster Risk.   Natural risks, such as earthquakes, flood, lighting, hurricane and wind, are inherent risks in infrastructure company operations. For example, extreme weather patterns, such as Hurricane Ivan in 2004 and Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005, or the threat thereof, could result in substantial damage to the facilities of certain companies located in the affected areas and significant volatility in the supply of energy and could adversely impact the prices of the securities in which the Fund invests. This volatility may create fluctuations in commodity prices and earnings of companies in the infrastructure sector.
 
Climate Change Regulation Risk.    Climate change regulation could result in increased operations and capital costs for the companies in which the Fund invests.  Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the United States and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, which some scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change.  These measures and future measures could result in increased costs to certain companies in which the Fund invests to operate and maintain facilities and administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program and may reduce demand for fuels that generate greenhouse gases and that are managed or produced by companies in which the Fund invests.
 
Operating Risk.   Energy infrastructure companies are subject to many risks, including: equipment failure causing outages; structural, maintenance, impairment and safety problems; transmission or transportation constraints, inoperability or inefficiencies; dependence on a specified fuel source, including the transportation of fuel; changes in electricity and fuel usage; availability of competitively priced alternative energy sources; changes in generation efficiency and market heat rates; lack of sufficient capital to maintain facilities; significant capital expenditures to keep older infrastructure assets operating efficiently; seasonality; changes in supply and demand for energy commodities; catastrophic and/or weather-related events such as fires, explosions, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes and similar occurrences; storage, handling, disposal and decommissioning costs; and environmental compliance. Breakdown or failure of an energy infrastructure company’s assets may prevent the company from performing under applicable sales agreements, which in certain situations, could result in termination of the agreement or incurring a liability for liquidated damages.  A company’s ability to successfully and timely complete capital improvements to existing infrastructure or other capital projects is contingent upon many variables. Should any such efforts be unsuccessful, an energy infrastructure company could be subject to additional costs and / or the write-off of its investment in the project or improvement. As a result of the above risks and other potential hazards associated with the infrastructure sector, certain companies may become exposed to significant liabilities for which they may not have adequate insurance coverage. Any of the aforementioned risks could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulatory Risk.    Issuers in the energy infrastructure sector are subject to regulation by various governmental authorities in various jurisdictions and may be adversely affected by the imposition of special tariffs and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards. Regulation exists in multiple aspects of their operations, including how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls, and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which may increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the financial performance of infrastructure companies.  Energy infrastructure companies engaged in interstate pipeline transportation of natural gas, refined petroleum products and other products are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) with respect to tariff rates these companies may charge for pipeline transportation services. An adverse determination by the FERC with respect to the tariff rates of an energy infrastructure company could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and its ability to make cash distributions to its equity owners. Prices for certain electric power companies are regulated in the U.S. with the intention of protecting the public while ensuring that the rate of return earned by such companies is sufficient to attract growth capital and to provide appropriate services. The rates assessed for these rate-regulated electric power companies by state and local regulators are generally subject to cost-of-service regulation and annual earnings oversight. This regulatory treatment does not provide any assurance as to achievement of earnings levels. Changes in laws or regulations or changes in the application or interpretation of regulatory provisions in jurisdictions where electric power companies operate, particularly utilities where electricity tariffs are subject to regulatory review or approval, could adversely affect their business.  The Fund could become subject to FERC’s jurisdiction if it is deemed to be a holding company of a public utility company or of a holding company of a public utility company, and the Fund may be required to aggregate securities held by the Fund or other funds and accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates. Accordingly, the Fund may be prohibited from buying securities of a public utility company or of a holding company of any public utility company or may be forced to divest itself of such securities because of other holdings by the Fund or other funds or accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates.
 
 
Environmental Risk.    Energy infrastructure company activities are subject to stringent environmental laws and regulation by many federal, state, local authorities, international treaties and foreign governmental authorities.  These regulations generally involve emissions into the air, effluents into the water, use of water, wetlands preservation, waste disposal, endangered species and noise regulation, among others. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations or to obtain any necessary environmental permits pursuant to such laws and regulations could result in fines or other sanctions. Environmental laws and regulations affecting power generation and distribution are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Congress and other domestic and foreign governmental authorities have either considered or implemented various laws and regulations to restrict or tax certain emissions, particularly those involving air and water emissions. Existing environmental regulations could be revised or reinterpreted, new laws and regulations could be adopted or become applicable, and future changes in environmental laws and regulations could occur, including potential regulatory and enforcement developments related to air emissions. These laws and regulations have imposed, and proposed laws and regulations could impose in the future, additional costs on the operation of power plants. Energy infrastructure companies have made and will likely continue to make significant capital and other expenditures to comply with these and other environmental laws and regulations. Changes in, or new, environmental restrictions may force energy infrastructure companies to incur significant expenses or expenses that may exceed their estimates. There can be no assurance that such companies would be able to recover all or any increased environmental costs from their customers or that their business, financial condition or results of operations would not be materially and adversely affected by such expenditures or any changes in domestic or foreign environmental laws and regulations, in which case the value of these companies’ securities in the Fund’s portfolio could be adversely affected.  Energy infrastructure companies may not be able to obtain or maintain all required environmental regulatory approvals. If there is a delay in obtaining any required environmental regulatory approvals or if a power infrastructure company fails to obtain, maintain or comply with any such approval, the operation of its facilities could be stopped or become subject to additional costs. In addition, a power infrastructure company may be responsible for any on-site liabilities associated with the environmental condition of facilities that it has acquired, leased or developed, regardless of when the liabilities arose and whether they are known or unknown.
 
 
Supply and Demand Risk.    A decrease in the production of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, coal, refined petroleum products or other energy commodities, or a decrease in the volume of such commodities available for transportation, processing, storage or distribution, may adversely impact the financial performance of companies in the energy infrastructure sector. Production declines and volume decreases could be caused by various factors, including catastrophic events affecting production, depletion of resources, labor difficulties, political events, OPEC actions, environmental proceedings, increased regulations, equipment failures and unexpected maintenance problems, failure to obtain necessary permits, unscheduled outages, unanticipated expenses, inability to successfully carry out new construction or acquisitions, import supply disruption, increased competition from alternative energy sources or related commodity prices. Alternatively, a sustained decline in demand for such commodities could also adversely affect the financial performance of companies in the energy infrastructure sector. Factors that could lead to a decline in demand include economic recession or other adverse economic conditions, higher fuel taxes or governmental regulations, increases in fuel economy, consumer shifts to the use of alternative fuel sources, changes in commodity prices or weather. The length and severity of the current recession and its impact on companies in the energy infrastructure sector cannot be determined.

The profitability of companies engaged in processing and pipeline activities may be materially impacted by the volume of natural gas or other energy commodities available for transporting, processing, storing or distributing. A significant decrease in the production of natural gas, oil, coal or other energy commodities, due to a decline in production from existing facilities, import supply disruption, depressed commodity prices or otherwise, would reduce revenue and operating income of such entities.
 
Price Volatility Risk.    The volatility of energy commodity prices can indirectly affect certain entities that operate in the midstream segment of the energy infrastructure sector due to the impact of prices on the volume of commodities transported, processed, stored or distributed. Most energy infrastructure entities are not subject to direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the underlying energy commodity. Nonetheless, the price of an energy infrastructure security can be adversely affected by the perception that the performance of all such entities is directly tied to commodity prices.

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the SAI.  Disclosure of the Fund’s holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  The annual and semi-annual reports will be available by contacting the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund, c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701 or by calling the Fund toll-free at [toll-free number], or by visiting the Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com.  Such reports are also available on the SEC’s website or public reference room at www.sec.gov.

 
I nvestment Adviser

 
Investment Adviser
The Fund has entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C., a SEC registered investment adviser specializing in managing portfolios of securities of listed energy infrastructure companies (the “Adviser”).  The Adviser is wholly-owned by Tortoise Holdings, LLC.  Mariner Holdings, LLC, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Montage Asset Management, LLC, owns a majority interest in Tortoise Holdings, LLC with the remaining interests held by the five members of the Adviser’s investment committee and certain other senior employees of the Adviser.  The principal business address of the Adviser is 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas 66211.  The telephone number for the Adviser is (913) 981-1020 and the Adviser’s website is www.tortoiseadvisors.com.

The Adviser has significant expertise in managing energy infrastructure investments and, as of December 31, 2010, the Adviser managed investments of approximately $6.1 billion in the energy sector, including the assets of six publicly traded closed-end management investment companies and private accounts.

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser provides the Fund with investment research and advice and furnishes the Fund with an investment program consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees. The Adviser determines which portfolio securities will be purchased or sold, arranges for the placing of orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, selects brokers or dealers to place those orders, maintains books and records with respect to the securities transactions and reports to the Board of Trustees on the Fund’s investments and performance. The Adviser is solely responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of the Fund.  The Board of Trustees will have sole responsibility for selecting, evaluating the performance of, and replacing as necessary any of the service providers to the Fund, including the Adviser.
 
For its services, the Fund pays the Adviser a management fee of [X.XX]% of net assets that is calculated [TBD].

A discussion regarding the basis of the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund’s next semi-annual or annual report to shareholders.

Conflicts of interest may arise because the Adviser and its affiliates generally will be carrying on substantial investment activities for other clients in which the Fund will have no interest.  The Adviser or its affiliates may have financial incentives to favor certain of such accounts over the Fund. Any of their proprietary accounts or other customer accounts may compete with the Fund for specific trades. The Adviser or its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to, or buy or sell securities for, other accounts and customers, which advice or securities recommended may differ from the advice given to, or securities recommended or bought or sold for the Fund, even though their investment objectives may be the same as, or similar to, the Fund’s.
 
 
Situations may occur in which the Fund could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Adviser and its affiliates for their other accounts.  Certain of the Adviser’s managed funds and accounts may invest in the equity securities of a particular company, while other funds and accounts managed by the Adviser may invest in the debt securities of the same company. Such situations may be based on, among other things, the following: (1) legal or internal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for the Fund or the other accounts, thereby limiting the size of the Fund’s position; (2) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for the Fund or the other accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined position; or (3) limits on co-investing in direct placement securities under the 1940 Act. The Fund’s investment opportunities may be limited by affiliations of the Adviser or its affiliates with energy infrastructure companies. Please see the “Statement of Additional Information”.

Fund Expenses. The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses. Pursuant to an Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding 12b-1 fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed [X.XX%] of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Class and [X.XX%] of the Investor Class. The Operating Expense Limitation Agreement will be in effect for at least a one year period following the date of this Prospectus, subject thereafter to re-approval of the agreement by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser.  Prior to expiration of its current term, this Operating Expense Limitation Agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement. Any waiver in management fees or reimbursement of Fund expenses made by the Adviser as well as the Fund’s organizational expenses may be recouped by the Adviser in future years on a rolling three year basis (within the three years after the fees have been waived or reimbursed) if such recoupment can be achieved within the foregoing expense limits.

Investment Committee
The investment management of the Fund’s portfolio is the responsibility of the Adviser’s investment committee.  The investment committee’s members are H. Kevin Birzer, Zachary A. Hamel, Kenneth P. Malvey, Terry C. Matlack and David J. Schulte, all of whom share responsibility for such investment management. It is the policy of the investment committee that any one member can require the Adviser to sell a security and any one member can veto the committee’s decision to invest in a security. Each committee member has been a member of the investment committee since 2002. The members of the investment committee have the following years of investment experience: Mr. Birzer—29 years; Mr. Hamel—21 years; Mr. Malvey—23 years; Mr. Matlack— 28 years; and Mr. Schulte—21 years.

H. Kevin Birzer, CFA, CPA, Managing Director
Mr. Birzer, Managing Director, is a co-founder and has been a Managing Director of the Adviser since 2002. He began his career in 1981 at KPMG Peat Marwick. His subsequent experience includes three years working as a Vice President for F. Martin Koenig & Co., focusing on equity and option investments, and three years at Drexel Burnham Lambert, where he was a Vice President in the Corporate Finance Department. In 1990, Mr. Birzer co-founded Fountain Capital Management, LLC, a high yield bond management firm (“Fountain Capital”). Mr. Birzer graduated with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Notre Dame and holds a Master of Business Administration degree from New York University. He earned his CFA designation in 1988.

Zachary A. Hamel, CFA, Managing Director
Mr. Hamel is a co-founder and has been a Managing Director of the Adviser since 2002 and is also a Partner with Fountain Capital. Mr. Hamel joined Fountain Capital in 1997 and covered energy, chemicals and utilities. Prior to joining Fountain Capital, Mr. Hamel worked for the FDIC for eight years as a Bank Examiner and a Regional Capital Markets Specialist. Mr. Hamel graduated from Kansas State University with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. He attained a Master of Business Administration from the University of Kansas School of Business. He earned his CFA designation in 1998.
 
 
Kenneth P. Malvey, CFA, Managing Director
Mr. Malvey is a co-founder and has been a Managing Director of the Adviser since 2002 and is also a Partner with Fountain Capital. Prior to joining Fountain Capital in 2002, Mr. Malvey was one of three members of the Global Office of Investments for GE Capital’s Employers Reinsurance Corporation. Most recently, he was the Global Investment Risk Manager for a portfolio of approximately $24 billion of fixed-income, public equity and alternative investment assets. Before joining GE Capital in 1996, he was a Bank Examiner and Regional Capital Markets Specialist with the FDIC for nine years. Mr. Malvey graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from Winona State University, Winona, Minn. He earned his CFA designation in 1996.

Terry C. Matlack, CFA, Managing Director
Mr. Matlack is a co-founder and has been a Managing Director of the Adviser since 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Matlack was a full-time Managing Director at Kansas City Equity Partners (“KCEP”). Prior to joining KCEP, Mr. Matlack was President of GreenStreet Capital and its affiliates in the telecommunications service industry. Mr. Matlack served as the Executive Vice President and a board member of W.K. Communications, Inc., a cable television acquisition company, and Chief Operating Officer of W.K. Cellular, a cellular rural service area operator. Mr. Matlack graduated with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Kansas State University. He holds a Juris Doctorate and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Kansas. He earned his CFA designation in 1985.

David J. Schulte, CFA, CPA, Managing Director
Mr. Schulte is a co-founder and has been a Managing Director of the Adviser since 2002. Previously, Mr. Schulte was a full-time Managing Director at KCEP from 1993 to 2002, where he led private financing for two growth MLPs. Mr. Schulte served on the Board of Directors of Inergy, LP, a propane gas MLP, from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Schulte served as the observer to the Board of Directors of Markwest Energy Partners, a natural gas gathering and processing MLP from 2002 – 2004. Before joining KCEP, he spent five years as an investment banker at the predecessor of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. Mr. Schulte holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Drake University and a Juris Doctorate from the University of Iowa. He is a CPA and earned his CFA designation in 1992.

The SAI provides additional information about the investment committee members’ compensation, other accounts managed by the investment committee, and the investment committee members’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 
Shareholder Inform ation

 
The price of the Fund’s shares is its net asset value (“NAV”).  The Fund’s NAV is calculated by dividing the value of the Fund’s total assets, less its liabilities, by the number of its shares outstanding.  In calculating the NAV, portfolio securities are valued using current market values or official closing prices, if available.  The NAV is calculated at the close of regular trading of the NYSE, which is generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.  The NAV will not be calculated on days that the NYSE is closed for trading (even if there is sufficient trading in the Fund’s portfolio securities on such days to materially affect the Fund’s NAV).  The price at which a purchase or redemption is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price using valuations provided by independent pricing services. Debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost. When market quotations are not readily available, a security or other asset is valued at its fair value as determined under fair value pricing procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.  These fair value pricing procedures will also be used to price a security when corporate events, events in the securities market and/or world events cause the Adviser to believe that a security’s last sale price may not reflect its actual market value.  The intended effect of using fair value pricing procedures is to ensure that the Fund is accurately priced.  The Board of Trustees will regularly evaluate whether the Fund’s fair value pricing procedures continue to be appropriate in light of the specific circumstances of the Fund and the quality of prices obtained through the application of such procedures by the Trust’s valuation committee.

When fair value pricing is employed, the prices of securities used by the Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities.  Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the fair value determined for a particular security may be materially different (higher or lower) from the price of the security quoted or published by others or the value when trading resumes or realized upon its sale.  Therefore, if a shareholder purchases or redeems Fund shares when the Fund holds securities priced at a fair value, the number of shares purchased or redeemed may be higher or lower than it would be if the Fund was using market value pricing.

The securities of certain non-U.S. (foreign) securities may be valued at intraday market values in such foreign market. Additionally, in the case of non-U.S. securities, the occurrence of certain events after the close of foreign markets, but prior to the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated (such as a significant surge or decline in the U.S. or other markets) often will result in an adjustment to the trading prices of foreign securities when foreign markets open on the following business day.  If such events occur, the Fund will value foreign securities at fair value, taking into account such events, in calculating the NAV.  In such cases, use of fair valuation can reduce an investor’s ability to seek to profit by estimating the Fund’s NAV in advance of the time the NAV is calculated.  The Fund’s investments in smaller or medium capitalization companies and certain debt securities are more likely to require a fair value determination because they may be more thinly traded and less liquid than securities of larger companies.  The Adviser anticipates that the Fund’s portfolio holdings will be fair valued only if market quotations for those holdings are unavailable or considered unreliable.


 
Shares of the Fund are purchased at the next NAV per share calculated plus any applicable sales charge (or minus any applicable sales charge or redemption/exchange fee in the case of redemptions or exchanges)   after your purchase order is received in good order by the Fund, or by a financial intermediary authorized by the Fund to receive purchase and redemption orders on its behalf (each an “Authorized Intermediary”).  Authorized Intermediaries are authorized to designate other Authorized Intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Fund’s behalf.

Initial Investments
The minimum initial investment amount is $2,500 for the Investor Class Shares and $1,000,000 for the Institutional Class Shares.  The Fund reserves the right to waive the minimum initial investment at its discretion.  Shareholders will be given at least 30 days’ written notice of any increase in the minimum dollar amount of initial or subsequent investments.

Purchases through Financial Intermediaries
If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must follow the procedures established by your financial intermediary.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the Fund’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).  Your financial intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [toll free number], or follow the instructions listed in the following sub-sections titled “Purchase by Mail,” “Purchase by Wire” and “Purchase by Telephone.”  Your financial intermediary may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

If you place an order for the Fund’s shares through a financial institution that is not an Authorized Intermediary in accordance with such financial institution’s procedures, and such financial institution then transmits your order to the Transfer Agent in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions, your purchase will be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Transfer Agent receives your order except as provided below.  The financial institution must agree to send to the Transfer Agent immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s procedures.  If payment is not received within the time specified, the Transfer Agent may rescind the transaction and the financial institution will be held liable for any resulting fees or losses.

In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  Financial institutions, including Authorized Intermediaries, may set cut-off times for the receipt of orders that are earlier than the cut-off times established by the Fund.  For more information about your financial institution’s rules and procedures, and whether your financial institution is an Authorized Intermediary, you should contact your financial institution directly.

A service fee, currently [$25], as well as any loss sustained by the Fund, will be deducted from a shareholder’s account for any purchases that do not clear.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent will not be responsible for any losses, liability, cost or expense resulting from rejecting any purchase order.  Your order will not be accepted until a completed account application (each an “Account Application”) is received by the Fund or the Transfer Agent.
 
 
Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  The Fund generally does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States, even if they are United States citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses.

Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or an  Authorized Intermediary receives your purchase request in good order.  “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the class of shares to be purchased;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
your Account Application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund or a wire transfer received by the Fund.

Each Account Application to purchase Fund shares is subject to acceptance by the Fund and is not binding until so accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any Account Application or to reject any purchase order if, in its discretion, it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.  For example, a purchase order may be refused if it appears so large that it would disrupt the management of the Fund.  Purchases may also be rejected from persons believed to be “market-timers,” as described under “Short Term Trading Policy,” below.  The Fund also reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

All purchase requests received in good order before the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) will be processed on that same day.  Purchase requests received after the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) will be processed on the following business day and receive the next business day’s NAV per share.

Purchase by Mail.   To purchase Fund shares by mail, simply complete and sign the Account Application and mail it, along with a check made payable to the Fund:
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund  Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC  c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701                                                                                          615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701                                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202
                                                                                                                                                                                
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents.  Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.  All purchase checks must be in U.S. dollars drawn on a domestic financial institution.  The Fund will not accept payment in cash or money orders.  The Fund also does not accept cashier’s checks in amounts of less than $10,000.  To prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.  The Fund is unable to accept post-dated checks, post-dated on-line bill pay checks, or any conditional order or payment.
 
 
Purchase by Wire.   If you are making your first investment in the Fund, the Transfer Agent must have a completed Account Application, before you wire funds.  You can mail or use an overnight service to deliver your Account Application to the Transfer Agent at the above address.  Upon receipt of your completed Account Application, the Transfer Agent will establish an account for you.  Once your account has been established, you may instruct your bank to send the wire.  Prior to sending the wire, please call the Transfer Agent at [toll free number] to advise them of the wire and to ensure proper credit upon receipt.  Your bank must include the name of the Fund, the class of shares, your name and your account number so that your wire can be correctly applied.  Your bank should transmit immediately available funds by wire to:
 
 
 Wire to:   U.S. Bank, N.A.
 ABA Number:  075000022
 Credit:  U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
 Account:   [112-952-137]
 Further Credit: Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
  (Shareholder Name/Account Registration)
  (Shareholder Account Number)
  (Class of shares to be purchased)
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Wired funds must be received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) to be eligible for same day pricing.  The Fund and U.S. Bank, N.A., the Fund’s custodian, are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.

Investing by Telephone.   You may not make initial purchases of Fund shares by telephone.   If you have completed the “Telephone Options - Purchase Authorization” section of the Account Application, you may purchase additional shares by telephoning the Fund toll free at [toll free number].  This option allows investors to move money from their bank account to their Fund account upon request.  Only bank accounts held at domestic financial institutions that are Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) members may be used for telephone transactions.  The minimum telephone purchase amount is [$100].  If your order is received prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time), shares will be purchased in your account at the NAV determined on the day your order is placed.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communications or transmission outages or failure.

Subsequent Investments.   Subject to any minimum investment amounts described above, you may add to your account at any time by purchasing shares by mail, by telephone or by wire.  You must call to notify the Fund at [toll free number] before wiring.  An investment stub, which is attached to your individual account statement, should accompany any investments made through the mail.  All subsequent purchase requests must include your shareholder account number.

Automatic Investment Plan.   For your convenience, the Fund offers an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”).  Under the AIP, after your initial investment, you may authorize the Fund to withdraw automatically from your personal checking or savings account an amount that you wish to invest, which must be at least [$100] on a monthly or quarterly basis.  In order to participate in the AIP, your bank must be a member of the ACH network.  If you wish to enroll in the AIP, the appropriate section in the Account Application must be completed.  The Fund may terminate or modify this privilege at any time.  You may terminate your participation in the AIP at any time by notifying the Transfer Agent five days prior to the effective date.  A fee will be charged if your bank does not honor the AIP draft for any reason.
 
 
Anti-Money Laundering Program.   The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related anti-money laundering laws and regulations.  To ensure compliance with these laws, the Account Application asks for, among other things, the following information for all “customers” seeking to open an “account” (as those terms are defined in rules adopted pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act):

·  
full name;
·  
date of birth (individuals only);
·  
Social Security or taxpayer identification number; and
·  
permanent street address (a P.O. Box number alone is not acceptable).

Accounts opened by entities, such as corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts, will require additional documentation.  Please note that if any information listed above is missing, your Account Application will be returned and your account will not be opened.  In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the Transfer Agent will verify the information on your application as part of the Program.  The Fund reserves the right to request additional clarifying information and may close your account if such clarifying information is not received by the Fund within a reasonable time of the request or if the Fund cannot form a reasonable belief as to the true identity of a customer.  If you require additional assistance when completing your application, please contact the Transfer Agent at [toll free number].

Cancellations .  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.

In general, orders to sell or “redeem” shares may be placed directly with the Fund or through an Authorized Intermediary.   You may redeem all or part of your investment in the Fund’s shares on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.

However, if you originally purchased your shares through a broker-dealer or financial institution, your redemption order must be placed with the same institution in accordance with the procedures established by that institution.  Your financial institution is responsible for sending your order to the Transfer Agent and for crediting your account with the proceeds.  Your financial institution may charge for the services that they provide to you in connection with processing your transaction order or maintaining an account with them.

Shareholders who have an IRA or other retirement plan must indicate on their redemption request whether to withhold federal income tax.  Redemption requests failing to indicate an election not to have tax withheld will generally be subject to 10% withholding.
 
 
Payment of Redemption Proceeds.   You may redeem your Fund shares at a price equal to the NAV per share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your redemption request in good order.  Your redemption request cannot be processed on days the NYSE is closed.  All requests received by the Fund in good order after the close of the regular trading session of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) will usually be processed on the next business day.

A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund;
·  
the class of shares to be redeemed;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account and signature guarantee(s), if applicable.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” at any time without notice.

While redemption proceeds may be paid by check sent to the address of record, the Fund is not responsible for interest lost on such amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your pre-established bank account or proceeds may be sent via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network using the bank instructions previously established for your account.  Redemption proceeds will typically be sent on the business day following your redemption.  Wires are subject to a [$15] fee.  There is no charge to have proceeds sent via ACH; however, funds are typically credited to your bank within two to three days after redemption.  Redemption proceeds normally will be processed within seven calendar days after the Fund receives your redemption request.  The Fund reserves the right to suspend or postpone redemptions as permitted pursuant to Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act and as described below.
 
Before selling recently purchased shares, please note that if the Transfer Agent has not yet collected payment for the shares you are selling, it may delay sending the proceeds until the payment is collected, which may take up to 12 calendar days from the purchase date.  Furthermore, there are certain times when you may be unable to sell Fund shares or receive proceeds.  Specifically, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days: (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted; (2) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of securities owned by the Fund is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to fairly determine the value of its net assets; or (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of shareholders.  Your ability to redeem shares by telephone may be delayed or restricted after you change your address by telephone.  You may change your address at any time by a written request, addressed to the Transfer Agent.  Confirmations of an address changes will be sent to both your old and new address.

Redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record.  The Transfer Agent may require a signature guarantee for certain redemption requests.  A signature guarantee assures that your signature is genuine and protects you from unauthorized account redemptions.  Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public .  A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:
 
 
·  
if ownership is being changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
if a change of address request has been received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days; and
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account.

Non-financial transactions, including establishing or modifying certain services on an account, may require a signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source.

In addition to the situations described above, the Fund and/or the Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee or other acceptable signature verification in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Redemption by Mail .  You can execute most redemptions by furnishing an unconditional written request to the Fund to redeem your shares at the next calculated NAV per share upon receipt by the Fund of such request.  Redemption requests in writing should be sent to the Transfer Agent at:
 
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund  Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC  c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701                                                                                          615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701                                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202
                         
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.

Wire Redemption.   Redemption proceeds may be sent via wire transfer.  However, the Transfer Agent charges a fee, currently [$15], per wire redemption against your account on dollar specific trades, and from proceeds on complete redemptions and share-specific trades.

Telephone Redemption.   If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may redeem shares, in amounts of [$100,000 or less], by instructing the Fund by telephone at [toll free number].  A signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member or other acceptable form of authentication from a financial institution source may be required of all shareholders in order to qualify for or to change telephone redemption privileges on an existing account.  Telephone redemptions will not be made if you have notified the Transfer Agent of a change of address within 15 days before the redemption request.  If you have a retirement account, you may not redeem shares by telephone.  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.
 
 
Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:

·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

Systematic Withdrawal Program.   The Fund offers a systematic withdrawal plan (the “SWP”) whereby shareholders or their representatives may request a redemption in a specific dollar amount be sent to them each month, calendar quarter or annually.  Investors may choose to have a check sent to the address of record, or proceeds may be sent to a pre-designated bank account via the ACH network.  To start this program, your account must have Fund shares with a value of at least [$10,000], and the minimum payment amount is [$100].  This program may be terminated or modified by the Fund at any time.  Any request to change or terminate your SWP should be communicated in writing or by telephone to the Transfer Agent no later than five days before the next scheduled withdrawal.  A withdrawal under the SWP involves redemption of Fund shares, and may result in a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.  In addition, if the amount withdrawn exceeds the amounts credited to your account, the account ultimately may be depleted.  To establish the SWP, shareholders must complete the SWP section of the Account Application.  Please call [toll free number] for additional information regarding the SWP.

The Fund’s Right to Redeem an Account.   The Fund reserves the right to redeem the shares of any shareholder whose account balance is less than [$2,500], other than as a result of a decline in the NAV of the Fund or for market reasons.  The Fund will provide a shareholder with written notice 30 days prior to redeeming the shareholder’s account.

Redemption-in-Kind.   The Fund generally pays redemption proceeds in cash.  However, under unusual conditions that make the payment of cash unwise (and for the protection of the Fund’s remaining shareholders), the Fund may pay all or part of a shareholder’s redemption proceeds in portfolio securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption-in-kind).

Specifically, if the amount you are redeeming from the Fund during any 90-day period is in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period, the Fund has the right to redeem your shares by giving you the amount that exceeds $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund being redeemed in securities instead of cash.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash. The Fund potentially could distribute MLP interests. The tax reporting of MLP investments may be more complicated than the income tax reporting for stock and debt investments in that you would receive a K-1, the income or loss would be subject to the passive activity loss limitation provisions in the case of an individual or other non-corporate owners, and you may be subject to state income tax filings.

Cancellation s.  The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.  Please exercise care when placing a transaction request.
 
 
You may exchange your Fund shares for shares of the same class of other Trust series managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Be sure to confirm with the Transfer Agent that the fund into which you exchange is available for sale in your state.  Not all funds available for exchange may be available for purchase in your state.  Because exchanges are a sale and purchase of shares, they may have tax consequences.

You may make exchanges only between identically registered accounts (name(s), address, and taxpayer ID number).  There is currently no limit on exchanges, but each Fund reserves the right to limit exchanges (See “Short Term Trading Policy”).  You may exchange your shares by mail or telephone, unless you declined telephone exchange privileges on your account application. You may be responsible for any unauthorized telephone order as long as the Transfer Agent takes reasonable measures to verify that the order is genuine.  You may also make exchanges through an Authorized Intermediary.

Exchanges By Mail
To exchange Fund shares by mail, simply complete a written request and mail it to the Fund:
 
Regular Mail Overnight or Express Mail
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund  Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC  c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701                                                                                          615 East Michigan Street, 3rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701                                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202
                         
The written request must contain the following information:
·  
Your account number
·  
The names of each Trust series (and class) you are exchanging and
·  
The dollar amount or number of shares you want to sell (and exchange)
·  
A completed account application for the Trust series into which you want to exchange if you desire different account privileges than those currently associated with your account in the Fund.

The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC post office box, of purchase applications or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Fund.

Exchanges by Telephone
If you have been authorized to perform telephone transactions (either by completing the required portion of your Account Application or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may exchange your Fund shares for shares of another Trust series managed by the Adviser or an affiliate, by instructing the Fund by telephone at [toll free number].  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to place your telephone transaction.  The Fund is not responsible for delays due to communication or transmission outages or failures.

Note :  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the Fund will use reasonable procedures, such as requesting that you correctly state:
 
 
·  
your Fund account number;
·  
the name in which your account is registered; or
·  
the Social Security or taxpayer identification number under which the account is registered.

The following table lists the key features of the Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares.

 
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
Availability
Investor Class shares are designed for retail investors investing through:
·   individual accounts,
·   traditional and Roth IRA accounts, and
·   certain accounts maintained through financial intermediaries.
 
This Class is generally available through selected securities dealers and other financial intermediaries or directly from the Fund.
 
 
Institutional Class shares are available for purchase by the following:
·   Generally available to investors making a minimum investment of $1,000,000;
·   Certain retirement accounts;
·   Certain programs sponsored by financial intermediaries;
·   Investors making purchases through financial intermediaries that aggregate customer accounts to accumulate the requisite $1,000,000 initial investment minimum;
·   Trustees and Officers of the Trust;
·   Certain employees and affiliates of the Adviser, or its affiliates;
·   Financial institutions;
·   High net worth individuals using a trust or custodial platform
·   Qualified plans;
·   Corporations, trusts, endowments, estates, religious and charitable organizations;
·   Financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customers’ investments in the Fund;
·   Investors participating in a wrap fee or asset allocation program; and
·   Pension plans.
Minimum Initial Investment
$2,500
$1,000,000
Subsequent Minimum Investment
$100
$100
Waiver/Reduction of Investment
Minimums
None
·   Although not limited to the list below, the Adviser may waive or reduce the initial or subsequent minimum investment amounts in any of following circumstances:
·   [Retirement, defined benefit and pension plans with plan assets of at least $25 million;]
·   [Bank or trust companies investing for their own accounts or acting in a fiduciary or similar capacity;]
·   [Institutional clients of the Adviser;]
·   Trustees and Officers of the Trust; and
·   Employees of the Adviser and its affiliates and their immediate families
 
 
 
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
Initial Sales Charge
5.75% or less, with lower sales charges available for larger investments. Additionally, Investor Class shares may be purchased at NAV by certain investors. See “—Elimination of Initial Sales Charges — Investor Class Shares” below for additional information.
None
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
None
None
Ongoing Distribution/Shareholder Service Fees
12b-1 fee of 0.25%
Shareholder servicing fee of [X.XX]%
Shareholder servicing fee of [X.XX]%
Annual Expenses
Higher expense ratio than Institutional Class because distribution/shareholder of Investor Class is higher than that of Institutional Class.
Lower expense ratio than Investor Class because distribution/shareholder servicing fees of Investor Class are higher than that of Institutional Class.
Conversion Feature
Subject to the Adviser’s approval, if investors currently holding Investor Class shares meet the criteria for eligible investors and would like to convert to Institutional Class shares, investors are not subject to the exchange fees.  To inquire about converting your Investor Class shares to Institutional Class shares, please call [toll free number].
None

Sales Charges
Sales charges and fees vary considerably between the Fund’s classes. You should carefully consider the differences in the fee and sales charge structures as well as the length of time you wish to invest in the Fund before choosing which class to purchase.  Please review the Shareholder Fees Table and Sales Charge Schedules of the Fund before investing.  You may also want to consult with a financial adviser to help you determine which class is most appropriate for you.

The following sub-sections summarize information you should know regarding sales charges applicable to purchases of Investor Class Shares of the Fund.  Sales charge information is not separately posted on the Adviser’s website located at www.tortoiseadvisors.com because a copy of this Prospectus containing such information is already available for review, free of charge, on the Adviser’s website.

A front-end sales charge (load) will be applied to purchases of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares.  The term “offering price” includes the front-end sales load.  The front-end sales load will be paid directly from the shareholder’s investment and will vary based on the amount of the investment.  An initial sales charge is assessed on purchases of Investor Class Shares as follows:

 
Sales Charge (Load) as % of:
Amount of Purchase
Public
Offering Price
Net Asset
Value (1)
Reallowance %
$0 but less than $25,000
5.75%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$25,000 but less than $50,000
5.00%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$50,000 but less than $100,000
4.50%
X.XX%
X.XX%
 
 
 
 
Sales Charge (Load) as % of:
Amount of Purchase
Public
Offering Price
Net Asset
Value (1)
Reallowance %
$100,000 but less than $250,000
3.50%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$250,000 but less than $500,000
2.50%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$500,000 but less than $750,000
2.00%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$750,000 bet less than $1 million
1.50%
X.XX%
X.XX%
$1million (2)
0.00%
X.XX%
X.XX%
Direct, No Transaction Fee platforms, certain retirement plans
 
0.00%
 
X.XX%
 
X.XX%
 
(1)
Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent. Because of rounding of the calculation in determining sales charges, the charges may be more or less than those shown in the table.
(2)
No sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, although for such investments the Fund will impose a CDSC of 1.00% on certain redemptions made within 12 months of the purchase. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. Accordingly, no sales charge is imposed on increases in NAV above the initial purchase price.

The Distributor may pay broker-dealers up to 1.00% on investments made in the Investor Class shares with no initial sales charge.
 
The offering price for Investor Class Shares includes the relevant sales charge.  The commission paid to the distributor is the sales charge less the reallowance paid to certain financial institutions purchasing shares.  Normally, reallowances are paid as indicated in the above table.

Reduced Sales Charges — Investor Class Shares
You may qualify for a reduced initial sales charge on purchases of Investor Class Shares under rights of accumulation (“ROA”) or a letter of intent (“LOI”).  The transaction processing procedures maintained by certain financial institutions through which you can purchase Fund shares may restrict the universe of accounts considered for purposes of calculating a reduced sales charge under ROA or LOI.  For example, the processing procedures of a financial institution may limit accounts to those that share the same tax identification number or mailing address and that are maintained only with that financial institution.  The Fund permits financial institutions to calculate ROA and LOI based on the financial institution’s transaction processing procedures.  Please contact your financial institution before investing to determine the process used to identify accounts for ROA and LOI purposes.

ROA.   To determine the applicable reduced sales charge under ROA, the Fund or its agent will combine the value of your current purchase with the collective value of shares of the Fund or any of the Investor Class Shares offered in this Prospectus (as of the Fund’s current day public offering price) that were purchased previously for accounts (1) in your name, (2) in the name of your spouse, (3) in the name of you and your spouse, (4) in the name of your minor child under the age of 21, and (5) sharing the same mailing address (“Accounts”).

To be entitled to a reduced sales charge based on shares already owned, you must ask for the reduction at the time of purchase.  You must also provide the Fund with your account number(s) and, if applicable, the account numbers for your spouse, children (provide the children’s ages), or other household members and, if requested by your financial institution, the following additional information regarding these Accounts:

·  
Information or records regarding Fund shares held in all accounts in your name at the Fund’s Transfer Agent;
 
 
·  
Information or records regarding Fund shares held in all accounts in your name at a financial intermediary; and

·  
Information or records regarding Fund shares for Accounts at the Transfer Agent or another financial intermediary.

The Fund may amend or terminate this right of accumulation at any time.

LOI.   You may also enter into an LOI, which expresses your intent to invest $100,000 or more in the Fund’s Investor Class Shares in Accounts within a future period of thirteen months.  Your individual purchases will be made at the applicable sales charge based on the amount you intend to invest over a thirteen-month period.  Any shares purchased within 90 days of the date you sign the letter of intent may be used as credit toward completion, but the reduced sales charge will only apply to new purchases made on or after that date.  Purchases resulting from the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains do not apply toward fulfillment of the LOI.  Shares equal to 5% of the amount of the LOI will be held in escrow during the thirteen-month period.  If, at the end of that time the total amount of purchases made is less than the amount intended, you will be required to pay the difference between the reduced sales charge and the sales charge applicable to the individual purchases had the LOI not been in effect.  This amount will be obtained from redemption of the escrow shares.  Any remaining escrow shares will be released to you.

If you establish an LOI, you can aggregate your accounts as well as the accounts of your immediate family members.  You will need to provide written instruction with respect to the other accounts whose purchases should be considered in fulfillment of the LOI.
 
Elimination of Initial Sales Charges — Investor Class Shares
Certain persons may also be eligible to purchase or redeem Investor Class Shares without a sales charge.  No sales charge is assessed on the reinvestment of Investor Class Shares’ distributions.  No sales charge is assessed on purchases made for investment purposes by:
 
·
A qualified retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or a plan operating consistent with Section 403(b) of the Code,

·  
Any bank, trust company, savings institution, registered investment adviser, financial planner or securities dealer on behalf of an account for which it provides advisory or fiduciary services pursuant to an account management fee,

·  
Trustees and officers of the Trust; directors, officers and full-time employees of the Adviser, the distributor, any of their affiliates or any organization with which the distributor has entered into a dealer agreement; the spouse, life partner, or minor children under 21 of any such person; any trust or individual retirement account or self-employed retirement plan for the benefit of any such person; or the estate of any such person,

·  
Any person who is reinvesting dividends or distributions,
 
·  
Reinvestment once each calendar year of all or part of the proceeds of redemption of your Investor Class Shares into the same Fund and account from which it had been redeemed, if the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the Fund’s receipt of your redemption request,
 
 
·  
Any person who has, within the preceding 90 days, redeemed Fund shares through a financial institution and completes a reinstatement form upon investment with that financial institution (but only on purchases in amounts not exceeding the redeemed amounts),
 
Any person who exchanges into a fund from another Trust series or other mutual fund that participates in the Trust’s exchange program established for that fund, provided (i) a sales charge was previously paid on those shares, (ii) the shares were received in exchange for shares on which a sales charge was paid or (iii) the shares were acquired from reinvestment of dividends and other distributions paid on such shares,

·  
Payments of Principal and Interest on Loans made pursuant to a 401(a) plan (for Investor Class Shares only), (i) if such loans are permitted by the plan and the plan invests in shares of the same Fund and (ii) a sales charge was previously paid on those shares.

The Fund requires appropriate documentation of an investor’s eligibility to purchase or redeem Investor Class Shares without a sales charge. Fund shares so purchased may not be resold except to the Fund.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge – Investor Class Shares
No front-end sales charge is payable at the time of purchase on investments of $1 million or more, although the Distributor may pay broker-dealers up to 1.00% on investments with no initial sales charge. Accordingly, the Fund will impose a CDSC of 1.00% on certain redemptions made within 12 months of the purchase. The CDSC is assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the then current market value or the cost of the shares being redeemed. No sales charge is imposed on increases in NAV above the initial purchase price.
 
Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees and Shareholder Service Plan Fees
The Trust has adopted a Rule 12b-1 plan under which the Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor or such other entities as approved by the Board of Trustees, as compensation for the distribution-related and/or shareholder services provided by such entities, an aggregate fee of up to [X.XX]% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class Shares. The Distributor may pay any or all amounts received under the Rule 12b-1 Plan to other persons, including the Adviser or its affiliates, for any distribution service or activity designed to retain Fund shareholders.
 
The Trust has also adopted a Shareholder Service Plan under which the Funds may pay a fee of up to [X.XX]% of the average daily net assets of each of the Institutional Class Shares and the Investor Class Shares for shareholder services provided to the Funds by financial institutions, including the Adviser or its affiliates.

Because the distribution and shareholder service fees are paid on an ongoing basis, your investment cost over time may be higher than paying other types of sales charges

Special Instructions for Institutional Class Shares
Institutional Class Shares may also be offered through financial intermediaries that charge their customers transaction or other distribution or service fees with respect to their customers’ investments in the Fund.  If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must follow the procedures established by your financial intermediary.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for sending your purchase order and wiring payment to the Transfer Agent.  Your financial intermediary holds the shares in your name and receives all confirmations of purchases and sales.  Financial intermediaries placing orders for themselves or on behalf of their customers should call the Fund toll free at [toll free number], or follow the instructions under “Purchase By Mail,” “Purchase By Wire” and “Purchase By Telephone.”
 
 
As indicated in the table above, the minimum initial investment for Institutional Class shares may be waived or reduced by the Fund at any time.  In addition to the circumstances listed in the table, the Fund may permit certain Financial Intermediaries to aggregate customer accounts to accumulate the requisite $1,000,000 initial investment minimum.

Distrib utions
The Fund will make distributions of investment income and net capital gains, if any, at least annually.  The Fund may make additional distributions if deemed to be desirable at another time during the year.

All distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you choose to receive distributions in cash. If you wish to change your distribution option, write to the Transfer Agent in advance of the payment date of the distribution.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

If you elect to receive distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service is unable to deliver your check, or if a check remains un-cashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV per share and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.

Short Term Trading Policy
The Fund is intended for long-term investors and is not designed for investors who are seeking short-term gains.  Short-term “market-timers” who engage in frequent purchases and redemptions may disrupt the Fund’s investment program and create additional transaction costs that are borne by all of the Fund’s shareholders.  The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to discourage excessive, short-term trading and other abusive trading practices that may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm performance.  The Fund takes steps to reduce the frequency and effect of these activities in the Fund.  These steps include, among other things, monitoring trading activity and using fair value pricing.  Although these efforts are designed to discourage abusive trading practices, these tools cannot eliminate the possibility that such activity will occur.  The Fund seeks to exercise its judgment in implementing these tools to the best of its abilities in a manner that it believes is consistent with shareholder interests.  Except as noted herein, the Fund applies all restrictions uniformly in all applicable cases.

Monitoring Trading Practices .  The Fund monitors selected trades in an effort to detect excessive short-term trading activities.  If, as a result of this monitoring, the Fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, it may, in its discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases in the shareholder’s accounts.  In making such judgments, the Fund seeks to act in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of its shareholders.  The Fund uses a variety of techniques to monitor for and detect abusive trading practices.  These techniques may change from time to time as determined by the Fund in its sole discretion.  To minimize harm to the Fund and its shareholders, the Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order (but not a redemption request), in whole or in part, for any reason and without prior notice.  The Fund may decide to restrict purchase and sale activity in its shares based on various factors, including whether frequent purchase and sale activity will disrupt portfolio management strategies and adversely affect Fund performance.
 
 
Fair Value Pricing .  The Fund employs fair value pricing selectively to ensure greater accuracy in its daily NAVs and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to take advantage of temporary market anomalies.  The Board of Trustees has developed procedures which utilize fair value pricing when reliable market quotations are not readily available or the Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Adviser, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Adviser, events have rendered the market value unreliable.  Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on judgment.  Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its NAV per share.  More detailed information regarding fair value pricing can be found in this Prospectus under the heading entitled “Shareholder Information – Pricing of Shares.”

Due to the complexity and subjectivity involved in identifying abusive trading activity and the volume of shareholder transactions the Fund handles, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s efforts will identify all trades or trading practices that may be considered abusive.  In particular, since the Fund receives purchase and sale orders through Authorized Intermediaries that use group or omnibus accounts, the Fund cannot always detect frequent trading.  However, the Fund will work with Authorized Intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades.  In this regard, the Fund may enter into information sharing agreements with Authorized Intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the Fund, at the Fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the Fund through non-disclosed or omnibus accounts.  The Fund will use this information to attempt to identify abusive trading practices.  Authorized Intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in abusive trading in violation of the Fund’s policies.  However, the Fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from Authorized Intermediaries and cannot ensure that they will always be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through non-disclosed and omnibus accounts.  As a result, the Fund’s ability to monitor and discourage abusive trading practices in non-disclosed and omnibus accounts may be limited.

Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, but is not limited to, interest, dividends, operational income from investments in MLP companies, and net short-term capital gains), if any, are generally taxable to the Fund’s shareholders as ordinary income.  To the extent that the Fund’s distributions of net investment company taxable income are designated as attributable to “qualified dividend” income, such income may be subject to tax at the reduced rate of federal income tax applicable to non-corporate shareholders for net long-term capital gains, if certain holding period requirements have been satisfied by the shareholder.  The current federal tax provisions applicable to “qualified dividends” are scheduled to expire for tax years beginning after December 31, 2012.  To the extent the Fund’s distributions of investment company taxable income are attributable to net short-term capital gains or operational income from investments in MLP companies, such distributions will be treated as ordinary dividend income for the purposes of income tax reporting and will not be available to offset a shareholder’s capital losses from other investments.
 
 
Distributions of net capital gains (net long-term capital gains less net short-term capital losses) are generally taxable as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%, but scheduled to increase in 2013) regardless of the length of time that a shareholder has owned Fund shares. Any distributions to you in excess of the Fund’s investment company taxable income and net capital gains will be treated by you, first, as a tax-deferred return of capital, which is applied against and will reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains.
 
The Fund’s distributions, whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund, may be subject to federal income tax.  You will be taxed in the same manner whether you receive your distributions (whether of net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in cash or reinvest them in additional Fund shares.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.

Shareholders who sell, or redeem, shares generally will have a capital gain or loss from the sale or redemption.  An exchange of the Fund’s shares for shares of another fund will be treated as a sale of the Fund’s shares and any gain on the transaction may be subject to federal income tax.  The amount of the gain or loss and the applicable rate of federal income tax will depend generally upon the amount paid for the shares, the amount received from the sale or redemption and how long the shares were held by a shareholder.  Any loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less, however, is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of net capital gain received on such shares.  In determining the holding period of such shares for this purpose, any period during which your risk of loss is offset by means of options, short sales or similar transactions is not counted.  If you purchase Fund shares within 30 days before or after redeeming other Fund shares at a loss, all or part of that loss will not be deductible and will instead increase the basis of the newly purchased shares.

Shareholders will be advised annually as to the federal tax status of all distributions made by the Fund for the preceding year.  Distributions by the Fund may also be subject to state and local taxes.  Additional tax information may be found in the SAI.

This section assumes you are a U.S. shareholder and is also not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax adviser.

Telephone Transactions.   If you elect telephone privileges on the account application or in a letter to the Fund, you may be responsible for any fraudulent telephone orders as long as the Fund has taken reasonable precautions to verify your identity.  In addition, once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or modified.
 
 
During periods of significant economic or market change, telephone transactions may be difficult to complete.  If you are unable to contact the Fund by telephone, you may also mail the requests to the Fund at the address listed previously in the “Shareholder Information – Buying Shares” section.

Telephone trades must be received by or prior to the close of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time).  During periods of high market activity, shareholders may encounter higher than usual call waiting times.  Please allow sufficient time to ensure that you will be able to complete your telephone transaction prior to the close of the NYSE.

Policies of Other Financial Intermediaries.   An Authorized Intermediary may establish policies that differ from those of the Fund.  For example, the institution may charge transaction fees, set higher minimum investments or impose certain limitations on buying or selling shares in addition to those identified in this Prospectus.  Please contact your Authorized Intermediary for details.

Closing the Fund .  The Board of Trustees retains the right to close the Fund (or partially close the Fund) to new purchases if it is determined to be in the best interest of shareholders.  Based on market and Fund conditions, and in consultation with the Adviser, the Board of Trustees may decide to close the Fund to new investors, all investors or certain classes of investors (such as fund supermarkets) at any time.  If the Fund is closed to new purchases it will continue to honor redemption requests, unless the right to redeem shares has been temporarily suspended as permitted by federal law.

Householding.   In an effort to decrease costs, the Fund intends to reduce the number of duplicate prospectuses and annual and semi-annual reports you receive by sending only one copy of each to those addresses shared by two or more accounts and to shareholders the Fund reasonably believes are from the same family or household.  If you would like to discontinue householding for your accounts, please call toll-free at [toll free number] to request individual copies of these documents.  Once the Fund receives notice to stop householding, the Fund will begin sending individual copies 30 days after receiving your request.  This policy does not apply to account statements.

Inactive Accounts.   Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your State’s abandoned property laws.
 
Distribution of Fund S hares

 
The Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, and serves as distributor and principal underwriter to the Fund.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).  Shares of the Fund are offered on a continuous basis.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries
The Fund may pay service fees to intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisers or other financial institutions, including affiliates of the Adviser, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts, other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.
 
 
The Adviser, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash payments to intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund.  These payments and compensation are in addition to service fees paid by the Fund, if any.  Payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing support or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary.  Payments may also be paid to intermediaries for inclusion of the Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list or in other sales programs.  Compensation may be paid as an expense reimbursement in cases in which the intermediary provides shareholder services to the Fund.  The Adviser may also pay cash compensation in the form of finder’s fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of the shares sold.
 
Financial H ighlight s


Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial highlights available at this time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Investment Adviser
Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.
 11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, Kansas 66211  


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[_____________]
 

 
Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A.
100 Middle Street
PO Box 9729
Portland, ME 04104


Custodian
U.S. Bank N.A.
Custody Operations
1555 North River Center Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212


Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant and Fund Administrator
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


 
PRIVACY NOTI CE

 
The Fund collects non-public personal information about you from the following sources:

·  
information the Fund receives about you on applications or other forms;
·  
information you give the Fund orally; and/or
·  
information about your transactions with the Fund or others.

The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders without the shareholder’s authorization, except as permitted by law or in response to inquiries from governmental authorities.  The Fund may share information with affiliated parties and unaffiliated third parties with whom it has contracts for servicing the Fund.  The Fund will provide unaffiliated third parties with only the information necessary to carry out their assigned responsibility.  All shareholder records will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.  The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your non-public personal information and requires third parties to treat your non-public personal information with the same high degree of confidentiality.

In the event that you hold shares of the Fund through a financial intermediary, including, but not limited to, a broker-dealer, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary governs how your non-public personal information is shared with unaffiliated third parties.










 
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series


FOR MORE INFORMATION

You can find more information about the Fund in the following documents:

Statement of Additional Information
Please refer to the SAI for additional information on the Fund. The SAI provides additional details about the investments and techniques of the Fund and certain other additional information.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  This means that the SAI is legally considered a part of this Prospectus even though it is not physically within this Prospectus.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports
The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports will provide additional information about the Fund’s investments.  The annual reports will contain a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that affected the Fund’s performance during the Fund’s prior fiscal period.

You can obtain a free copy of these documents (when they become available) and the SAI, request other information, or make general inquiries about the Fund by calling the Fund (toll-free) at [toll free number], by visiting the Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com or by writing to:

Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, WI 53201-0701

You can review and copy information, including the Fund’s reports and SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling (202) 551-8090.  Reports and other information about the Fund are also available:

·  
free of charge from the SEC’s EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov;
·  
for a fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520; or
·  
for a fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.


(The Fund’s SEC Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-…..)

 
 
 

 
 
Subject to Completion, February 4 , 2011
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 




Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund

Investor Class Shares - […]

Institutional Class Shares - […]


Statement of Additional Information
 


[…], 2011


This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides general information about the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund (the “Fund”), a series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”).  This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s current prospectus for Institutional Class Shares and Investor Class Shares, dated […], 2011 (the “Prospectus”), as supplemented and amended from time to time, which is incorporated herein by reference.  To obtain a copy of the Prospectus, free of charge, please write or call the Fund at the address or toll-free telephone number below, or visit the Adviser’s website at www.tortoiseadvisors.com.

Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
P.O. Box 701
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701
[toll free number]
 
 
 
 
Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund
A series of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 

Fund History 
1
Investment Objective, Policies, Strategies and Associated Risks 
2
Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations  26
Management of the Fund  28
    Board of Trustees   28
    The Role of the Board of Trustees   28
    Board Leadership Structure
29
    Board Oversight of Risk Management   30
    Trustees and Officers   30
    Trustee Qualifications   31
    Trustee and Management Ownership of Funds Shares   32
     Board Committees   32
    Trustee Compensation  33
    Control Persons and Principal Shareholders 
33
    Investment Adviser 
33
    Investment Committee 
35
Service Providers  38
    Legal Counsel    38
    Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  38
Distribution of Fund Shares    38
Shareholder Servicing Plan    40
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage   41
Portfolio Turnover    42
Code of Ethics    42
Proxy Voting Procedures    42
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program    43
Portfolio Holdings Information   44
Determination of Net Asset Value   45
Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares   46
Exchange Privileges   48
Tax Matters   49
Distributions   53
Financial Statements   54
Appendix “A” Description of Bond Ratings  A-1
 

 
 

 
 
Fund History
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on January […], 2011, and is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company.  The Fund is one series, or mutual fund, of the Trust.  The Fund has two classes of shares: Institutional Class Shares and Investor Class Shares.  The Fund is a diversified series and has its own investment objective and investment policies.  Shares of other series of the Trust are offered in separate prospectuses and SAIs.  The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI are a part of the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  Copies of the Trust’s complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee or may be accessed free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  The Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees”) may create additional classes of the Fund and may create additional series (and classes thereof) and offer shares of these series and classes under the Trust at any time.

Each series (and classes thereof) of the Trust has equal voting rights and liquidation rights, and are voted in the aggregate and not by the series or class, except in matters where a separate vote is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or when the matters affect only the interest of a particular series or class.  When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned.

The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders.  The Board of Trustees shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon removal of any trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

Interests in the Fund are represented by shares of beneficial interest each with no par value per share.  Each share of the Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to the Fund and is entitled to such distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund, as may be declared by the Board of Trustees.

The Board of Trustees has the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares of that series so long as the [proportionate beneficial interests in the assets belonging to that series and the rights of shares of any other series are in no way affected.]  In case of the liquidation of a series, the holders of shares of the series being liquidated are entitled to receive a distribution out of the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to that series.  Expenses attributable to any series (or class thereof) are borne by that series (or class).  Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular series are allocated by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees to all applicable series (and classes thereof) on the basis of relative net assets, [number of shareholders or other equitable method.]  No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his or her express consent, except for shareholder fees and charges described in the Prospectus.

The assets of the Fund received for the issue or sale of its shares, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, shall constitute the underlying assets of the Fund.
 
 
Investment Objective, Policies, Strategies and Associated Risks
The following discussion supplements the description of the Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies set forth in the Prospectus.  Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed below (see “Fundamental Investment Limitations”), the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and policies are not fundamental and may be changed by sole action of the Board of Trustees, without shareholder approval.  While the Fund is permitted to hold securities and engage in various strategies as described hereafter, it is not obligated to do so.

Investment Objective
The investment objective of the Fund is total return.  In pursuing total return, the Fund seeks both capital appreciation and current income.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.  The investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the shareholders.

Diversification
The Fund is diversified.  A diversified fund is a fund that satisfies the definition of a “diversified company” set forth in the 1940 Act.  A “diversified company” means that as to 75% of the Fund’s total assets (1) no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer, and (2) the Fund may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.

Since the Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company”(“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), the Fund’s investments will be limited so that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of such calculation, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of  its total assets are invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs), the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (which includes MLPs). These tax-related limitations may be changed by the Board of Trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

Percentage Limitations
The Fund’s compliance with its investment policies and limitations on certain investment percentages will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, except with respect to [borrowing for leverage] or investing in illiquid securities, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether an investment complies with the Fund’s investment policies and limitations on certain investment percentages.  In addition, if a bankruptcy or other extraordinary event occurs concerning a particular investment by the Fund, the Fund may receive stock, real estate or other investments that the Fund would not, or could not, buy.  If this happens, the Fund will sell such investments as soon as practicable while trying to maximize the return to its shareholders.
 
 
Equity Securities
An equity security represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company.  Its value is based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets and general market conditions.  The value of equity securities will be affected by changes in the stock markets, which may be the result of domestic or international political or economic news, changes in interest rates or changing investor sentiment. At times, stock markets can be volatile and stock prices can change substantially. Equity securities risk will affect our net asset value per share, which will fluctuate as the value of the securities held by us change. Not all stock prices change uniformly or at the same time, and not all stock markets move in the same direction at the same time. Other factors affect a particular stock’s prices, such as poor earnings reports by an issuer, loss of major customers, major litigation against an issuer, or changes in governmental regulations affecting an industry. Adverse news affecting one company can sometimes depress the stock prices of all companies in the same industry. Not all factors can be predicted. Types of equity securities in which the Fund may invest include primarily common stocks, as well as MLP common units and LLC common units; affiliates of MLPs including MLP I-Shares and general partner interests, convertible securities, preferred equity, warrants and depository receipts of companies that are organized as corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies. 
 
Common Stock
Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in the profits and losses of a corporation, after payment of amounts owed to bondholders, other debt holders, and holders of preferred stock. Holders of common stock generally have voting rights, but we do not expect to have voting control in any of the companies in which we invest. In addition to the general risks set forth above, investments in common stocks are subject to the risk that in the event a company in which the Fund invests is liquidated, the holders of preferred stock and creditors of that company will be paid in full before any payments are made to the Fund as holders of common stock.  It is possible that all assets of that company will be exhausted before any payments are made to the holders of common stock.

Master Limited Partnerships
An MLP is an entity that is generally taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and that derives each year at least 90% of its gross income from “Qualifying Income”. Qualifying Income for MLPs includes interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from commodities or commodity futures, and income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities that generate Qualifying Income. MLP interests (known as units) are traded on securities exchanges or over-the-counter. An MLP’s organization as a partnership and compliance with the Qualifying Income rules generally eliminates federal tax at the entity level.

An MLP has one or more general partners (who may be individuals, corporations, or other partnerships) which manage the partnership, and limited partners, which provide capital to the partnership but have no role in its management. Typically, the general partner is owned by company management or another publicly traded sponsoring corporation. When an investor buys units in an MLP, the investor becomes a limited partner.

MLPs are formed in several ways. A nontraded partnership may decide to go public. Several nontraded partnerships may roll up into a single MLP. A corporation may spin-off a group of assets or part of its business into an MLP of which it is the general partner, to realize the assets’ full value on the marketplace by selling the assets and using the cash proceeds received from the MLP to address debt obligations or to invest in higher growth opportunities, while retaining control of the MLP. A corporation may fully convert to an MLP, although since 1986 the tax consequences have made this an unappealing option for most corporations. Unlike the ways described above, it is also possible for a newly formed entity to commence operations as an MLP from its inception.
 
 
The sponsor or general partner of an MLP, other energy companies, and utilities may sell assets to MLPs in order to generate cash to fund expansion projects or repay debt. The MLP structure essentially transfers cash flows generated from these acquired assets directly to MLP limited partner unitholders.

In the case of an MLP buying assets from its sponsor or general partner the transaction is intended to be based upon comparable terms in the acquisition market for similar assets. To help insure that appropriate protections are in place, the board of the MLP generally creates an independent committee to review and approve the terms of the transaction. The committee often obtains a fairness opinion and can retain counsel or other experts to assist its evaluation. Since both parties normally have a significant equity stake in the MLP, both parties are aligned to see that the transaction is accretive and fair to the MLP.

As a motivation for the general partner to successfully manage the MLP and increase cash flows, the terms of MLPs typically provide that the general partner receives a larger portion of the net income as distributions reach higher target levels. As cash flow grows, the general partner receives a greater interest in the incremental income compared to the interest of limited partners. Although the percentages vary among MLPs, the general partner’s marginal interest in distributions generally increases from 2% to 15% at the first designated distribution target level moving up to 25% and ultimately 50% as pre-established distribution per unit thresholds are met. Nevertheless, the aggregate amount distributed to limited partners will increase as MLP distributions reach higher target levels. Given this incentive structure, the general partner has an incentive to streamline operations and undertake acquisitions and growth projects in order to increase distributions to all partners.

Because the MLP itself generally does not pay federal income tax, its income or loss is allocated to its investors, irrespective of whether the investors receive any cash payment or other distributions from the MLP. An MLP typically makes quarterly cash distributions. Although they resemble corporate dividends, MLP distributions are treated differently for tax purposes. The MLP distribution is treated as a return of capital to the extent of the investor’s basis in his MLP interest and, to the extent the distribution exceeds the investor’s basis in the MLP, generally as capital gain. The investor’s original basis is the price paid for the units. The basis is adjusted downwards with each distribution and allocation of deductions (such as depreciation) and losses, and upwards with each allocation of taxable income and gain.

The partner will not incur federal income tax on distributions until: (1) he sells his MLP units and pays tax on his gain, which gain is increased due to the basis decrease due to prior distributions; or (2) his basis reaches zero. When the units are sold, the difference between the sales price and the investor’s adjusted basis is gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
 
 
The business of MLPs is affected by supply and demand for energy commodities because most MLPs derive revenue and income based upon the volume of the underlying commodity produced, transported, processed, distributed, and/or marketed. Pipeline MLPs have indirect commodity exposure to gas and oil price volatility because although they do not own the underlying energy commodity, the general level of commodity prices may affect the volume of the commodity that the MLP delivers to its customers and the cost of providing services such as distributing natural gas liquids (“NGLs”). The costs of natural gas pipeline MLPs to perform services may exceed the negotiated rates under “negotiated rate” contracts. Specifically, processing MLPs may be directly affected by energy commodity prices. Propane MLPs own the underlying energy commodity, and therefore have direct exposure to energy commodity prices, although our Adviser intends to seek high quality MLPs that are able to mitigate or manage direct margin exposure to commodity prices. The MLP industry in general could be hurt by market perception that an MLP’s performance and valuation are directly tied to commodity prices.

The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of MLPs, which include:

MLP Common Units . MLP common units represent an equity ownership interest in a partnership, providing limited voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Unlike stockholders of a corporation, common unitholders do not elect directors annually and generally have the right to vote only on certain significant events, such as mergers, a sale of substantially all of the assets, removal of the general partner or material amendments to the partnership agreement. MLPs are required by their partnership agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. Common unitholders generally have first right to a minimum quarterly distribution (“MQD”) prior to distributions to the convertible subordinated unitholders or the general partner (including incentive distributions). Common unitholders typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, MLP common unitholders have first rights to the partnership’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders, and preferred unitholders have been paid in full. MLP common units trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter. In addition, like common stock, prices of MLP common units are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of MLP common units to which we have exposure.

Limited Liability Company Common Units . Some energy infrastructure companies in which the Fund may invest have been organized as LLCs. Such LLCs are treated in the same manner as MLPs for federal income tax purposes. Consistent with its investment objective and policies, we may invest in common units or other securities of such LLCs. LLC common units represent an equity ownership interest in an LLC, entitling the holders to a share of the LLC’s success through distributions and/or capital appreciation. Similar to MLPs, LLCs typically do not pay federal income tax at the entity level and are required by their operating agreements to distribute a large percentage of their current operating earnings. LLC common unitholders generally have first right to a MQD prior to distributions to subordinated unitholders and typically have arrearage rights if the MQD is not met. In the event of liquidation, LLC common unitholders have first right to the LLC’s remaining assets after bondholders, other debt holders and preferred unitholders, if any, have been paid in full. LLC common units trade on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.
 
 
In contrast to MLPs, LLCs have no general partner and there are generally no incentives that entitle management or other unitholders to increased percentages of cash distributions as distributions reach higher target levels. In addition, LLC common unitholders typically have voting rights with respect to the LLC, whereas MLP common units have limited voting rights.

MLP Convertible Subordinated Units.   MLP convertible subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and institutional investors. The purpose of the convertible subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed to common unitholders. Convertible subordinated units generally are not entitled to distributions until holders of common units have received specified MQD, plus any arrearages, and may receive less than common unitholders in distributions upon liquidation. Convertible subordinated unitholders generally are entitled to MQD prior to the payment of incentive distributions to the general partner but are not entitled to arrearage rights. Therefore, convertible subordinated units generally entail greater risk than MLP common units. They are generally convertible automatically into the senior common units of the same issuer at a one-to-one ratio upon the passage of time and/or the satisfaction of certain financial tests. These units generally do not trade on a national exchange or over-the-counter, and there is no active market for convertible subordinated units. Although the means by which convertible subordinated units convert into senior common units depend on a security’s specific terms, MLP convertible subordinated units typically are exchanged for common units. The value of a convertible security is a function of its worth if converted into the underlying common units. Convertible subordinated units generally have similar voting rights as MLP common units. Distributions may be paid in cash or in-kind.

Equity Securities of MLP Affiliates
In addition to equity securities of MLPs, the Fund may also invest in equity securities of MLP affiliates. MLP affiliates are issuers of MLP I-Shares and general partners of MLPs.
     
MLP I-Shares . I-Shares represent an indirect investment in MLP common units. I-Shares are equity securities issued by affiliates of MLPs, typically a limited liability company, that owns an interest in and manages the MLP. The issuer has management rights but is not entitled to incentive distributions. The I-Share issuer’s assets consist exclusively of MLP common units. Distributions to I-Share holders in the form of additional I-Shares are generally equal in amount to the I-Units received by the I-Share issuer. The issuer of the I-Share is taxed as a corporation; however, the MLP does not allocate income or loss to the I-Share issuer. Accordingly, investors receive a Form 1099, are not allocated their proportionate share of income of the MLPs and are not subject to state income tax filing obligations based solely on the issuer’s operations within a state.
 
 
General Partner Interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. An entity holding general partner interests, but not its investors, can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the entity’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are generally not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights (“IDRs”), which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unitholders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

REITs
The Fund may invest in the equity securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) focused on the energy infrastructure sector. A REIT is a corporation or business trust that invests in real estate and derives its income from rents or sales of real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property. The market value of REITs may be affected by numerous factors, including decreases in the value of real estate, vacancies, decreases in lease rates, defaults by lessees, changes in the tax laws or by their inability to qualify for the tax-free pass-through of their income.

Preferred Stock
Preferred stock represents an ownership interest in a company, often pays dividends at a specific rate and has a preference over common stocks in dividend payments and liquidation of assets. A preferred stock is a blend of the characteristics of a bond and common stock.  It can offer the higher yield of a bond and has priority over common stock in equity ownership, but does not have the seniority of a bond and, unlike common stock its participation in the issuer’s growth may be limited.  Although the dividend is set at a fixed annual rate, in some circumstances it can be changed or omitted by the issuer. In addition, preferred stock usually does not have voting rights.

Warrants and Rights
The Fund may purchase warrants and rights, which are instruments that permit the Fund to acquire, by subscription, the capital stock of a corporation at a set price, regardless of the market price for such stock.  The principal difference between warrants and rights is their term-rights typically expire within weeks while warrants have longer durations.  Neither rights nor warrants have voting rights or pay dividends.  The market price of warrants is usually significantly less than the current price of the underlying stock.  Thus, there is a greater risk that warrants might drop in value at a faster rate than the underlying stock.
 
 
Initial Public Offerings
The Fund may invest in securities offered by companies in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling IPO shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.  Companies that offer securities in IPOs tend to typically have small market capitalizations and therefore their securities may be more volatile and less liquid that those issued by larger companies.  Certain companies offering securities in an IPO may have limited operating experience and, as a result face a greater risk of business failure.

Non-U.S. Investments and Currencies
The Fund may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers that are not publicly traded in the United States, purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis and enter into forward currency contracts (see “Forward Currency Contracts,” below).  The Fund may also invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and non-U.S. securities that are publicly traded on a U.S. exchange.  Investments in ADRs and non-U.S. securities involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

American Depositary Receipts .  Among the means through which the Fund may invest in non-U.S. securities that are publicly traded on a U.S. exchange is the purchase of ADRs.  ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets.  ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities.  ADRs may be purchased through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities.  A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the depositary security.  Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities, and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts of the deposited securities. Accordingly, available information concerning the issuer may not be current and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than the prices of sponsored depositary receipts.   For purposes of the Fund’s investment policies, ADRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent.  Thus, an ADR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

Forward Currency Contracts
A forward currency contract (“forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. At or before settlement of a forward currency contract, the Fund may either deliver the currency or terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing an offsetting contract.  If the Fund makes delivery of the foreign currency at or before the settlement of a forward contract, it may be required to obtain the currency through the conversion of assets of the Fund into the currency.  The Fund may close out a forward contract obligating it to purchase currency by selling an offsetting contract, in which case, it will realize a gain or a loss.
 
 
The Fund enters into forward contracts in order to “lock in” the exchange rate between the currency it will deliver and the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. In addition, the Fund may enter into forward contracts to hedge against risks arising from securities the Fund owns or anticipates purchasing, or the U.S. dollar value of interest and dividends paid on those securities. The Fund does not intend to enter into forward contracts on a regular or continuing basis and the Fund will not enter these contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign currency transactions involve certain costs and risks. The Fund incurs foreign exchange expenses in converting assets from one currency to another. Forward contracts involve a risk of loss if the Adviser is inaccurate in its prediction of currency movements. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved is generally not possible. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency if the market value of the security is less than the amount of the foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver under the forward contract and the decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. The use of forward contracts as a hedging technique does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities the Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. Although forward contracts can reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, they also limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of the currencies. There is also the risk that the other party to the transaction may fail to deliver currency when due which may result in a loss to a Fund.

Debt Securities
The Fund may invest in a wide range of debt securities, which may investment grade debt securities and below investment grade debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds”).    Investment grade corporate bonds are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, Inc. (“S&P”) or Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) each of which are considered a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”).  Securities rated BBB by S&P are considered investment grade, but Moody’s considers securities rated Baa to have speculative characteristics.  To the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade debt securities, such securities will be rated, at the time of investment, at least B- by S&P or B3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating by at least one other rating agency or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Fund may hold a debt security rated investment grade if a downgrade occurs after the security has been purchased.  See Appendix A for a description of corporate bond ratings.

Below Investment Grade Debt Securities .  Below investment grade debt securities generally offer a higher current yield than that available for investment grade issues. However, below investment grade debt securities involve higher risks, in that they are especially subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged, to changes in the financial condition of the issuers and to price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates.  During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default. At times in recent years, the prices of many below investment grade debt securities declined substantially, reflecting an expectation that many issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties.  As a result, the yields on below investment grade debt securities rose dramatically, reflecting the risk that holders of such securities could lose a substantial portion of their value as a result of the issuers’ financial restructuring or default.  There can be no assurance that such price declines will not recur.  The market for below investment grade debt issues generally is thinner and less active than that for higher quality securities, which may limit the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at fair value in response to changes in the economy or financial markets. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade debt securities, especially in a thinly traded market.  Changes by recognized rating services in their rating of a debt security may affect the value of these investments.  The Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase.  However, the Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objective.
 
 
Corporate Debt Securities .  Corporate debt securities are fixed-income securities issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or un-secured status.  Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.

The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by domestic or foreign companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment grade or below investment grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest.

Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles.  For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk.  On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small foreign corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.

Corporate debt securities carry credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk.  Credit risk is the risk that a fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it is due.  Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities.  The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment.  For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities.  This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while continuing to make payments on senior securities.  In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities.
 
 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise.  In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms. Prepayment risk occurs when issuers may prepay fixed rate debt securities when interest rates fall, forcing the Fund to invest in securities with lower interest rates. Issuers of debt securities are also subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors that may restrict the ability of the issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities. The possibility exists therefore, that, as a result of bankruptcy, litigation or other conditions, the ability of an issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may become impaired.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock or other equity security at the option of the holder during a specified period.  Convertible securities may take the form of convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds or debentures, units consisting of “usable” bonds and warrants or a combination of the features of several of these securities.  The investment characteristics of each convertible security vary widely, which allows convertible securities to be employed for a variety of investment strategies.  The Fund will exchange or convert convertible securities into shares of underlying common stock when, in the opinion of the Adviser, the investment characteristics of the underlying common stock or other equity security will assist the Fund in achieving its investment objectives.  The Fund may also elect to hold or trade convertible securities.  In selecting convertible securities, the Adviser evaluates the investment characteristics of the convertible security as a fixed income instrument, and the investment potential of the underlying equity security for capital appreciation.

Zero-Coupon Securities .  Zero-coupon securities make no periodic interest payments, but are sold at a deep discount from their face value.  The buyer recognizes a rate of return determined by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date.  The discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity, as well as market interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the issuer’s perceived credit quality.  If the issuer defaults, the holder may not receive any return on its investment.  Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, their price fluctuates more than other types of bonds.  Since zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, when interest rates rise, zero-coupon securities fall more dramatically in value than bonds paying interest on a current basis.  When interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities rise more rapidly in value because the bonds reflect a fixed rate of return.  An investment in zero-coupon may cause the Fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on its investment.

Unrated Debt Securities .  The Fund may also invest in unrated debt securities.  Unrated debt, while not necessarily lower in quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market.  Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds.  The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.
 
 
Yankee Bonds. The Fund may invest in Yankee bonds. Yankee bonds are U.S. dollar denominated bonds typically issued in the U.S. by non-U.S. governments and their agencies and non-U.S. banks and corporations. The fund may also invest in Yankee Certificates of Deposit (“Yankee CDs”).  Yankee CDs are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank and held in the U.S. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities issued by U.S. issuers, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, non-U.S. withholding or other taxes, seizure of non-U.S. deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect and create increased risk relative to payment of principal or interest.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities. Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The terms of such obligations must provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event based, such as based on a change in the prime rate. The Fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. The interest rate on a floater is a variable rate which is tied to another interest rate, such as a money-market index or Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters provide a Fund with a certain degree of protection against rises in interest rates, a Fund will participate in any declines in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two securities or currencies, where the value of the investment position is determined by movements in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities or currencies. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floating rate security may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Restricted or Thinly Traded Securities
Restricted securities are less liquid than securities traded in the open market, therefore, the Fund may not be able to readily sell such securities. Such securities are unlike securities that are traded in the open market, which can be expected to be sold immediately if the market is adequate. The sale price of securities that are not readily marketable may be lower or higher than the company’s most recent determination of their fair value. In addition, the value of these securities typically requires more reliance on the judgment of the Adviser than that required for securities for which there is an active trading market. Due to the difficulty in valuing these securities and the absence of an active trading market for these securities, we may not be able to realize these securities’ true value, or may have to delay their sale in order to do so.

Restricted securities generally can be sold in private transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or in a registered public offering. If the issuer of the restricted securities has an effective registration statement on file with the SEC covering the restricted securities, the Adviser has the ability to deem restricted securities as liquid. To enable the Fund to sell its holdings of a restricted security not registered under the 1933 Act, the Fund may have to cause those securities to be registered. When the Fund must arrange registration because it wishes to sell the security, a considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered so that we can sell it. The Fund would bear the risks of any downward price fluctuation during that period.
 
 
In recent years, a large institutional market developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including private placements, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities and corporate bonds and notes. These instruments are often restricted securities because the securities are either themselves exempt from registration or were sold in transactions not requiring registration, such as Rule 144A transactions. Institutional investors generally will not seek to sell these instruments to the general public, but instead will often depend on an efficient institutional market in which such unregistered securities can be resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. Therefore, the fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or certain institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

Rule 144A under the 1933 Act establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for restricted securities that exist or may develop as a result of Rule 144A may provide both readily ascertainable values for restricted securities and the ability to liquidate an investment. An insufficient number of qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A-eligible securities held by us, however, could affect adversely the marketability of such portfolio securities and the Fund might be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices.

The Fund may also invest in securities that may not be restricted, but are thinly-traded. Although securities of certain core infrastructure companies trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext U.S. (formerly known as AMEX), the NASDAQ National Market or other securities exchanges or markets, such securities may have a trading volume lower than those of larger companies due to their relatively smaller capitalizations. Such securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price during times when we believe it is desirable to do so. Thinly-traded securities are also more difficult to value and the Adviser’s judgment as to value will often be given greater weight than market quotations, if any exist. If market quotations are not available, thinly-traded securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by the Board. Investment of capital in thinly-traded securities may restrict our ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with thinly-traded securities may be particularly acute in situations in which our operations require cash and could result in us borrowing to meet our short term needs or incurring losses on the sale of thinly-traded securities.

Illiquid Securities
Illiquid securities in which the Fund may generally invest include direct placements in the securities of listed companies or 144a debt securities. The Fund will not invest in private companies. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the 1933 Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable, and securities such as repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days and purchased OTC options.  Securities which have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market.  In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act including commercial paper, foreign securities, and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.  The Board of Trustees may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.  In all other cases, however, securities subject to restrictions on resale will be deemed illiquid.  The Fund will determine a security to be illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value at which the Fund has valued the security.  Factors considered in determining whether a security is illiquid may include, but are not limited to: the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; the number of dealers willing to purchase and sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; the number of dealers who undertake to make a market in the security; the nature of the security, including whether it is registered or unregistered, and the market place; whether the security has been rated by an NRSRO; the period of time remaining until the maturity of a debt instrument or until the principal amount of a demand instrument can be recovered through demand; and the nature of any restrictions on resale.  The Fund will not hold more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities.
 
 
Investment Companies
The Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in other investment companies. In reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act, a Fund may not acquire shares of another investment company (including other open-end funds, ETFs, and closed-end funds) if, immediately after such acquisition, that Fund and its affiliated persons would hold more than 3% of the investment company’s total outstanding stock (“3% Limitation”).

Notwithstanding the 3% Limitation, the Fund generally may purchase or redeem, without limitation, shares of any affiliated or unaffiliated money market funds, including unregistered money market funds, so long as the Fund does not pay a sales load or service fee in connection with the purchase, sale or redemption or if such fees are paid, and the fund’s investment adviser waives its management fee in an amount necessary to offset the amounts paid.

Because the Fund initially intends to rely on Section 12(d)(1)(F) in purchasing securities issued by another investment company, the Fund must either seek instructions from its shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to its investment in such securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with the instructions, or vote the shares held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of the securities (echo voting). The Fund intends to vote such other investment companies shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

Investments by the Fund in other investment companies will be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act (including limitations on sales charges), and the rules and regulations thereunder. By investing in securities of an investment company, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the fees and expenses of that underlying fund in addition to a Fund’s own fees and expenses.
 
 

 
 
Closed-End Funds.   Closed-end funds are investment companies that typically issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a securities exchange or over-the-counter. The risks of investment in closed-end funds typically reflect the risk of the types of securities in which the funds invest. Investments in closed-end funds are subject to the additional risk that shares of the fund may trade at a premium or discount to their net asset value per share. Closed-end funds come in many varieties and can have different investment objectives, strategies and investment portfolios. They also can be subject to different risks, volatility and fees and expenses. When the Fund invests in shares of a closed-end fund, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the closed-end fund’s fees and expenses, as well as their share of the Fund’s fees and expenses.

Open-End Mutual Funds.   Open-end mutual funds are investment companies that issue new shares continuously and redeem shares daily. The risks of investment of open-end mutual funds typically reflect securities in which the funds invest. The net asset value per share of an open-end fund will fluctuate daily depending upon the performance of the securities held by the fund. Each open-end fund may have a different investment objective and strategy and different investment portfolio. Different funds may also be subject to different risks, volatility and fees and expenses. When a Fund invests in shares of an open-end fund, shareholders of the Fund bear their proportionate share of the open-end funds’ fees and expenses, as well as their share of the Fund’s fees and expenses.

Exchange-Traded Funds.   Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”)   are typically open-end investment companies that are bought and sold on a national securities exchange.  When the Fund invests in an ETF, it will bear additional expenses based on its pro rata share of the ETF’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management fees.  The risk of owning an ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying securities it holds.  Many ETFs seek to replicate a specific benchmark index.  However, an ETF may not fully replicate the performance of its benchmark index for many reasons, including because of the temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or discrepancies between the ETF and the index with respect to the weighting of securities or the number of stocks held.  Lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in an ETF being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities it holds.  In addition, because of ETF expenses, compared to owning the underlying securities directly, it may be more costly to own an ETF.

If the Fund invests in shares of an ETF, shareholders will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the underlying ETF in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.  The Fund also will incur brokerage costs when it purchases ETFs.  Furthermore, investments in other ETFs could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to shareholders and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by investors in the Fund.

Exchange-Traded Notes
Exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange ( e.g. , the New York Stock Exchange) during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day's market benchmark or strategy factor. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer's credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer's credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When a Fund invests in ETNs it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. A Fund's decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN. ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Funds characterize and treat ETNs for tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress are considering proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs. An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. The market value of ETN shares may differ from their market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities, commodities or other components underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy.
 
 
Options, Futures and Other Strategies
General.   The Fund may use certain options (both traded on an exchange and over-the-counter (“OTC”)), futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”) and options on futures contracts (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying security, to attempt to hedge or limit the exposure of a particular portfolio security, to create a synthetic money market position, for certain tax-related purposes and to close out previously established options and futures positions.

The use of Financial Instruments may be subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”).  In addition, the Fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.  Pursuant to a claim for exemption filed with the National Futures Association on behalf of the Fund, the Fund is not deemed to be a commodity pool operator or a commodity pool under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as such under the Commodity Exchange Act.  In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the Adviser may discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques.  These new opportunities may become available as the Adviser develops new investment techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed.  The Adviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by the Fund’s investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities.  The Prospectus or this SAI will be supplemented to the extent that new products or techniques involve materially different risks than those described below.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Special Risks.   The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below.  Risks pertaining to particular Financial Instruments are described in the sections that follow.

(1)           Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the Adviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities.  The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets, due to the differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to distortion.  Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of stock market trends by the Adviser may still not result in a successful transaction.  The Adviser may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of market movements or the time span within which the movements take place, which, thus, may result in the strategy being unsuccessful.

(2)           Options and futures prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments.  Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way.  Imperfect or no correlation also may result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, and from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts.

(3)           As described below, the Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (e.g . , Financial Instruments other than purchased options).  If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured.  These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment when it would otherwise be favorable to do so or require that the Fund sells a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.  The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counter-party”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

(4)           Losses may arise due to unanticipated market price movements, lack of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at a particular time or due to losses from premiums paid by the Fund on options transactions.

Cover.   Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchasing options, expose the Fund to an obligation to another party.  The Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it owns either (1) an offsetting (“covered”) position in securities or other options or futures contracts or (2) cash and liquid assets with a value, marked-to-market daily, sufficient to cover its potential obligations to the extent not covered as provided in (1) above.  The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash or liquid assets in an account with its custodian, U.S. Bank, N.A. (the “Custodian”), in the prescribed amount as determined daily.
 
 
Assets used as cover or held in an account cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to cover obligations under Financial Instruments could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options.   The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment and general market conditions.  Options that expire unexercised have no value.  Options currently are traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange (“CBOE”), the American Stock and Options Exchange (“AMEX”) and other exchanges, as well as the OTC markets.

By buying a call option on a security, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium paid, to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing (selling) a call option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to deliver securities underlying the option at the exercise price if the option is exercised.  The Fund will only write call options on securities it holds in its portfolio (i.e., covered calls). By buying a put option, the Fund has the right, in return for the premium, to sell the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  By writing a put option and receiving a premium, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option to purchase the securities underlying the option at the exercise price.

Because options premiums paid or received by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying and selling put and call options can be more speculative than investing directly in securities.

The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the Fund may terminate an obligation under a call option or put option that it has written by purchasing an identical call option or put option.  This is known as a closing purchase transaction.  Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option.  This is known as a closing sale transaction.  Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

Risks of Options on Commodities, Currencies and Securities.   Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.  In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counter-party (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee.  Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counter-party from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option.  Failure by the counter-party to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.
 
 
The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-traded options depends on the existence of a liquid market.  However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time.  Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counter-party or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the counter-party, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration.

If the Fund were unable to affect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit.  The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options on Indices.   An index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities included in the index.  Options on indices give the holder the right to receive an amount of cash upon exercise of the option.  Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the index upon which the option is based being greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of put) the exercise price of the option.  Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the S&P 500 Index, the NYSE Composite Index or the AMEX Major Market Index or on a narrower index such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange Over-the-Counter Index.

Each of the exchanges has established limitations governing the maximum number of call or put options on the same index that may be bought or written by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written on one or more accounts or through one or more brokers).  Under these limitations, option positions of all investment companies advised by the Adviser are combined for purposes of these limits.  Pursuant to these limitations, an exchange may order the liquidation of positions and may impose other sanctions or restrictions.  These position limits may restrict the number of listed options that the Fund may buy or sell.

Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities.  When the Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call.  The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”).  When the Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights to such call as are indicated above.  When the Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls.  When the Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and the exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.
 
 
Risks of Options on Indices.   If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change.  If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.   A futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified security on the expiration date of the contract.  An index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.  No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, it becomes obligated, in return for the premium received, to assume a position in the futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option.  If the Fund writes a call, it assumes a short futures position.  If the Fund writes a put, it assumes a long futures position.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it acquires the right in return for the premium it pays to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).

Whether the Fund realizes a gain or loss from futures activities depends upon movements in the underlying security or index.  The extent of the Fund’s loss from an unhedged short position in futures contracts or from writing unhedged call options on futures contracts is potentially unlimited.  The Fund only purchases and sells futures contracts and options on futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract.  Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin” in an amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  Margin also must be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules.  Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures commission merchant daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.”  Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from a futures commission merchant.  When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk.  In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sell a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements.  If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.
 
 
Purchasers and sellers of futures contracts and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions in options, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold.  Positions in futures and options on futures contracts may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market.  However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time.  In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price.  Once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit.  Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses.  The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.  In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain cash or liquid assets in an account.

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon.   The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures markets), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions.  First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements.  Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationships between the cash and futures markets.  Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery.  To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion.  Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market.  Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions.

Combined Positions.   The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other.  For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract.  Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase.  Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
 
 
Temporary Defensive Positions and Cash Investments
The Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash, high-quality short-term debt securities and money market instruments for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, and to retain flexibility in meeting redemptions and paying expenses. These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include cash equivalents, shares of other mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits, U.S. government securities and repurchase agreements.  Taking a temporary defensive position may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective.  A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, may have an adverse impact on the Fund’s performance.  Furthermore, to the extent that the Fund invests in money market mutual funds for its cash position, there will be some duplication of expenses because the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of such money market funds’ management fees and operational expenses.

For longer periods of time, the Fund may hold a substantial position in cash and cash equivalents.  If the market advances during periods when the Fund is holding a large cash position, the Fund may not participate to the extent it would have if the Fund had been more fully invested, and this may result in the Fund not achieving its investment objective during that period.

Investments in high quality, short-term debt securities and money market instruments are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk although to a lesser extent than longer-term debt securities due to their short-term, significant liquidity, and the high credit quality typically associated with the issues of such securities.

The Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:

Money Market Mutual Funds .  Generally, money market mutual funds seek to earn income consistent with the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.  They primarily invest in high quality money market obligations, including U.S. government obligations, bank obligations and high-grade corporate instruments.  These investments generally mature within 397 days from the date of purchase.  An investment in a money market mutual fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency.

To the extent that the Fund invests in money market funds, your cost of investing in the Fund will generally be higher since you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the underlying money market mutual funds in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.  Furthermore, investing in money market funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to you and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by you.

Bank Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits .  The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits.  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against monies deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.  Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.  Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by the Fund will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or foreign banks or financial institutions which at the time of purchase have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government.
 
 
In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under the investment objective and policies stated above and in the Prospectus, the Fund may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks.  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations .  The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes.  Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations.  Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

Corporate obligations include bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper.  While such obligations generally have maturities of ten years or more, the Fund may purchase corporate obligations which have remaining maturities of one year or less from the date of purchase and which are rated “A” or higher by S&P or “A” or higher by Moody’s.

U.S. Government Obligations .   The Fund may invest in U.S. government obligations.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis.  U.S. government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.

Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself.  In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned.  There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so (see “Agency Obligations,” below).  In addition, U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates.  As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease.  Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.
 
 
Repurchase Agreements .
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements.  Under such agreements, the Fund agrees to purchase U.S. government obligations from a counterparty and the counterparty agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed upon time and price.  The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to the Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase.  In either case, the income to the Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security itself.  Such repurchase agreements will be made only with banks with assets of $500 million or more that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or with government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Board and registered as broker-dealers with the SEC or exempt from such registration.  The Fund will generally enter into repurchase agreements of short durations, from overnight to one week, although the underlying securities generally have longer maturities.  The Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with more than seven days to maturity if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities including such repurchase agreements.

For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from the Fund to the seller of the U.S. government obligations that are subject to the repurchase agreement.  It is not clear whether a court would consider the U.S. government obligations to be acquired by the Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by the Fund or as being collateral for a loan by the Fund to the seller.  In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the U.S. government obligations before its repurchase under a repurchase agreement, the Fund could encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the underlying U.S. government obligations.  Delays may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the U.S. government obligations.  If a court characterizes the transaction as a loan and the Fund has not perfected a security interest in the U.S. government obligations, the Fund may be required to return the securities to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller.  As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at the risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.  As with any unsecured debt instrument purchased for the Fund, the Adviser seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the other party, in this case the seller of the U.S. government security.

Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the U.S. government obligations.  However, the Fund will always receive as collateral for any repurchase agreement to which it is a party securities acceptable to the Adviser, the market value of which is equal to at least 100% of the repurchase price, and the Fund will make payment against such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of its Custodian.  If the market value of the U.S. government obligations subject to the repurchase agreement become less than the repurchase price (including interest), the Fund will direct the seller of the U.S. government obligations to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price.  It is possible that the Fund could be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce on the seller a contractual obligation to deliver additional securities.
 
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements for temporary purposes with banks and securities dealers if the creditworthiness of the bank or securities dealer has been determined by the Adviser to be satisfactory. A reverse repurchase agreement is a repurchase agreement in which the Fund is the seller of, rather than the investor in, securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon time and price. Use of a reverse repurchase agreement may be preferable to a regular sale and later repurchase of securities because it avoids certain market risks and transaction costs.

 At the time when the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, liquid assets (such as cash, U.S. government securities or other “high-grade” debt obligations) of the Fund’s having a value at least as great as the purchase price of the securities to be purchased will be segregated on the Fund’s books and held by the Custodian throughout the period of the obligation. The use of reverse repurchase agreements by the Fund creates leverage which increases its investment risk. If the income and gains on securities purchased with the proceeds of these transactions exceed the cost, the Fund’s earnings or net asset value will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the cost, earnings or net asset value would decline faster than otherwise would be the case. The Fund intends to enter into reverse repurchase agreements only if the income from the investment of the proceeds is expected to be greater than the expense of the transaction, because the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the reverse repurchase agreement.

Borrowing
The Fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks.  In addition, the Fund is authorized to borrow money from time to time for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, including addressing liquidity concerns or meeting redemption requests, or for clearance of transactions.  The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar objectives and policies.  Because substantially all of a Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, while the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value per share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and to decrease more when its portfolio assets decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

RIC Compliance
In order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of such calculation, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs), the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same trade or business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (which includes MLPs). An inherent risk associated with any investment concentration is that the Fund may be adversely affected if one or two of its investments perform poorly.  Given the Fund’s investments in MLPs and other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, compliance with the qualifying income and asset diversification tests applicable to RICs presents unusual challenges and will require careful, ongoing monitoring.. There can be no assurance, however, that the Fund will succeed under all circumstances in ensuring that the Fund meets the requirements for RIC status, particularly given that certain determinations, such as whether a security in which the Fund invests constitutes debt or equity for tax purposes, may not be free from doubt.  If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for tax purposes, this would have a negative impact on the Fund and its shareholders.
 
 
Taxes
The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under the Code. To maintain its qualification for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under the Code, it must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If for any taxable year it fails to qualify for the special federal income tax treatment afforded to RICs, all of its taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to the Fund’s stockholders) and its income available for distribution will be reduced.

Fundamental and Non-Fundamental Investment Limitations
The Trust (on behalf of the Fund) has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined under the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

The Fund may not:


1.           issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales in accordance with its objectives and strategies;

2.           underwrite the securities of other issuers (except that the Fund may engage in transactions involving the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities under circumstances where it may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act);
 
 
3.           purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies that invest or deal in real estate, including REITs);

4.           purchase or sell physical commodities or commodities contracts, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments and provided that this restriction does not prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving currencies and futures contracts and options thereon or investing in securities or other instruments that are secured by physical commodities;

5.           make loans of money (except for the lending of the Fund’s portfolio securities and purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund);

6.           invest, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets in any particular industry, except that the Fund will concentrate its assets in the sector constituting the energy infrastructure sector, and the foregoing does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

7.           with respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, the Fund may not purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief, securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, (1) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer; or (2) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.

The following lists the non-fundamental investment restrictions applicable to the Fund.  These restrictions can be changed by the Board of Trustees, but the change will only be effective after prior written notice is given to shareholders of the Fund. The Fund must provide shareholders with 60 days’ prior written notice if the Board of Trustees changes the 80% Policy.

·  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes in equity securities of listed core infrastructure companies.  For the Fund’s purpose, “core infrastructure” companies are defined as energy infrastructure companies that own and operate a network of asset systems that transport, store, distribute, gather and/or process crude oil, refined petroleum products (including biodiesel and ethanol), natural gas or natural gas liquids, or that provide electric power generation (including renewable energy), transmission and/or distribution. Core infrastructure companies also include investment companies that invest primarily in core infrastructure companies. The Fund seeks to invest in listed core infrastructure companies which have securities that are publicly traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

·  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers (including Canadian issuers), which may include securities issued by companies organized and/or having securities traded on an exchange outside the U.S. or may be securities of U.S. companies that are denominated in the currency of a different country.
 
·  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may also invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt securities, including securities which may be rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”) by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency (NRSROs) or judged by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality.

·  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in illiquid securities.  Illiquid securities are those securities without readily available market quotations, including repurchase agreements having a maturity of more than seven days.  Illiquid securities may include restricted securities not determined by the Board of Trustees to be liquid.

·  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund may not invest more than 15% of its total assets in other investment companies.

·  
The Fund will not invest in private companies.

·  
The Fund will not engage in short sales of securities.

Except with respect to borrowing for leverage and investments in illiquid securities, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.

Management of the Fund

Board of Trustees
The management and affairs of the Fund are supervised by the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees consists of five individuals.  The Trustees are fiduciaries and are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware in this regard.  The Board of Trustees establishes policies for the operation of the Fund and appoints the officers who conduct the daily business of the Fund.

The Role of the Board of Trustees
The Board of Trustees provides oversight of the management and operations of the Trust.  Like all mutual funds, the day-to-day responsibility for the management and operation of the Trust is the responsibility of various service providers to the Trust and its individual series, such as the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent, each of whom are discussed in greater detail in this SAI.  The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and its service providers, including the agreements with the Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent.  The Board has appointed various individuals of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s day-to-day operations.  In conducting this oversight, the Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations.  The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who reports directly to the Board and who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters, including an annual compliance review.  Some of these reports are provided as part of formal Board Meetings, which are held [four] times per year, in person, and such other times as the Board determines is necessary, and involve the Board’s review of recent Trust operations.  From time to time one or more members of the Board may also meet with Trust officers in less formal settings, between formal Board Meetings to discuss various topics.  In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.
 
 
Board Leadership Structure
The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to effectively perform its oversight function.  The Board of Trustees is comprised of four Independent Trustees – _____________, _____________, ____________, ____________ – and one Interested Trustee – Mr. Robert J. Kern.  Accordingly, 80% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees, who are Trustees that are not affiliated with any investment adviser to the Trust or their respective affiliates or other service providers to the Trust or any Trust series.  The Board of Trustees has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Valuation Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “Board Committees” below.  Each of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are comprised entirely of Independent Trustees.  The Independent Trustees have engaged independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust, as well as the Fund.

The Trust’s Chairperson, Mr. Kern, is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined by the 1940 Act, by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, which acts as principal underwriter to many of the Trust’s underlying funds.  Mr. Kern also serves as an Executive Vice President of the Administrator.  The Trust has not appointed a lead Independent Trustee.

In accordance with the fund governance standards prescribed by the SEC under the 1940 Act, the Independent Trustees on the Nominating Committee select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.  Each Trustee was appointed to serve on the Board of Trustees because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills as set forth in the subsection “Trustee Qualifications” below.

The Board of Trustees reviews its structure regularly in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including: the affiliated nature of certain investment advisers in the Trust; the number of funds that comprise the Trust; the variety of asset classes that those funds reflect; the net assets of the Trust; the committee structure of the Trust; and the distribution arrangements of each of the Trust’s underlying funds.

The Board of Trustees has determined that the function and composition of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee are appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairperson’s status as an Interested Trustee.  In addition, the inclusion of all Independent Trustees as members of the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee allows all such Trustees to participate in the full range of the Board of Trustees’ oversight duties, including oversight of risk management processes discussed below.  Given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust as described above, the Trust has determined that the Board of Trustees’ leadership structure is appropriate.
 
 
Board Oversight of Risk Management
As part of its oversight function, the Board of Trustees receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel, including personnel of the Trust’s service providers.  Because risk management is a broad concept comprised of many elements (such as, for example, investment risk, issuer and counter-party risk, compliance risk, operational risks, business continuity risks, etc.) the oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways.  For example, the Chief Compliance Officer regularly reports to the Board of Trustees during Board Meetings and meets in executive session with the Independent Trustees and their legal counsel to discuss compliance and operational risks.  In addition, the Independent Trustee designated as the Audit Committee’s “audit committee financial expert” meets with the Treasurer and the Trust’s independent public accounting firm to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function.   The full Board of Trustees receives reports from the investment advisers to the underlying series as to investment risks.

Trustees and Officers
The Trustees and officers of the Trust are listed below with their addresses, present positions with the Trust and principal occupations over at least the last five years.

Name, Address and Age
Position(s)
Held with
the Trust
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
S erved
Number of
Portfolios in
Trust Overseen by
Trustee
Principal Occupation(s) During
the Past Five Years
Other
Directorships
Held by Trustee
Independent Trustees
     
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[…]
   
[       ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since _____, 2011
[…]
   
[      ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[…]
   
[      ]
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: __
Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since ______, 2011
[…]
   
 
 
Interested Trustee and Officers
     
Robert J. Kern*
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age:__
Chairperson, and Trustee
Indefinite Term; Since January __, 2011
[…]
Executive Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (1994-present).
 
Trustee, Buffalo Funds (an open-end investment company with ten portfolios); Trustee, USA MUTUALS (an open-end investment company with two portfolios).
James R. Arnold
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI
53202
Age: 53
President and Principal Executive Officer
Indefinite Term, Since ______, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, , U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (20__-present)
N/A
Robert J. Slotky
2020 E. Financial Way, Suite 100
Glendora, CA 91741 Age: __
 
Chief Compliance Officer and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
Indefinite Term;  Since _____, 2011
N/A
Senior Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2001 – present).
N/A
Brian R. Wiedmeyer
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 38
 
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004-present).
N/A
Angela L. Pingel, Esq.
615 E. Michigan St.
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Age: 39
Secretary
Indefinite Term; Since ________, 2011
N/A
Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2011 - present); Vice President and Securities Counsel, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (2007 - 2010); Corporation Assistant Vice President and Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (2004 - 2007).
N/A
* Mr. Kern is an “interested person” of the Trust as defined by the 1940 Act by virtue of the fact that he is an interested person of Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Fund’s principal underwriter.

Trustee Qualifications
The Board of Trustees believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills appropriate to their continued service as Trustees of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure.  The Trustees have substantial business and professional backgrounds that indicate they have the ability to critically review, evaluate and assess information provided to them.  Certain of these business and professional experiences are set forth in detail in the table above.  In addition, the Trustees have substantial board experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust.  The Board of Trustees annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board and the individual Trustees is reviewed.
 
 
In addition to the information provided in the table above, below is certain additional information concerning each individual Trustee.  The information provided below, and in the table above, is not all-inclusive.  Many of the Trustees’ qualifications to serve on the Board of Trustees involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, integrity, work ethic, the ability to work together, the ability to communicate effectively, the ability to exercise judgment, the ability to ask incisive questions, and commitment to shareholder interests.

[Insert Individual Paragraphs regarding each Trustee]

Trustee and Management Ownership of Fund Shares
As of December 31, 2010, no Trustee or officer of the Trust beneficially owned shares of the Fund or any other series of the Trust.

Board Committees

Audit Committee .  The Trust has an Audit Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Audit Committee reviews financial statements and other audit-related matters for the Fund.  The Audit Committee also holds discussions with management and with the Fund’s independent auditor concerning the scope of the audit and the auditor’s independence.

Nominating Committee .  The Trust has a Nominating Committee, which is comprised of the Independent Trustees.  The Nominating Committee is responsible for seeking and reviewing candidates for consideration as nominees for the position of trustee and meets only as necessary.

The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders for vacancies on the Board of Trustees.  Recommendations for consideration by the Nominating Committee should be sent to the Secretary of the Trust in writing together with the appropriate biographical information concerning each such proposed nominee, and such recommendation must comply with the notice provisions set forth in the Trust’s By-Laws.  In general, to comply with such procedures, such nominations, together with all required information, must be delivered to and received by the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 60 days prior to the shareholder meeting at which any such nominee would be voted on. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board of Trustees will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration when there is a vacancy on the Board of Trustees.  The Nominating Committee’s procedures with respect to reviewing shareholder nominations will be disclosed as required by applicable securities laws.

Valuation Committee .  The Trust has a Valuation Committee.  The Valuation Committee is responsible for the following: (1) monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and (2) as required, when the Board of Trustees is not in session, determining the fair value of illiquid securities and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are reported to the Board of Trustees.  The Valuation Committee is currently comprised of Mr. Kern, Mr. Arnold and Mr. Wiedmeyer, who each serve as an officer of the Trust.  The Valuation Committee meets as necessary when a price for a portfolio security is not readily available.
 
 
As the Fund is new, none of the Trust’s committees have met with respect to the Fund.

Trustee Compensation
The Independent Trustees receive a retainer fee of $[….] per year, $1,500 for each in-person meeting and $750 for each telephonic meeting, as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings.  The Interested Trustee does not receive any compensation for his service as Trustee.  Because the Fund has recently commenced operations, the following compensation figures represent estimates for the current fiscal year:

Name of Person/Position
Aggregate
Compensation
from the Core
Infrastructure
Fund 1
Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as
Part of Fund
Expenses
Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
Total
Compensation
from the Fund
and the Trust 2
Paid to
Trustees
[………], Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
[……....], Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
[………], Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
[………], Independent Trustee
$[…]
None
None
$[…]
Robert J. Kern, Interested Trustee
None
None
None
None
1 Trustees fees and expenses are allocated among the Fund and any other series comprising the Trust.
2 The Trust includes other series in addition to the Fund.

Control Persons and Principal Shareholders
A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.  A controlling person possesses the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for shareholder vote by the Fund.  As of the date of this SAI, there were no principal shareholders or control persons of the Fund.

Investment Adviser
Investment advisory services are provided to the Fund by Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C., a SEC registered investment adviser (the “Adviser”), pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  The Adviser has significant expertise in managing energy infrastructure investments and, as of December 31, 2010, the Adviser managed investments of approximately $6.1 billion in the energy sector, including the assets of six publicly traded closed-end management investment companies and private accounts.  

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser provides the Fund with investment research and advice and furnishes the Fund with an investment program consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees. The Adviser determines which portfolio securities will be purchased or sold, arranges for the placing of orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, selects brokers or dealers to place those orders, maintains books and records with respect to the securities transactions and reports to the Board of Trustees on the Fund’s investments and performance. The Adviser is solely responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of the Fund.  The Board of Trustees will have sole responsibility for selecting, evaluating the performance of, and replacing as necessary any of the service providers to the Fund, including the Adviser.
 
 
The Adviser also serves as investment adviser to Tortoise Energy Infrastructure Corporation (“TYG”), Tortoise Energy Capital Corporation (“TYY”), Tortoise North American Energy Corporation (“TYN”), Tortoise Power and Energy Infrastructure Fund, Inc. (“TPZ”), and Tortoise MLP Fund, Inc. (“NTG”), which are non-diversified, closed-end investment management companies. TYG, which commenced operations on February 27, 2004, invests primarily in equity securities of MLPs and their affiliates in the energy infrastructure sector. TYY, which commenced operations on May 31, 2005, invests primarily in equity securities of MLPs and their affiliates in the energy infrastructure sector. TYN, which commenced operations on October 31, 2005, invests primarily in securities of MLPs, including midstream energy infrastructure, oil and gas exploitation and production, and energy shipping companies. TPZ, which commenced operations on July 31, 2009, invests in a portfolio consisting primarily of fixed income and equity securities issued by power and energy infrastructure companies. NTG, which commenced operations on July 30, 2010, invests primarily in equity securities of natural gas infrastructure MLPs and their affiliates. The Adviser also serves as the investment adviser to Tortoise Capital Resources Corporation (“TTO”), a non-diversified closed-end management investment company. TTO, which commenced operations on December 8, 2005, invests primarily in privately held and micro-cap public companies operating in the midstream and downstream segments, and to a lesser extent the upstream and coal/aggregates segments, of the energy infrastructure sector. To the extent certain core infrastructure company securities meet the investment objective and the objectives of other investment companies or accounts managed by the Adviser, the Fund may compete with such companies or accounts for the same investment opportunities.
 
The Adviser is wholly-owned by Tortoise Holdings, LLC, a holding company. Mariner Holdings, LLC, an independent investment firm with affiliates focused on wealth and asset management, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Montage Asset Management, LLC, owns a majority interest in Tortoise Holdings, LLC, with the remaining interests held by the five members of the Adviser’s investment committee and certain other senior employees of the Adviser. In September 2009, the five members of the Adviser’s investment committee entered into employment agreements with the Adviser.

The Adviser has 38 employees, including the five members of the investment committee.

After an initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (with respect to such Fund); and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, when authorized by either: (i) a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders (with respect to such Fund); or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees. The Advisroy Agreement is also terminable without penalty by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.  The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act.  The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser under such agreement shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of portfolio transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.
 
 
In consideration of the investment advisory services provided by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is entitled to receive from the Fund a management fee, as specified in the Prospectus.

Fund Expenses .  The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses. Pursuant to an Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees and/or reimburse expenses of the Fund to ensure that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding 12b-1 fees, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses), do not exceed [X.XX%] of the average daily net assets of the Institutional Class and [X.XX%] of the Investor Class. The Operating Expense Limitation Agreement will be in effect for at least a one year period following the date of this Prospectus, subject thereafter to re-approval of the agreement by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser.  Prior to expiration of its current term, the Operating Expense Limitation Agreement can be terminated only by, or with the consent of, the Board of Trustees, or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement.
 
Any waiver in management fees or reimbursement of Fund expenses made by the Adviser, as well as the Fund’s organizational expenses, may be recouped by the Adviser in future years on a rolling three year basis (within the three years after the fees have been waived or reimbursed) if such recoupment can be achieved within the foregoing expense limits.

License Agreement . Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has consented to the Fund’s use on a non-exclusive, royalty-free basis, of the name “Tortoise” in its name. The Fund will have the right to use the “Tortoise” name so long as the Adviser or one of its approved affiliates remains the Fund’s investment adviser. Other that with respect to this limited right, the Fund will have no legal right to the “Tortoise” name. This right will remain in effect for so long as the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect and will automatically terminate if the Advisory Agreement were to terminate for any reason, including upon its assignment.

Investment Committee
As disclosed in the Prospectus, the investment management of the Fund’s portfolio is the responsibility of the Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee’s members are H. Kevin Birzer, Zachary A. Hamel, Kenneth P. Malvey, Terry C. Matlack and David J. Schulte, all of whom share responsibility for such investment management. It is the policy of the investment committee that any one member can require the Adviser to sell a security and any one member can veto the committee’s decision to invest in a security. Each committee member has been a member of the Adviser’s investment committee since 2002.
 
 
The following provides information regarding other accounts managed by the investment committee members, including information regarding the number of managed accounts that pay a performance fee as of December 31, 2010:

Name of
Manager
Account Category
# of
Accounts
Total Assets of
Accounts
# of Accounts
Paying a
Performance
Fee
Total Assets of
Accounts
Paying a
Performance
Fee
H. Kevin Birzer
         
 
Registered investment companies
7
$4,468,551,012
0
-
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$164,063,608
1
$95,803,625
 
Other Accounts
431
$1,486,414,959
0
-
Zachary A. Hamel
         
 
Registered investment companies
7
$4,468,551,012
0
-
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$225,792,601
1
$95,803,625
 
Other Accounts
443
2,609,060,663
0
-
Kenneth P. Malvey
         
 
Registered investment companies
7
$4,468,551,012
0
-
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
7
$225,792,601
1
$95,803,625
 
Other Accounts
443
2,609,060,663
0
-
Terry C. Matlack
         
 
Registered investment companies
7
$4,468,551,012
0
-
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$164,063,608
1
$95,803,625
 
Other Accounts
431
$1,486,414,959
0
-
David J. Schulte
         
 
Registered investment companies
7
$4,468,551,012
0
-
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
5
$164,063,608
1
$95,803,625
 
Other Accounts
431
$1,486,414,959
0
-

Conflicts of interest may arise because the Adviser and its affiliates generally will be carrying on substantial investment activities for other clients in which the Fund will have no interest. The Adviser may have financial incentives to favor certain of such accounts over the Fund. Certain of the Adviser’s managed funds and accounts may invest in the equity securities of a particular company, while other funds and accounts managed by the Adviser may invest in the debt securities of the same company. Any of its proprietary accounts and other customer accounts may compete with the Fund for specific trades. The Adviser may buy or sell securities for the Fund that differ from securities bought or sold for other accounts and customers, although their investment objectives and policies may be similar to the Fund’s. Situations may occur in which the Fund could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by the Adviser for its other accounts. Such situations may be based on, among other things, legal or internal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for the Fund and the other accounts, thereby limiting the size of its position, or the difficulty of liquidating an investment for the Fund and the other accounts where the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined position. The Adviser may also have an incentive to make investments in one fund, having the effect of increasing the value of a security in the same issuer held by another fund, which in turn may result in an incentive fee being paid to the Adviser by that other fund.
 
 
The Fund’s investment opportunities may be limited by affiliations of the Adviser or its affiliates with infrastructure companies. In addition, to the extent the Adviser sources, contemplates, structures, or makes private investments in infrastructure companies, certain employees of the Adviser may become aware of actions planned by such companies, such as acquisitions, that may not be announced to the public. It is possible that the Fund could be precluded from investing in an infrastructure company about which the Adviser has material nonpublic information.

The Fund’s investment opportunities may be limited by investment opportunities in companies that the Adviser is evaluating for other clients. To the extent a potential investment is appropriate for the Fund and one or more other clients, the Adviser will need to fairly allocate that investment to the Fund or the other client, or both, depending on its allocation procedures and applicable law related to combined or joint transactions. There may arise an attractive limited investment opportunity suitable for the Fund in which it cannot invest under the particular allocation method being used for that investment.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund and its affiliated companies are generally precluded from co-investing in negotiated private placements of securities. Except as permitted by law, the Adviser will not co-invest its other clients’ assets in negotiated private transactions in which the Fund invests. To the extent the Fund is precluded from co-investing, the Adviser will allocate private investment opportunities among its clients, including but not limited to the Fund and the Fund’s affiliated companies, based on allocation policies that take into account several suitability factors, including the size of the investment opportunity, the amount each client has available for investment and the client’s investment objectives. These allocation policies may result in the allocation of investment opportunities to an affiliated company rather than to the Fund.

The Adviser and its principals, officers, employees, and affiliates may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on the Fund’s behalf. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by principals, officers, employees, and affiliates of the Adviser that are the same as, different from, or made at a different time than positions taken for the Fund. Further, the Adviser may at some time in the future, manage other investment funds with the same investment objectives as the Fund’s.

None of Messrs. Birzer, Hamel, Malvey, Matlack and Schulte receive any direct compensation from the Fund or any other of the managed accounts reflected in the table above.   Messrs. Birzer, Hamel, Malvey, Matlack and Schulte are employees of the Adviser and receive a fixed salary for the services they provide. They each own an equity interest in Tortoise Holdings, LLC, the sole member of the Adviser, and each thus benefits from increases in the net income of the Adviser.

As of the date of this SAI, the investment committee members did not own any shares of the Fund.
 
 
Service Providers
Pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202 (the “Administrator”), the Administrator acts as the Fund’s administrator.  The Administrator provides certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparation for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance by the Trust and the Fund with applicable laws and regulations ; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value per share (“NAV”) and yield; responding to shareholder inquiries; and arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund, and providing, at its own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out its duties.  In this capacity, the Administrator does not have any responsibility or authority for the investment management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares.  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, for its services, the Administrator receives from the Fund a fee computed daily and payable monthly based on the Fund’s average net assets at the rate of […]% of average net assets on the first $[…], […]% of average net assets on the next $[…], and […]% on the balance, all subject to an annual minimum fee of $[…].

USBFS also acts as fund accountant (“Fund Accountant”), transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”) and dividend disbursing agent under separate agreements with the Trust.

Pursuant to a custody agreement between the Trust and the Fund, U.S. Bank, N.A., an affiliate of USBFS, serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets. The custody agreement provides for fees on a transaction basis plus out-of-pocket expenses.  The Custodian’s address is 1555 North RiverCenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212.  The Custodian does not participate in decisions relating to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund.  U.S. Bank, N.A. and its affiliates may participate in revenue sharing arrangements with service providers of mutual funds in which the Fund may invest.

Legal Counsel
Bernstein, Shur, Sawyer & Nelson, P.A., 100 Middle Street, P.O. Box 9729, Portland, Maine 04104, serves as counsel to the Fund.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[___], serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.

Distribution of Fund Shares
The Trust has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter, provides certain administration services and promotes and arranges for the sale of the Fund’s shares on a best efforts basis.  The offering of the Fund’s shares is continuous.  The Distributor, Administrator and Custodian are affiliated companies.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
 
 
The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Trustees.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Fund has adopted a distribution plan for Investor Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plan”).  Under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund pays a fee to the Distributor for distribution services (the “Distribution Fee”) at an annual rate of [X.XX]% of the Fund’s average daily net asset value of Investor Class Shares.  The 12b-1 Plan provides that the Distributor may use all or any portion of such Distribution Fee to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of Fund shares, subject to the terms of the 12b-1 Plan, or to provide certain shareholder services.

The Distribution Fee is payable to the Distributor regardless of the distribution-related expenses actually incurred.  Because the Distribution Fee is not directly tied to expenses, the amount of distribution fees paid by Investor Class Shares during any year may be more or less than actual expenses incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan.  For this reason, this type of distribution fee arrangement is characterized by the staff of the SEC as a “compensation” plan.

The Distributor may use the Distribution Fee to pay for services covered by the 12b-1 Plan including, but not limited to, advertising, compensating underwriters, dealers and selling personnel engaged in the distribution of Fund shares, the printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports, the printing and mailing of sales literature pertaining to the Funds, and obtaining whatever information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund  may, from time to time, deem advisable.

The 12b-1 Plan provides that it will continue from year to year upon approval by the majority vote of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose, provided that such trustees have made a determination that there is a reasonable likelihood that the 12b-1 Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  It is also required that the Independent Trustees, select and nominate all other trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund.  The 12b-1 Plan and any related agreements may not be amended to materially increase the amounts to be spent for distribution expenses without approval of shareholders holding a majority of the Fund shares outstanding.  All material amendments to the 12b-1 Plan or any related agreements must be approved by a vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on any such amendment.

The 12b-1 Plan requires that the Distributor provide to the Board of Trustees, at least quarterly, a written report on the amounts and purpose of any payment made under the 12b-1 Plan.  The Distributor is also required to furnish the Board of Trustees with such other information as may reasonably be requested in order to enable the Board of Trustees to make an informed determination of whether the 12b-1 Plan should be continued.
 
 
As noted above, the 12b-1 Plan provides for the ability to use Fund assets to pay financial intermediaries (including those that sponsor mutual fund supermarkets and affiliates of the Adviser), plan administrators and other service providers to finance any activity that is principally intended to result in the sale of Fund shares (distribution services) and for the provision of personal services to shareholders.  The payments made by the Fund to financial intermediaries are based primarily on the dollar amount of assets invested in the Fund through the financial intermediaries.  These financial intermediaries may pay a portion of the payments that they receive from the Fund to their investment professionals.  In addition to the ongoing asset-based fees paid to these financial intermediaries under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund may, from time to time, make payments under the 12b-1 Plan that help defray the expenses incurred by these intermediaries for conducting training and educational meetings about various aspects of the Funds for their employees.  In addition, the Fund may make payments under the 12b-1 Plan for exhibition space and otherwise help defray the expenses these financial intermediaries incur in hosting client seminars where the Funds are discussed.

In addition, the Fund may participate in various “fund supermarkets” in which a mutual fund supermarket sponsor (usually a broker-dealer) offers many mutual funds to the sponsor’s customers without charging the customers a sales charge.  In connection with its participation in such platforms, the Distributor may use all or a portion of the Distribution Fee to pay one or more supermarket sponsors a negotiated fee for distributing the Fund’s shares.  In addition, in its discretion, the Adviser may pay additional fees to such intermediaries from its own assets.

Shareholder Servicing Plan
Pursuant to a Shareholder Service Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Trust established by the Funds with respect to the Investor Class and the Institutional Class of the Fund, the Adviser is authorized to provide, or arrange for others to provide personal shareholder services relating to the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts not otherwise provided to the Fund (“Shareholder Servicing Activities”).  Under the Plan, the Adviser may enter into shareholder service agreements with securities broker-dealers and other securities professionals (“Service Organizations”) who provide Shareholder Servicing Activities for their clients invested in the Fund, including affiliates of the Adviser

Shareholder Servicing Activities shall include one or more of the following: (1) establishing and maintaining accounts and records relating for shareholders of the Fund; (2) aggregating and processing orders involving the shares of the Fund; (3) processing dividend and other distribution payments from the Fund on behalf of shareholders; (4) providing information to shareholders as to their ownership of Fund shares or about other aspects of the operations of the Fund; (5) preparing tax reports or forms on behalf of shareholders; (6) forwarding communications from the Fund to shareholders; (7) assisting shareholders in changing the Fund’s records as to their addresses, dividend options, account registrations or other data; (8) providing sub-accounting with respect to shares beneficially owned by shareholders, or the information to the Fund necessary for sub-accounting; (9) responding to shareholder inquiries relating to the services performed; (10) providing shareholders with a service that invests the assets of their accounts in shares pursuant to specific or pre-authorized instructions; and (11) providing such other similar services as the Adviser may reasonably request to the extent the Service Organization is permitted to do so under applicable statutes, rules or regulations.
 
 
As compensation for the Shareholder Servicing Activities, the Fund pays the Adviser a fee of up to [X.XX]% of the Fund’s average daily net assets of the shares owned by investors for which the shareholder servicing agent maintains a servicing relationship.

Any material amendment to the Plan must be approved by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by a vote of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable class or classes.  The Plan may be terminated, with respect to a class or classes of the Fund, without penalty at any time: (1) by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees; or (2) by a vote of a “majority” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable class or classes.]

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund, broker-dealer selection, and negotiation of brokerage commission rates. The Adviser’s primary consideration in effecting a security transaction will be to obtain the best execution. In selecting a broker-dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Adviser will initially consider their ability to execute transactions at the most favorable prices and lowest overall execution costs, while also taking into consideration other relevant factors, such as, the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer, the size of and difficulty in executing the order, the quality of execution and custodial services, and the provision of valuable research services that can be reasonably expected to enhance the investment return of clients managed by the Adviser. Research services may include reports on core infrastructure companies, the market, the economy and other general widely distributed research, and may be used by the Adviser in servicing all funds and accounts managed by the Adviser, including the Fund. Receipt of research is one of a number of factors considered in assigning an overall internal ranking to brokers. The price to us in any transaction may be less favorable than that available from another broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably justified by other aspects of the execution services offered.

The Fund may, from time to time, enter into arrangements with placement agents in connection with direct placement transactions. In evaluating placement agent proposals, the Adviser will consider each broker’s access to issuers of core infrastructure company securities and experience in the core infrastructure market, particularly the direct placement market. In addition to these factors, the Adviser will consider whether the proposed services are customary, whether the proposed fee schedules are within the range of customary rates, whether any proposal would obligate us to enter into transactions involving a minimum fee, dollar amount or volume of securities, or into any transaction whatsoever, and other terms such as indemnification provisions.

The Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser an amount of commission for effecting an investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Adviser as to which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. The Adviser is further authorized to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Fund to such brokers and dealers who also provide research or statistical material or other services to us, the Adviser or to any sub-adviser. Such allocation shall be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser shall determine and the Adviser will report on said allocations regularly to the Board of Trustees indicating the brokers to whom such allocations have been made and the basis therefor.
 
 
Portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers who sell shares of the Fund subject to rules adopted by FINRA and the SEC.  Portfolio transactions may also be placed with broker-dealers in which the Adviser has invested on behalf of the Fund and/or client accounts.

Portfolio Turnover
Although the Fund generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Adviser, investment considerations or redemption requests warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to above-average transaction costs and could generate capital gains that must be distributed to shareholders as short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income rates (currently as high as 35%).  To the extent that the Fund experiences an increase in brokerage commissions due to a higher portfolio turnover rate, the performance of the Fund could be negatively impacted by the increased expenses incurred by the Fund and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.

Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser and the Distributor have each adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These Codes permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of the [Fund], Adviser and Distributor to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

Proxy Voting Procedures
The Board of Trustees has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policies”) wherein the Trust has delegated to the Adviser the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund as part of its investment advisory services, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board of Trustees.  Notwithstanding this delegation of responsibilities, however, the Fund retains the right to vote proxies relating to its portfolio securities.  The fundamental purpose of the Proxy Policies is to ensure that each vote will be in a manner that reflects the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, taking into account the value of the Fund’s investments.
 
 
The actual voting records relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free, (800) SEC-0330 or by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Adviser will vote proxies on behalf of the Fund in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.  Absent special circumstances, all proxies will be voted consistent with guidelines established and described in the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.  A summary of the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is as follows:

·  
The investment committee (or an employee of the Adviser designated by the Investment Committee) will be responsible for all decisions regarding proxy voting, including monitoring corporate actions, making voting decisions in the best interest of the Fund, and ensuring that proxies are submitted in a timely manner.
·  
The investment committee will generally vote proxies according to the Adviser’s then-current Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of its clients. In pursuing this policy, proxies should be voted in a manner that is intended to maximize value to the client.
·  
Although the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are to be followed as a general policy, certain issues will be considered on a case-by-case basis based on the relevant facts and circumstances.  Since corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving, the Adviser shall devote an appropriate amount of time and resources to monitor these changes.
·  
In situations where there may be a conflict of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships that the Adviser maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes, the Adviser will take appropriate steps to ensure that its proxy voting decisions are made in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders, and not the product of such conflict.
·  
All proxies will be voted in accordance with any applicable investment restrictions of the Fund and, to the extent applicable, any resolutions or other instructions approved by the Board of Trustees.
·  
Notwithstanding the above, because the Fund initially intends to rely on Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act in purchasing securities issued by another  investment company, the Fund must either seek instructions from its shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to its investment in such securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with the instructions, or vote the shares held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of the securities (echo voting). The Fund intends to vote such other investment companies shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.  Mr. Robert J. Slotky has been designated as the Trust’s Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.
 
 
Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to: determining that the Distributor and the Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures; reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity; and a complete and thorough review of all new account applications.  The Fund will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

As a result of the Program, the Fund may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Fund may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.

Portfolio Holdings Information
The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has adopted portfolio holdings disclosure policies (“Portfolio Holdings Policies”) that govern the timing and circumstances of disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Fund. The Portfolio Holdings Policies are applicable to service providers of the Fund, including the Adviser. Information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings will not be distributed to any third party except in accordance with these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees considered the circumstances under which the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed under the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The  Board of Trustees also considered actual and potential material conflicts that could arise in such circumstances between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, Distributor or any other affiliated person of the Fund.  After due consideration, the Board of Trustees determined that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for disclosing portfolio holdings to persons described in the Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees also authorized the Adviser or appointed officers to consider and authorize dissemination of portfolio holdings information to additional parties, after considering the best interests of the shareholders and potential conflicts of interest in making such disclosures.

The Board of Trustees exercises continuing oversight of the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by (1) overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the Portfolio Holdings Policies, codes of ethics and other relevant policies of the Fund and its service providers by the CCO, (2) by considering reports and recommendations by the CCO concerning any material compliance matters (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act), and (3) by considering whether to approve any amendment to these Portfolio Holdings Policies.  The Board of Trustees reserves the right to amend the Portfolio Holdings Policies at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion.

Disclosure of the Fund’s complete holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, in the annual and semi-annual reports to Fund shareholders, and in the quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.  These reports will be made available, free of charge, on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
 
In the event of a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Adviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser under the Portfolio Holdings Policy, the CCO of the Adviser, in consultation with the Trust’s CCO, shall make a determination in the best interests of the Fund, and shall report such determination to the Board of Trustees at the end of the quarter in which such determination was made.  Any employee of the Adviser who suspects a breach of this obligation must report the matter immediately to the Adviser’s CCO or to his or her supervisor.

In addition, material non-public holdings information may be provided without lag as part of the normal investment activities of the Fund to each of the following entities which, by explicit agreement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Fund, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed: the Administrator; the Adviser; the Fund’s accountant; the Custodian; the Transfer Agent; the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; counsel to the Fund or the Board of Trustees (current parties are identified in this SAI); broker-dealers (in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or requests for price quotations or bids on one or more securities); lending agents; and regulatory authorities.  Portfolio holdings information not publicly available with the SEC may only be provided to additional third parties in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Policies, when the Fund has a legitimate business purpose, and the third party recipient is subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Portfolio holdings information may be separately provided to any person, including rating and ranking organizations such as Lipper and Morningstar, at the same time that it is filed with the SEC or one day after it is first published on the Fund’s website.  Portfolio holdings disclosure may be approved under the Portfolio Holdings Policies by the Trust’s CCO, Treasurer or President.

In no event shall the Adviser, its affiliates or employees, or the Fund receive any direct or indirect compensation in connection with the disclosure of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings.

There can be no assurance that the Portfolio Holdings Policies and these procedures will protect the Fund from potential misuse of that information by individuals or entities to which it is disclosed.

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined by the Administrator as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) each business day.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that it will not be open on the following days: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The NAV per share is computed by dividing the value of the securities held by the Fund plus any cash or other assets (including interest and dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued expenses) by the total number of shares in the Fund outstanding at such time.
 
Net Assets
=
Net Asset Value Per Share
Shares Outstanding
 
 
 
The Fund’s assets are generally valued at their market price on the valuation date based on valuations provided by independent pricing services consistent with the Fund’s valuation procedures.

Each security owned by the Fund that is listed on a securities exchange is valued at its last sale price on that exchange on the date as of which assets are valued.  Where the security is listed on more than one exchange, the Fund will use the price of the exchange that the Fund generally considers to be the principal exchange on which the stock is traded.  If no sale is reported, the security is valued at the mean between the last available bid and asked price.

Portfolio securities primarily traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), which may not necessarily represent the last sale price.  If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and asked prices. OTC securities that are not traded on NASDAQ shall be valued at the most recent trade price.

Fixed income securities are valued at the mean of the bid and asked prices as determined by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration recent transactions, yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality, coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Exchange traded options are valued at the composite price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes (“NBBO”).  NBBO consists of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across any of the exchanges on which an option is quoted, thus providing a view across the entire U.S. options marketplace.  Specifically, composite pricing looks at the last trades on the exchanges where the options are traded.  If there are no trades for the option on a given business day composite option pricing calculates the mean of the highest bid price and lowest ask price across the exchanges where the option is traded.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board of Trustees in good faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

Purchase of Shares
Shares of the Fund are sold in a continuous offering and may be purchased on any business day from the Fund.  The Fund may also authorize one or more brokers to accept purchase orders.  Brokers are authorized to designate intermediaries to accept orders on the Fund’s behalf (collectively, “Authorized Intermediaries”).  An order is deemed to be received when an authorized broker or agent accepts the order.

Orders received by the Fund by the close of trading on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on a business day that are will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that day.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed at the next determined NAV.  It is the dealer’s responsibility to transmit orders so that they will be received by the Fund before the close of the NYSE.
 
 
Orders received by Authorized Intermediaries and transmitted to the Fund before the close of the NYSE will be effected at the NAV per share determined as of the close of trading on the NYSE on that date.  Otherwise, the orders will be processed on at the next determined NAV.  In the case of Authorized Intermediaries that have made satisfactory payment or redemption arrangements with the Fund, orders will be processed at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Authorized Intermediary, consistent with applicable laws and regulations.  It is the Authorized Intermediary’s responsibility to transmit orders timely to the Fund.

Purchase Requests Must be Received in Good Order
 “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:

·  
the name of the Fund you are investing in;
·  
the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
·  
the class of shares to be purchased;
·  
your Account Application or investment stub; and
·  
a check payable to the name of the Fund or a wire transfer received by the Fund.

The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Shares of the Fund have not been registered for sale outside of the United States.  Except for investors with United States military APO or FPO addresses, the Fund does not sell shares to investors residing outside the United States, even if they are United States citizens or lawful permanent residents, and such purchase requests are not considered in good order.

Redemption of Shares
In general, orders to sell or “redeem” shares may be placed directly with the Fund or through an Authorized Intermediary.   You may redeem all or part of your investment in the Fund’s shares on any business day that the Fund calculates its NAV.  It is the Authorized Intermediary’s responsibility to transmit orders timely to the Fund.

Redemption Requests Must be Received in Good Order
Your share price will be based on the next NAV per share calculated after the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Intermediary receives your redemption request in good order.  A redemption request will be deemed in “good order” if it includes:

·  
the shareholder’s name;
·  
the name of the Fund you are redeeming;
·  
the account number;
·  
the share or dollar amount to be redeemed;
·  
the class of shares to be redeemed; and
·  
signatures by all shareholders on the account (with signature(s) guaranteed if applicable).
 
 
The Fund reserves the right to change the requirements of “good order” from time to time without notice.

Unless you instruct the Transfer Agent otherwise, redemption proceeds will be sent to the address of record. The Fund will not be responsible for interest lost on redemption amounts due to lost or misdirected mail.

A signature guarantee of each owner is required in the following situations:

·  
if ownership is changed on your account;
·  
when redemption proceeds are payable or sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·  
written requests to wire redemption proceeds (if not previously authorized on the account);
·  
if a change of address request was received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days;
·  
for all redemptions in excess of $100,000 from any shareholder account; or
·  
when establishing or modifying certain services on an account.

Signature guarantees can be obtained from banks and securities dealers, but not from a notary public.

The Fund may elect in the future to limit eligible signature guarantors to institutions that are members of a signature guarantee program.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to amend these standards at any time without notice.

Redemption-in-Kind
The Fund normally does not intend to redeem shares in any form except cash.  The Trust, however, has filed a notice of election under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act that allows the Fund to redeem in-kind redemption requests during any 90-day period in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the Fund, valued at the beginning of such period.  If the Fund pays your redemption proceeds by a distribution of securities, you could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash, and will bear any market risks associated with such securities until they are converted into cash. The Fund potentially could distribute MLP interests. The tax reporting of MLP investments may be more complicated than the income tax reporting for stock and debt investments in that you would receive a K-1, the income or loss would be subject to the passive activity loss limitation provisions in the case of an individual or other non-corporate owners, and you may be subject to state income tax filings.

Cancellations
The Fund will not accept a request to cancel a transaction once processing has begun.

Exchange Privileges
You may exchange your Fund shares for shares of the same class of other Trust series managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Be sure to confirm with the Transfer Agent that the fund into which you exchange is available for sale in your state.  Not all funds available for exchange may be available for purchase in your state.  Because exchanges are a sale and purchase of shares, they may have tax consequences.
 
 
You may make exchanges only between identically registered accounts (name(s), address, and taxpayer ID number).  There is currently no limit on exchanges, but each Fund reserves the right to limit exchanges (See “Short Term Trading Policy”).  You may exchange your shares by mail or telephone, unless you declined telephone exchange privileges on your account application. You may be responsible for any unauthorized telephone order as long as the Transfer Agent takes reasonable measures to verify that the order is genuine.  You may also make exchanges through an Authorized Intermediary.

Tax Matters
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund, its shareholders. The discussion reflects applicable U.S. federal income tax laws of the U.S. as of the date of this SAI, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income, estate or gift, or state, local or foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its stockholders (including stockholders owning large positions in the Fund). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.

In addition, no attempt is made to address tax concerns applicable to an investor with a special tax status, such as a financial institution, “real estate investment trust,” insurance company, RIC, individual retirement account, other tax-exempt entity, dealer in securities or non-U.S. investor. Furthermore, this discussion does not reflect possible application of the alternative minimum tax. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes the Fund's stock and debt securities are held by U.S. persons and that such shares and securities are held as capital assets.

A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 
a citizen or individual resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents);

 
a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 
a trust with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. shareholders have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust has made a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.


A “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of shares of the Fund that is an individual, corporation, trust, or estate and is not a U.S. holder.  If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of the Fund, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

Each series of the Trust is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes.  The Fund, a series of the Trust, intends to qualify and elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, provided it complies with all applicable requirements regarding the source of its income, diversification of its assets and timing of distributions.

As long as the Fund meets certain requirements that govern the Fund’s source of income, diversification of assets and distribution of earnings to stockholders, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income distributed (or treated as distributed, as described below) to its stockholders. With respect to the source of income requirement, the Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income (including tax-exempt interest) from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such shares, securities or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships. A qualified publicly traded partnership is generally defined as a publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Code, but does not include a publicly traded partnership if 90% or more of its income is described in (i) above.

With respect to the diversification of assets requirement, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of such calculation, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs), the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes based on net income.  However, the Fund can give no assurances that its anticipated distributions will be sufficient to eliminate all taxes.  If the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it would be taxed as a corporation and, in such case, it would be more beneficial for a shareholder to directly own the Fund’s underlying investments rather than indirectly owning the underlying investments through the Fund.  If the Fund fails to distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year (i) at least 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) at least 98% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax, the Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax.
 
 
Net investment income generally consists of interest, dividends, operational income from investments in MLP companies, and short-term capital gains, less expenses.  Net realized capital gains for a fiscal period are computed by taking into account any capital loss carry forward of the Fund.

Distributions of net investment income are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  For individual shareholders, a portion of the distributions paid by the Fund may consist of qualified dividends eligible for taxation at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as a qualified dividend and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to his or her Fund shares.  In the case of corporate shareholders, a portion of the distributions may qualify for the intercorporate dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates the amount distributed as eligible for deduction and the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements with respect to its Fund shares.  The aggregate amount so designated to either individuals or corporate shareholders cannot, however, exceed the aggregate amount of such dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year.  In view of the Fund’s investment policies, it is expected that part (but not all) of the distributions by the Fund may be eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment for individual shareholders and the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Any distributions to you in excess of the Fund’s investment company taxable income and net capital gains will be treated by you, first, as a tax-deferred return of capital, which is applied against and will reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains.

Any long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the length of time shares have been held.  Net capital gains distributions are not eligible for the qualified dividend income treatment or the dividends-received deduction referred to in the previous paragraph.

Distributions of any net investment income and net realized capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares or in cash.  Shareholders who choose to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share on the reinvestment date.  Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable as if received on December 31.  Distributions are includable in alternative minimum taxable income in computing a shareholder’s liability for the alternative minimum tax.

A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss and, if held as a capital asset, capital gain or loss.  Any loss realized upon a redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains received on those shares.  Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the Fund are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.
 
 
Except in the case of certain exempt shareholders, if a shareholder does not furnish the Fund with its correct Taxpayer Identification Number and certain certifications or the Fund receive s notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from the shareholder’s distributions and redemption proceeds currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. residents.

The Fund potentially could distribute MLP interests. The tax reporting of MLPs may be more complicated than the income tax reporting for stock and debt investments in that you would receive a K-1, the income or loss would be subject to the passive activity loss limitation provisions in the case of an individual or other non-corporate owners, and you may be subject to state income tax filings.

Foreign taxpayers (including nonresident aliens) are generally subject to a flat withholding rate, currently 30% on U.S. source income.  This withholding rate may be lower under the terms of a tax treaty.  Certain distributions of short-term capital gains and qualified interest income of the Fund will not be subject to withholding for tax years beginning prior to January 1, 2012.

Federal Income Taxation of MLPs.   MLPs are similar to corporations in many respects, but differ in others, especially in the way they are taxed for federal income tax purposes. A corporation is a distinct legal entity, separate from its stockholders and employees and is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes as well. Like individual taxpayers, a corporation must pay a federal income tax on its income. To the extent the corporation distributes its income to its stockholders in the form of dividends, the stockholders must pay federal income tax on the dividends they receive. For this reason, it is said that corporate income is double-taxed, or taxed at two levels.

An MLP that satisfies the Qualifying Income rules described below, and does not elect otherwise, is treated for federal income tax purposes as a pass-through entity. No federal income tax is paid at the partnership level. A partnership’s income is considered earned by all the partners; it is allocated among all the partners in proportion to their interests in the partnership (generally as provided in the partnership agreement), and each partner pays tax on his, her or its share of the partnership’s income. All the other items that go into determining taxable income and tax owed are passed through to the partners as well — capital gains and losses, deductions, credits, etc. Partnership income is thus said to be single-taxed or taxed only at one level — that of the partner.
The Code generally requires “publicly traded partnerships” to be treated as corporations for federal income tax purposes. However, if the publicly traded partnership satisfies certain requirements and does not elect otherwise, the publicly traded partnership will be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, referred to herein as an MLP. Under these requirements, an MLP must derive each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from Qualifying Income.

Qualifying Income for MLPs includes interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, certain income and gain from commodities or commodity futures, and income and gain from certain mineral or natural resources activities. Mineral or natural resources activities that generate Qualifying Income include income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resource (including fertilizer, geothermal energy, and timber).
 
 
Because the MLP itself does not pay federal income tax, its income or loss is allocated to its investors, irrespective of whether the investors receive any cash payment from the MLP. MLPs generally make quarterly cash distributions. Although they resemble corporate dividends, MLP distributions are treated differently. The MLP distribution is treated as a return of capital to the extent of the investor’s basis in his MLP interest and, to the extent the distribution exceeds the investor’s basis in the MLP interest, capital gain. The investor’s original basis is the price paid for the units. The basis is adjusted downward with each distribution and allocation of deductions (such as depreciation) and losses, and upwards with each allocation of income.

When the units are sold, the difference between the sales price and the investor’s adjusted basis is the gain or loss for federal income tax purposes. The partner generally will not be taxed on distributions until (1) he sells his MLP units and pays tax on his gain, which gain is increased resulting from the basis decrease resulting from prior distributions; or (2) his basis reaches zero.
This discussion and the related discussion in the Prospectus have been prepared by Fund management, and counsel to the Fund has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal tax laws and the effect of such laws on you.  There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations to a particular investor.  You are urged to consult your own tax adviser.

Distributions
The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities or operational income from its investments securities of MLP companies.  This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be distributed to the Fund’s shareholders.

The amount of the Fund’s distributions is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed, and is subject to the discretion of the Board of Trustees.  The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.

The Fund may also derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities.  Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any carryover of capital losses from the eight previous taxable years), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the distributions of net investment income giving rise to ordinary income.  If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain.  After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses carried over from the eight previous taxable years) will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders.  For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax adviser.
 
 
Any distribution paid by the Fund reduces that Fund’s NAV per share on the date paid by the amount of the distribution per share.  Accordingly, a distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder would represent, in substance, a partial return of principal (to the extent it is paid on the shares so purchased), even though it would be subject to income taxes.

Distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional common shares, unless the shareholder specifically has indicated otherwise. Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of distributions by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.  However, any such change will be effective only as to distributions for which the record date is five or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.

Financial Statements
As the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of the Fund will be informed of the Fund’s progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.
 
 
 
 

 

APPENDIX “A ” DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Issue Credit Rating Definitions


A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
This is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Dual Ratings
Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.  The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

The ratings and other credit related opinions of Standard & Poor’s and its affiliates are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions.  Standard & Poor’s assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings and credit related opinions should not rely on them in making any investment decision.  Standard &Poor’s opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC does not act as a fiduciary or an investment adviser. While Standard & Poor’s has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and credit related opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.
 
 
A-2

 
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation.  The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only.  The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L
Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation.  The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only.  The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest.  For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi
Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain.  They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript.  Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
 
A-3

 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

sf
The (sf) subscript is assigned to all issues and issuers to which a regulation, such as the European Union Regulation on Credit Rating Agencies, requires the assignment of an additional symbol which distinguishes a structured finance instrument or obligor (as defined in the regulation) from any other instrument or obligor. The addition of this subscript to a credit rating does not change the definition of that rating or our opinion about the issue’s or issuer’s creditworthiness.

t
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited
Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*
This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable.  Discontinued use in January 2001.

pr
The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 
A-4

 
 
q
A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information.  Discontinued use in April 2001.

r
The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, which are not covered in the credit rating.  The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks
Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
 
 
A-5

 
 
 
Moody’s Credit Rating Definitions

Purpose
The system of rating securities was originated by John Moody in 1909. The purpose of Moody’s ratings is to provide investors with a simple system of gradation by which relative creditworthiness of securities may be noted.

Rating Symbols
Gradations of creditworthiness are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the credit characteristics are broadly the same. There are nine symbols as shown below, from that used to designate least credit risk to that denoting greatest credit risk:

Aaa Aa A Baa Ba B Caa Ca C
Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa.

Absence of a Rating
Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

Changes in Rating
The credit quality of most issuers and their obligations is not fixed and steady over a period of time, but tends to undergo change. For this reason changes in ratings occur so as to reflect variations in the intrinsic relative position of issuers and their obligations.

A change in rating may thus occur at any time in the case of an individual issue. Such rating change should serve notice that Moody’s observes some alteration in creditworthiness, or that the previous rating did not fully reflect the quality of the bond as now seen. While because of their very nature, changes are to be expected more frequently among bonds of lower ratings than among bonds of higher ratings. Nevertheless, the user of bond ratings should keep close and constant check on all ratings — both high and low — to be able to note promptly any signs of change in status that may occur.
 
 
A-6

 
 
Limitations to Uses of Ratings*
Obligations carrying the same rating are not claimed to be of absolutely equal credit quality. In a broad sense, they are alike in position, but since there are a limited number of rating classes used in grading thousands of bonds, the symbols cannot reflect the same shadings of risk which actually exist.

As ratings are designed exclusively for the purpose of grading obligations according to their credit quality, they should not be used alone as a basis for investment operations. For example, they have no value in forecasting the direction of future trends of market price. Market price movements in bonds are influenced not only by the credit quality of individual issues but also by changes in money rates and general economic trends, as well as by the length of maturity, etc. During its life even the highest rated bond may have wide price movements, while its high rating status remains unchanged.

The matter of market price has no bearing whatsoever on the determination of ratings, which are not to be construed as recommendations with respect to “attractiveness”. The attractiveness of a given bond may depend on its yield, its maturity date or other factors for which the investor may search, as well as on its credit quality, the only characteristic to which the rating refers.

Since ratings involve judgments about the future, on the one hand, and since they are used by investors as a means of protection, on the other, the effort is made when assigning ratings to look at “worst” possibilities in the “visible” future, rather than solely at the past record and the status of the present. Therefore, investors using the rating should not expect to find in them a reflection of statistical factors alone, since they are an appraisal of long-term risks, including the recognition of many non-statistical factors.

Though ratings may be used by the banking authorities to classify bonds in their bank examination procedure, Moody’s ratings are not made with these bank regulations in mind. Moody’s Investors Service’s own judgment as to the desirability or non-desirability of a bond for bank investment purposes is not indicated by Moody’s ratings.

Moody’s ratings represent the opinion of Moody’s Investors Service as to the relative creditworthiness of securities. As such, they should be used in conjunction with the descriptions and statistics appearing in Moody’s publications. Reference should be made to these statements for information regarding the issuer. Moody’s ratings are not commercial credit ratings. In no case is default or receivership to be imputed unless expressly stated.

*As set forth more fully on the copyright, credit ratings are, and must be construed solely as, statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities. Each rating or other opinion must be weighed solely as one factor in any investment decision made by or on behalf of any user of the information, and each such user must accordingly make its own study and evaluation of each security and of each issuer and guarantor of, and each provider of credit support for, each security that it may consider purchasing, selling or holding.

Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
A-7

 
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.


 
 
 
A-8

 
 
Fitch’s National Credit Ratings

For those countries in which foreign and local currency sovereign ratings are below ‘AAA’, and where there is demand for such ratings, Fitch Ratings will provide National Ratings. It is important to note that each National Rating scale is unique and is defined to serve the needs of the local market in question.

The National Rating scale provides a relative measure of creditworthiness for rated entities only within the country concerned. Under this rating scale, a ‘AAA’ Long-Term National Rating will be assigned to the lowest relative risk within that country, which, in most but not all cases, will be the sovereign state.

The National Rating scale merely ranks the degree of perceived risk relative to the lowest default risk in that same country. Like local currency ratings, National Ratings exclude the effects of sovereign and transfer risk and exclude the possibility that investors may be unable to repatriate any due interest and principal repayments. It is not related to the rating scale of any other national market. Comparisons between different national scales or between an individual national scale and the international rating scale are therefore inappropriate and potentially misleading. Consequently they are identified by the addition of a special identifier for the country concerned, such as ‘AAA(arg)’ for National Ratings in Argentina.

In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, the agency’s National Short-Term Rating definitions for ‘F1+(xxx)’, ‘F1(xxx)’, ‘F2(xxx)’ and ‘F3(xxx)’ may be substituted by the regulatory scales, e.g. ‘A1+’, ‘A1’, ‘A2’ and ‘A3’. The below definitions thus serve as a template, but users should consult the individual scales for each country listed on the agency’s web-site to determine if any additional or alternative category definitions apply.

National Short-Term Credit Ratings

F1(xxx)
Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Under the agency’s National Rating scale, this rating is assigned to the lowest default risk relative to others in the same country. Where the liquidity profile is particularly strong, a “+” is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx)
Indicates a good capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3(xxx)
Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

B(xxx)
Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
A-9

 
 
C(xxx)
Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D(xxx)
Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:

The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
A-10

 
 
LONG-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
   
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
   
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default.  Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.  (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories.  However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
A-11

 
 
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C
A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default.  The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or minus (-)
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings beginning on page A-3.
 
 
A-12

 
 

 
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings


Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
 
A-13

 
 
Fitch’s National Long-Term Credit Ratings


AAA(xxx)
‘AAA’ National Ratings denote the highest rating assigned by the agency in its National Rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to issuers or obligations with the lowest expectation of default risk relative to all other issuers or obligations in the same country.

AA(xxx)
‘AA’ National Ratings denote expectations of very low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. The default risk inherent differs only slightly from that of the country’s highest rated issuers or obligations.

A(xxx)
‘A’ National Ratings denote expectations of low default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment to a greater degree than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BBB(xxx)
‘BBB’ National Ratings denote a moderate default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment than is the case for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BB(xxx)
‘BB’ National Ratings denote an elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.

B(xxx)
‘B’ National Ratings denote a significantly elevated default risk relative to other issuers or obligations in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries.

CCC(xxx)
‘CCC’ National Ratings denote that default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

CC(xxx)
‘CC’ National Ratings denote that default of some kind appears probable.

C(xxx)
‘C’ National Ratings denote that default is imminent.

D(xxx)
‘D’ National Ratings denote an issuer or instrument that is currently in default.
 
 
A-14

 
 
Notes to Long-Term and Short-Term National Ratings:
The ISO country code suffix is placed in parentheses immediately following the rating letters to indicate the identity of the National market within which the rating applies. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used.

“+” or “-” may be appended to a National Rating to denote relative status within a major rating category. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA(xxx)’ Long-Term National Rating category, to categories below ‘CCC(xxx)’, or to Short-Term National Ratings other than ‘F1(xxx)’.
 
 
 
 
A-15

 
 
MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes.  Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
   
Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

See active and inactive qualifiers following Standard & Poors Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings  beginning on page A-3.
 
  Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels -- MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 
A-16

 
 
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
 
VMIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.


 
 
A-17 

 
 

MANAGED PORTFOLIO SERIES (the “Trust”)
PART C
 
OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28.  Exhibits

(a)
(i)
Certificate of Trust – filed herewith
 
(ii)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust – filed herewith
(b)
 
Bylaws – filed herewith
(c)
 
Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders – incorporated by reference to the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
(d)
(i)
Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Corporate America Short Duration Fund, and Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. – to be filed
 
(ii)
Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, and Nuance Investments, LLC – to be filed
 
(iii)(A)
Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund, and Palmer Square Capital Management LLC – to be filed
 
(iii)(B)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iii)(C)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iii)(D)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iii)(E)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iii)(F)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iii)(G)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and [Subadviser] on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(iv)
Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund, and Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. – to be filed
(e)
(i)
Distribution Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Corporate America Short Duration Fund, and Quasar Distributors, LLC – to be filed
 
(ii)
Distribution Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, and Quasar Distributors, LLC – to be filed
 
 
1

 
 
 
(iii)
Distribution Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund, and Quasar Distributors, LLC – to be filed
 
(iv)
Distribution Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund, and Quasar Distributors, LLC – to be filed
(f)
 
Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts – not applicable
(g)
 
Custodian Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bank, National Association – to be filed
(h)
(i)
Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC – to be filed
 
(ii)
Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC – to be filed
 
(iii)
Transfer Agent Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC – to be filed
 
(iv)
Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Corporate America  Short Duration Fund, and Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. – to be filed
 
(v)
Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, and Nuance Investments, LLC – to be filed
 
(vi)
Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund, and Palmer Square Capital Management LLC – to be filed
 
(vii)
Operating Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund, and Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. – to be filed
 
(viii)
Shareholder Servicing Plan adopted by the Trust, on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(ix)
Shareholder Servicing Plan adopted by the Trust, on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund – to be filed
(i)
(i)
Opinion and Consent of Counsel by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. for the Corporate America  Short Duration Fund, the Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund and the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund – to be filed
(j)
(i)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm [ ] – to be filed
(k)
 
Omitted Financial Statements – not applicable
(l)
 
Initial Capital Agreements – to be filed
(m)
(i)
Rule 12b-1 Plan by the Trust on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
(ii)
Rule 12b-1 Plan by the Trust on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund – to be filed
(n)
(i)
Rule 18f-3 Plan by the Trust on behalf of the Palmer Square Absolute Return Fund – to be filed
 
 
2

 
 
 
(ii)
Rule 18f-3 Plan by the Trust on behalf of the Tortoise Core Infrastructure Fund – to be filed
(o)
 
Reserved
(p)
(i)
Code of Ethics for the Trust – to be filed
 
(ii)
Code of Ethics for Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc. – to be filed
 
(iii)
Code of Ethics for Nuance Investments, LLC – to be filed
 
(iv)
Code of Ethics for Palmer Square Capital Management LLC – to be filed
 
(v)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(vi)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(vii)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(viii)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(ix)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(x)
Code of Ethics for [Subadviser] – to be filed
 
(xi)
Code of Ethics for Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C. – to be filed
 
(xx)
Code of Ethics for the Distributor, Quasar Distributors, LLC – to be filed

Item 29.  Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the Registrant.

Item 30.  Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VII of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, Article VI of Registrant’s Bylaws, and Paragraph _ of the Distribution Agreement.  With respect to the Registrant, the general effect of these provisions is to indemnify any person (Trustee, officer, employee or agent, among others) who was or is a party to any proceeding by reason of their actions performed in their official or duly authorized capacity on behalf of the Trust.  With respect to the Distributor, the general effect of the relevant provisions is to indemnify those entities for claims arising out of any untrue statement or material fact contained in the Funds’ Registration Statement, reports to shareholders or advertising and sales literature.

Pursuant to Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) the Registrant furnishes the following undertaking:  “Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.”
 
 
3

 
 
Item 31.  Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

With respect to the Advisers, the response to this Item will be incorporated by reference to the Advisers’ Uniform Applications for Investment Adviser Registration (“Form ADV”) on file with the SEC.  Each Adviser’s Form ADV may be obtained, free of charge, at the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

Item 32.  Principal Underwriter

Quasar Distributors, LLC acts as the Principal Underwriter for the Trust.

(a)           Quasar Distributors, LLC, the Registrant’s principal underwriter, acts as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

Academy Funds Trust
Jensen Portfolio, Inc.
Advisors Series Trust
Keystone Mutual Funds
Allied Asset Advisors Funds
Kiewit Investment Fund, LLLP
Alpine Equity Trust
Kirr Marbach Partners Funds, Inc.
Alpine Income Trust
LKCM Funds
Alpine Series Trust
Masters’ Select Funds Trust
Artio Global Funds
Matrix Advisors Value Fund, Inc.
Brandes Investment Trust
Monetta Fund, Inc.
Brandywine Blue Funds, Inc.
Monetta Trust
Bridges Investment Fund, Inc.
MP63 Fund, Inc.
Buffalo Funds
Nicholas Family of Funds, Inc.
Country Mutual Funds Trust
Permanent Portfolio Family of Funds, Inc.
DoubleLine Funds Trust
Perritt Funds, Inc.
Empiric Funds, Inc.
Perritt Microcap Opportunities Fund, Inc.
Evermore Funds Trust
PineBridge Mutual Funds
First American Funds, Inc.
PRIMECAP Odyssey Funds
First American Investment Funds, Inc.
Professionally Managed Portfolios
First American Strategy Funds, Inc.
Prospector Funds, Inc.
Fort Pitt Capital Funds
Purisima Funds
Glenmede Fund, Inc.
Quaker Investment Trust
Glenmede Portfolios
Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds
Greenspring Fund, Inc.
RBC Funds Trust
Guinness Atkinson Funds
SCS Financial Funds
Harding Loevner Funds, Inc.
Thompson Plumb Funds, Inc.
Hennessy Funds Trust
TIFF Investment Program, Inc.
Hennessy Funds, Inc.
Trust for Professional Managers
Hennessy Mutual Funds, Inc.
USA Mutuals Funds
 
 
4

 
 
Hennessy SPARX Funds Trust
Wall Street Fund
Hotchkis and Wiley Funds
Wexford Trust
Intrepid Capital Management Funds Trust
Wisconsin Capital Funds, Inc.
Jacob Funds, Inc.
WY Funds

(b)  
To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of Quasar Distributors, LLC are as follows:

Name and Principal
Business Address
Position and Offices with
Quasar Distributors, LLC
Positions and Offices
with Registrant
 
James R. Schoenike (1)
 
President, Board Member
 
None
 
Andrew M. Strnad (2)
 
Secretary
 
None
 
Joe D. Redwine (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
 
Robert Kern (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
 
Eric W. Falkeis (1)
 
Board Member
 
None
 
Susan LaFond (1)
Treasurer
None
 
Teresa Cowan (1)
 
Assistant Secretary
 
None
 
(1)    This individual is located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53202.
(2)   This individual is located at 6602 East 75th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46250.

(c)            Not applicable.

Item 33.  Location of Accounts and Records

The books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 are maintained at the following locations:
 
Records Relating to:
Are located at:
Registrant’s Fund Administrator, Fund Accountant and Transfer Agent
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street, 3 rd Floor
Milwaukee, WI  53202
Registrant’s Custodian
U.S. Bank, National Association
1555 N. River Center Drive, Suite 302
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
Registrant’s Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI  53202
 
 
5

 
 
Records Relating to:
Are located at:
Registrant’s Investment Advisers
 
 
Corporate Financial Solutions, Inc.
4365 Crescent Road
Irondale, AL 35210
 
Nuance Investments, LLC
One Ward Parkway, Suite 126
Kansas City, MO 64112
 
Palmer Square Capital Management LLC
4200 West 115 th Street
Leawood, KS 66211
 
Tortoise Capital Advisors, L.L.C.
11550 Ash Street, Suite 300
Leawood, KS 66211
Registrant’s Investment SubAdvisers
 
 
[Subadviser]
 
[Subadviser]
 
[Subadviser]
 
[Subadviser]
 
[Subadviser]
 
[Subadviser]

Item 34.  Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 35.  Undertakings

Not applicable.
 
 
6

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed below on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee and State of Wisconsin, on February 4, 2011.

                                 Managed Portfolio Series

                                 By: /s/James R. Arnold                                               
                                 James R. Arnold
                                 President


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the 4 th day of February 2011.

Signature
Title
   
   
/s/Robert J. Kern
Trustee
Robert J. Kern
 
   
/s/James R. Arnold
President and Principal Executive Officer
James R. Arnold
 
   
/s/Brian R. Wiedmeyer
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
Brian R. Wiedmeyer
 
   
 
 
7

 

 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
 
 
Description
     
(a)(i)
 
Certificate of Trust is filed herewith
(a)(ii)
 
Agreement and Declaration of Trust is filed herewith
(b)
 
Bylaws is filed herewith

 
 
 
 
8
 


 
CERTIFICATE OF TRUST
OF
MANAGED PORTFOLIO SERIES


This Certificate of Trust of Managed Portfolio Series, a statutory trust that will be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Trust”), is being executed and filed in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. Section 3801 et seq. ), (the “Delaware Act”) and sets forth the following:

FIRST :  The name of the Trust is “Managed Portfolio Series.”

SECOND :  Prior to or within 180 days following the first issuance of beneficial interests, the Trust will become a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (15 U.S.C. § 80a-1 et seq.).  Furthermore, in accordance with Section 3807(b) of the Delaware Act, the Trust has and shall maintain in the State of Delaware a registered office and a registered agent for service of process. The registered office of the Trust in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The name of the registered agent for service of process on the Trust is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purpose or purposes of the Trust as set forth in its governing instrument is to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, through one or more series of shares of beneficial interest, investing primarily in securities.

FOURTH :  The trustees of the Trust, as set forth in its governing instrument, reserve the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Trust, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute.

FIFTH :  This Certificate of Trust shall become effective immediately upon filing with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

SIXTH :  Pursuant to Section 3804(a) of the Delaware Business Trust Act, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series of the Trust, established pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, shall be enforceable against the assets of such series only and not against the assets of the Trust generally.
 
 
 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being all of the trustees of Managed Portfolio Series, have duly executed this Certificate of Trust as of this 27th day of January, 2011.

                           MANAGED PORTFOLIO SERIES


                                                 /s/ Robert J. Kern                                                       
                           Robert J. Kern, Sole Trustee
 
 
 


 
Managed Portfolio Series
A Delaware Statutory Trust





AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST


January 25, 2011
 
 
 
 
MANAGED PORTFOLIO SERIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
                        
 
 
 
 
 
                         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI:
 
 
 
Record Date for Dividends and Distributions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
Managed Portfolio Series


WHEREAS, THIS AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST is made and entered into as of the date set forth below by the Trustees named hereunder for the purpose of forming a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby direct that a Certificate of Trust be filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and do hereby declare that the Trustees will hold IN TRUST all cash, securities and other assets which the Trust now possesses or may hereafter acquire from time to time in any manner and manage and dispose of the same upon the holders of Shares in the Trust.

 
ARTICLE I:  Name and Definitions
 

Section 1.    Name.   The name of the Trust shall be “Managed Portfolio Series” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.

Section 2.    Definitions .   Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:

 
(a)  
The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules and Regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time;

 
(b)  
“Bylaws” shall mean the Bylaws of the Trust as amended from time to time and incorporated herein by reference;

 
(c)  
The terms “Commission” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act;

 
(d)  
“Delaware Act” refers to Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code entitled “Treatment of Delaware Business Trusts,” as amended from time to time;

 
(e)  
“Declaration of Trust” shall mean this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time;

 
(f)  
The term “Interested Person” has the meaning given it in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act;

 
(g)  
“Investment Manager”, “Manager”, or “Administrator” means a party furnishing services to the Trust pursuant to any contract described in Article IV, Section 7(a) hereof;
 
 
 
(h)  
“Net Asset Value” means the net asset value of each Series of the Trust determined in the manner provided in Article VI, Section 1;

 
(i)  
“Outstanding Shares” means those Shares shown from time to time in the books of the Trust or its transfer agent as then issued and outstanding, but shall not include Shares which have been redeemed or repurchased by the Trust and which are at the time held in the treasury of the Trust;

 
(j)  
“Person” has the meaning given in Section 3801(f) of the Delaware Act;

 
(k)  
“Series” refers to each Series of Shares established and designated under or in accordance with the provisions of Article III;

 
(l)  
“Shareholder” means a record owner of Outstanding Shares of the Trust;

 
(m)  
“Shares” means the shares of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust or in each Series of the Trust or class thereof shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares;

 
(n)  
The “Trust” refers to Managed Portfolio Series, the Delaware statutory trust established by this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended from time to time;

 
(o)  
“Trustees” refers to the person or persons who have signed this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, so long as they continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who may from time to time be duly elected or appointed to serve on the Board of Trustees in accordance with the provisions of Article IV hereof, and reference herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such person or persons in their capacity as trustees hereunder;

 
(p)  
The “Trust Property” means any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or any Series thereof, or by the Trustees on behalf of the Trust or any Series.
 
ARTICLE II:  Purpose of Trust
 

The purpose of the Trust is to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a management investment company registered under the 1940 Act through one or more Series investing primarily in securities.

ARTICLE III:  Shares
 

Section 1.     Division of Beneficial Interest .   The beneficial interest in the Trust shall at all times be divided into an unlimited number of Shares, with no par value per Share.  The Trustees may authorize the division of Shares into separate Series and the division of Series into separate classes of Shares.  The different Series shall be established and designated, and the variations in the relative rights and preferences as between the different Series shall be fixed and determined, by the Trustees.  If only one or no Series (or classes) shall be established, the Shares shall have the rights and preferences provided for herein and in Article III, Section 6 hereof to the extent relevant and not otherwise provided for herein, and all references to Series (and classes) shall be construed (as the context may require) to refer to the Trust.
 
 
Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article III, each Share shall have voting rights as provided in Article V hereof, and holders of the Shares of any Series shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, if and as declared with respect thereto in the manner provided in Article VI, Section 1 hereof.  No Shares shall have any priority or preference over any other Share of the same Series with respect to dividends or distributions upon termination of the Trust or of such Series made pursuant to Article VIII, Section 2 hereof.  All dividends and distributions shall be made ratably among all Shareholders of a particular (class of a particular) Series from the assets held with respect to such Series according to the number of Shares of such (class of such) Series held of record by such Shareholder on the record date for any dividend or distribution or on the date of termination, as the case may be.  Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other right to subscribe to any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust or any Series.  The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any particular Series into a greater or lesser number of Shares of that Series without thereby materially changing the proportionate beneficial interest of the Shares of that Series in the assets held with respect to that Series or materially affecting the rights of Shares of any other Series.

Section 2.   Ownership of Shares .   The ownership of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or a transfer or similar agent for the Trust, which books shall be maintained separately for the Shares of each Series (or class).  No certificates certifying the ownership of Shares shall be issued except as the Board of Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time.  The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the transfer of Shares of each Series (or class) and similar matters.  The record books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or any transfer or similar agent, as they case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders of each Series (or class) and as to the number of Shares of each Series (or class) held from time to time by each.

Section 3.   Investments in the Trust .   Investments may be accepted by the Trust from such Persons, at such times, on such terms, and for such consideration as the Trustees from time to time may authorize.

Section 4.   Status of Shares and Limitation of Personal Liability .   Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this instrument.  Every Shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof and to have become a party hereto.  The death of a Shareholder during the existence of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust, nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but entitles such representative only to the rights of said deceased Shareholder under this Trust.  Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or in part of the Trust property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders as partners.  Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee nor agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholders, nor, except as specifically provided herein, to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.
 
 
Section 5.   Power of Board or Trustees to Change Provisions Relating to Shares .   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust and without limiting the power of the Board of Trustees to amend the Declaration of Trust as provided elsewhere herein, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to amend this Declaration of Trust, at any time and from time to time, in such manner as the Board of Trustees may determine in their sole discretion, without the need for Shareholder action, so as to add to, delete, replace or otherwise modify any provisions relating to the Shares contained in this Declaration of Trust, provided that before adopting any such amendment without Shareholder approval the Board of Trustees shall determine that  it is consistent with the fair and equitable treatment of all Shareholders or that Shareholder approval is not otherwise required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.  If Shares have been issued, Shareholder approval shall be required to adopt any amendments to this Declaration of Trust which would adversely affect to a material degree the rights and preferences of the Shares of any Series (or class).

Subject to the foregoing Paragraph, the Board of Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust to amend any of the provisions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (i) of Section 6 of this Article III.

Section 6.    Establishment and Designation of Series .   The establishment and designation of any Series (or class) of Shares shall be effective upon the resolution by a majority of the then Trustees, adopting a resolution which set forth such establishment and designation and the relative rights and preferences of such Series (or class).  Each such resolution shall be incorporated herein by reference upon adoption.

Shares of each Series (or class) established pursuant to this Section 6, unless otherwise provided in the resolution establishing such Series, shall have the following relative rights and preferences:

(a)   Assets Held With Respect to a Particular Series.   All consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of a particular Series, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof from whatever source derived, including, without limitation, any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall irrevocably be held with respect to that Series for all purposes, subject only to the rights of creditors, and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Trust.  Such consideration, assets, income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, from whatever source derived, including, without limitation, any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, in whatever form the same may be, are herein referred to as “assets held with respect to” that Series.  In the event that there are any assets, income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, funds or payments which are not readily identifiable as assets held with respect to any particular Series, (collectively “General Assets”), the Trustees shall allocate such General Assets to, between or among any one or more of the Series in such a manner and on such basis as the Trustees, in their sole discretion, deem fair and equitable, and any General Asset so allocated to a particular Series shall be held with respect to that Series.  Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series for all purposes.
 
 
(b)   Liabilities Held With Respect to a Particular Series.   The assets of the Trust held with respect to each particular Series shall be charged against the liabilities of the Trust held with respect to that Series and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Series, and any general liabilities of the Trust which are not readily identifiable as being held with respect to any particular Series shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of the Series in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable.  The liabilities, expenses, costs, charges, and reserves so charged to a Series are herein referred to as “liabilities held with respect to” that Series.  Each allocation of liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the holders of all Series for all purposes.  Notice of this limitation is set forth in the certificate of trust of the Trust as filed or to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Act, and upon giving such notice in the certificate of trust, the statutory provisions of Section 3804 of the Delaware Act relating to limitations on inter-Series liabilities (and the statutory effect under Section 3804 of the Delaware Act relating to such notice in the certificate of trust) shall become applicable to the Trust and each particular Series.  Therefore, any persons who have extended credit to a particular Series or which has been allocated to a particular Series, or who have a claim or contract with a particular Series or which has been allocated to any particular Series, may only look to the assets of that particular Series for payment of such credit, claim, or contract.

(c)   Dividends, Distributions, Redemptions, and Repurchases.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration of Trust, including, without limitation, Article VI, no dividend or distribution including, without limitation, any distribution paid upon termination of the Trust or of any Series (or class) with respect to, nor any redemption or repurchase of, the Shares of any Series (or class) shall be effected by the Trust other than from the assets held with respect to such Series. Except as specifically provided in Section 7 of this Article III, no Shareholder of any particular Series shall otherwise have any right or claim against the assets held with respect to any other Series except to the extent that such Shareholder has such a right or claim hereunder as a Shareholder of such other Series.  The Trustees shall have full discretion, to the extent not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital; and each such determination and allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders.

(d)   Voting.   All Shares of the Trust entitled to vote on a matter shall vote separately by Series (and, if applicable, by class):  that is, the Shareholders of each Series (or class) shall have the right to approve or disapprove matters affecting the Trust and each respective Series (or class) as if the Series (or classes) were separate companies.  There are, however, two exceptions to voting by separate Series (or classes).  First, if the 1940 Act requires all Shares of the Trust to be voted in the aggregate without differentiation between the separate Series (or classes),  then all the Trust’s Shares shall be entitled to vote on a one-vote-per-Share basis.  Second, if any matter affects only the interests of some but not all Series (or classes), then only the Shareholders of such affected Series (or classes) shall be entitled to vote on the matter.
 
 
(e)   Equality.   All the Shares of each particular Series shall represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets held with respect to that Series (subject to the liabilities held with respect to that Series and such rights and preferences as may have been established and designated with respect to classes of Shares with such Series), and each Share of any particular Series shall be equal to each other Share of that Series.

(f)   Fractions.   Any fractional Share of a Series shall carry proportionately all the rights and obligations of a whole share of that Series, including rights with respect to voting, receipt of dividends and distributions, redemption of Shares and termination of the Trust.

(g)   Exchange Privilege.   The Trustees shall have the authority to provide that the holders of Shares of any Series shall have the right to exchange said Shares for Shares of one or more other Series of Shares in accordance with such requirements and procedures as may be established by the Trustees.

(h)   Combination of Series.   The Trustees shall have the authority, without the approval of the Shareholders of any Series unless otherwise required by applicable law, to combine the assets and liabilities held with respect to any two or more Series into assets and liabilities held with respect to a single Series.

(i)   Elimination of Series.   At any time that there are no Shares outstanding of any particular Series (or class) previously established and designated, the Trustees may by resolution of a majority of the then Trustees abolish that Series (or class) and rescind the establishment and designation thereof.

Section 7.    Indemnification of Shareholders .  If any Shareholder or formers Shareholder shall be exposed to liability by reason of a claim or demand relating to his being or having been a Shareholder, and not because of his acts or omissions, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives or in the case of a corporation, or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified out of the assets of the Series in which the Shareholder invests or had invested, or, if such assets are not sufficient, against the assets of Trust, against all loss and expense arising from such claim or demand.
 
ARTICLE IV:   The Board of Trustees
 
Section 1.     Number, Election and Tenure .   The number of Trustees constituting the Board of Trustees shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed, or by resolution approved at a duly constituted meeting, by a majority of the Board of Trustees, provided, however, that the number of Trustees shall in no event be less than one (1) nor more than fifteen (15).  Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, The Board of Trustees, by action of a majority of the then Trustees at a duly constituted meeting, may fill vacancies in the Board of Trustees or remove Trustees with or without cause.  Each Trustee shall serve during the continued lifetime of the Trust until he dies, resigns, is declared bankrupt or incompetent by a court of appropriate jurisdiction, or is removed, or, if sooner, until the next meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his successor.  Any Trustee may resign at any time by written instrument signed by him and delivered to any officer of the Trust or to a meeting of the Trustees.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time.  Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no Trustee resigning and no Trustee removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal.  The Shareholders may fix the number of Trustees and elect Trustees at any meeting of Shareholders called by the Trustees for that purpose.  Any Trustee may be removed at any meeting of Shareholders by a vote of two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of the Trust.  A meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing or removing one or more Trustees may be called (i) by the Trustees upon their own vote, or (ii) upon the demand of Shareholders owning 10% or more of the Shares of the Trust in the aggregate.
 
 
Section 2.     Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee .   The death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, or incapacity of one or more Trustees, or all of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust.  Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided in Article IV, Section 1, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by the Declaration of Trust.  As conclusive evidence of such vacancy, a written instrument certifying the existence of such vacancy may be executed by an officer of the Trust or by a majority of the Board of Trustees.  In the event of the death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, or incapacity of all the then Trustees within a short period of time and without the opportunity for at least one Trustee being able to appoint additional Trustees to fill vacancies, the Trust’s officers or Investment Manager(s) are empowered to appoint new Trustees subject to the provisions of Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act.

Section 3.     Powers .   Subject to the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the business of the Trust shall be managed by the Board of Trustees, and such Board shall have all powers necessary or convenient to carry out that responsibility.  The Trustees shall have full power and authority to do any and all acts and to make and execute any and all contracts and instruments that they may consider necessary or appropriate in connection with the management of the Trust.   The Trustees shall have authority and power to make any and all investments which they, in their sole discretion, shall deem proper to accomplish the purpose of this Trust without recourse to any court or other authority, and in the exercise of that authority, shall not in any way be bound or limited by present or future laws or customs in regard to trust investments.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees have the power and authority:

(a)   To invest and reinvest cash, to hold cash uninvested, and to subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, own, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute, write options on, lend or otherwise deal in or dispose of contracts for the future acquisition or delivery of fixed income or other securities, and securities of every nature and kind, including, without limitation, all types of bonds, debentures, stocks, negotiable or non-negotiable instruments, obligations, evidences of indebtedness, certificates of deposit or indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bankers’ acceptances, and other securities of any kind, issued, created, guaranteed, or sponsored by any and all Persons, including, without limitation, states, territories, and possessions of the United States and District of Columbia and any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, any foreign government or any political subdivision of the U.S. government or any foreign government, or any international instrumentality, or by any bank or savings institution, or by any corporation or organization organized under the laws of the United States or of any state, territory, or possession thereof, or by any corporation or organization organized under any foreign law, or in “when issued” contracts for any such securities, to change the investments of the assets of the Trust; and to exercise any and all rights, powers, and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons, to exercise any of said rights, powers, and privileges in respect of any of said instruments;
 
 
(b)   To sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, lease or write options with respect to or otherwise deal in any property rights relating to any or all of the assets of the Trust or any Series;

(c)   To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property, and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(d)   To exercise powers and right of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities;

(e)   To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in its own name or in the name of a custodian or subcustodian or a nominee or nominees or otherwise;

(f)   To adopt Bylaws not inconsistent with this Declaration of Trust providing for the regulation and management of the affairs of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the extent that such Bylaws do not reserve that right to the Shareholders;
 
(g)   To fill vacancies in the Board of Trustees, consistent with the limitations imposed by the 1940 Act, evidenced by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees in office or by resolution of the Trustees, duly adopted, which shall be recorded in the minutes of a meeting of the Trustees, whereupon the appointment shall take effect;

(h)   To remove Trustees from the Board of Trustees;

(i)   To elect and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate;
 
 
(j)   To establish and terminate one or more committees, which shall  consist of two or more Trustees appointed by the Board which may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Trustees to the extent that the Trustees determine;

(k)   To employ one or more banks, trust companies or companies that are members of a national securities exchange or such other entities as the Commission may permit as custodians of any assets of the Trust subject to any conditions set forth in this Trust Instrument or in the Bylaws;

(l)   To retain a transfer agent or a Shareholder servicing agent, or both; provide for the issuance and distribution of Shares by the Trust directly or through one or more Principal Underwriters or otherwise;

(m)   To redeem, repurchase and transfer Shares pursuant to applicable law;

(n)   To set record dates for the determination of Shareholders with respect to various matters; declare and pay dividends and distributions to Shareholders of each Series from the assets of such Series;

(o)   To delegate such authority as they consider desirable to any officer of the Trust, to any committee of the Trustees, to any agent or employee of the Trust or to any investment adviser, manager, administrator, custodian, Transfer or Shareholder servicing agent, or Principal Underwriter  of the Trust, and to any other agent, employee, or independent contractor of the Trust;

(p)   To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer of any security which is held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer; and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust;

(q)   To join with other security holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security with, or transfer any security to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(r)   To compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust or any matter in controversy, including but not limited to claims for taxes;

(s)   To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships and any other combination or associations;

(t)   To borrow funds or other property in the name of the Trust exclusively for Trust purposes;

(u)   To endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any Person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof;
 
 
(v)   To purchase and pay for entirely our of Trust Property such insurance as the Trustees may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust or payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, principal underwriters, or independent contractors of the Trust, individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding Shares, holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such Person as Trustee, officer, employee, agent, investment adviser, principal underwriter, or independent contractor, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against liability;

(w)   To adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust; and

(x)   To carry on any other business in connection with or incidental to any of the foregoing powers, to do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any purpose or the attainment of any object or the furtherance of any power hereinbefore set forth, either alone or in association with others, and to do every other act or thing incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or purposes, objects or powers.

Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees.  Unless otherwise specified or required by law, any action by the Board of Trustees shall be deemed effective if approved or taken by a majority of the Trustees then in office.

The Trust shall not be limited to investing in obligations maturing before the possible termination of the Trust or one or more of its Series.

Section 4.     Payment of Expenses by the Trust .   The Trustees are authorized to pay or cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust or the appropriate Series, or partly out of the principal and partly out of income, as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust or Series, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, investment adviser or manager, principal underwriter, auditors, counsel, custodian, transfer agent, Shareholder servicing agent, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.

Section 5.     Payment of Expenses by Shareholders .   The Trustees shall have the power, as frequently as they may determine, to cause each Shareholder, or each Shareholder of any particular Series, to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for charges of the Trust’s custodian or transfer, Shareholder servicing or similar agent, an amount fixed from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder.
 
 
Section 6.    Ownership of Assets of the Trust .   Title to all of the assets of the Trust shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trust, except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine.  The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter become a Trustee.  Upon the resignation, removal or death of a Trustee he shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.

Section 7.      Service Contracts .

(a)   Subject to such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws, the Trustees may, at any time and from time to time, contract for exclusive or nonexclusive advisory, management and/or administrative services for the Trust or for any Series with any corporation, trust, association or other organization; and any such contract may contain such other terms as the Trustees may determine, including without limitation, authority for the Investment Manager or administrator to determine from time to time without prior consultation with the Trustees what portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested and to make changes in the Trust’s investments, or such other activities as may specifically be delegated to such party.

(b)   The Trustees may also, at any time and from time to time, contract with any corporation, trust, association or other organization, appointing it exclusive or nonexclusive distributor or Principal Underwriter for the Series of one or more of the Series (or classes) or other securities to be issued by the Trust.  Every such contract shall comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may contain such other terms as the Trustees may determine.

(c)   The Trustees are also empowered, at any time and from time to time, to contract with any corporation, trusts, associations or other organizations, appointing it or them the custodian, transfer agent and/or Shareholder servicing agent for the Trust or one or more of its Series.  Every such contract shall comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws or stipulated by resolution of the Trustees.

(d)   The Trustees are further empowered, at any time and from time to time, to contract with any entity to provide such other services to the Trust or one or more of the Series, as the Trustees determine to be in the best interests of the Trust and the applicable Series.
 
 
(e)   The fact that:

(i)   any of the Shareholders, Trustees, or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, Manager, adviser, Principal Underwriter, distributor, or affiliate or agent of or for any corporation, trust, association, or other organization, or for any parent or affiliate of any organization with which an advisory, management or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, Shareholder servicing or other type of service contract may have been or may hereafter be made, or that any such organization, or any parent of affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has interest in the Trust, or that

(ii)   any corporation, trust, association or other organization with which an advisory, management, or administration contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, Shareholder servicing or other type of service contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory, management or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing or other service contract with one or more other corporations, trust, associations, or other organization, or has other business or interests,

shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same, or create and liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders, provided approval of each such contract is made pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 
ARTICLE V:  Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings
 

Section 1.     Voting Powers.  Subject to the provisions of Article III, Section 6(d), the Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Article IV, Section 1, and (ii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by the Declaration of Trust, the Bylaws or any registration of the Trust with the Commission (or any successor agency) or any state, or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable.  Each whole Share shall be entitled to vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.  There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees.  Shares may be voted in person or by proxy.  A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.  A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

Section 2.     Voting Power and Meetings .   Meeting of the Shareholders may be called by the Trustees for the purposes of electing Trustees as provided in Article IV, Section 1 and for such other purposes as may be prescribed by law, by this Declaration of Trust or by the Bylaws.  Meetings of the Shareholders may also be called by the Trustees from time to time for the purposes of taking action upon any other matter deemed by the Trustees to be necessary or desirable.  Meetings of the Shareholders shall be called by any Trustee upon written request of Shareholders holding, in the aggregate, not less than 10% of the Shares, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  A meeting of Shareholders may be held at any place designated by the Trustees.  Written notice of any meeting of Shareholders shall be given or caused to be given by the Trustees by mailing  such notice at least seven (7) days before such meeting, postage prepaid, stating the time and place of the meeting, to each Shareholder at the Shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust.  Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a Shareholder under this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such Shareholder or his attorney thereunto authorized and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.
 
 
Section 3.    Quorum and Required Vote .   Except when a larger quorum is required by applicable law, by the Bylaws or by this Declaration of Trust, one-third of the Shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a Shareholders’ meeting.  When any one or more Series (or classes) is to vote as a single class separate from any other Shares, one-third of the Shares of each such Series (or classes) entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a Shareholder’s meeting of that Series.  Any meeting of Shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the questions of adjourning a meeting to another date and time, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned within a reasonable time after the date set forth for the original meeting without further notice.  Subject to the provisions of Article III, Section 6(d), when a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Shares votes shall decide any questions and a plurality shall elect a Trustee, except when a larger vote is required by any provision of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or by applicable law.

Section 4.     Action by Written Consent .   Any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration of Trust or by the Bylaws) and holding a majority (or such larger proportion as aforesaid) of the Shares of any Series (or class) entitled to vote separately on the matter consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meeting of Shareholders.  Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

Section 5.      Record Dates .   For the purposes of determining the Shareholders of any Series (or class) who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, which shall not be more than ninety (90) days before the date of any meeting of Shareholders, as the record date for determining the Shareholders of such Series (or class) having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, and in such case only Shareholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Trust after the record date.  Without fixing a record date the Trustees may for voting purposes close the register or transfer books for one or more Series for all or for any part of the period between a record date and a meeting of Shareholders.  Nothing in this Section shall be construed as precluding the Trustees from setting different record dates for different Series (or classes).

Section 6.     Additional Provisions .   The Bylaws may include further provisions for Shareholders’ votes and meeting and related matters.

 
ARTICLE VI:  Net Asset Value, Distributions, and Redemptions
 

Section 1.     Determination of Net Asset Value, Net Income, and Distributions .   Subject to Article III, Section 6 hereof, the Trustees, in their absolute discretion, may prescribe and shall set forth in the Bylaws or in a duly adopted vote of the Trustees such bases and time for determining the per Share or net asset value of the Shares of any Series or net income attributable to the Shares of any Series, or the declaration any payment of dividends and distributions on the Shares of any Series, as they may deem necessary or desirable.

Section 2.     Record Date for Dividends and Distributions .   For the purpose of determining the Shareholders of any Series (or class) who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, which shall be before the date for the payment of such dividend or such other payment, as the record date for determining the Shareholders of such Series (or class) having the right to receive such dividend or distribution.  Without fixing a record date the Trustees may for distribution purposes close the register or transfer books for one or more Series for all or for any part of the period between a record date and the payment of a dividend or distribution.  Nothing in this Section shall be construed as precluding the Trustees from setting different record dates for different Series (or classes).

Section 3.     Redemptions and Repurchases .   The Trust shall purchase such Shares as are offered by any Shareholder for redemption, upon presentation of a proper instrument of transfer together with a request directed to the Trust or a Person designated by the Trust that the Trust purchase such Shares or in accordance with such other procedures for redemption as the Trustees may from time to time authorize; and the Trust will pay therefore the net asset value thereof, in accordance with the By-laws and applicable law.  Payment for said Shares shall be made by the Trust to the Shareholder within seven days after the date on which the request is made in proper form.  The obligation set forth in this Section 2 is subject to the provision that in the event that any time the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is closed for other than weekends or holidays, or if permitted by the Rules of the Commission during periods when trading on the Exchange is restricted or during any emergency which makes it impracticable for the Trust to dispose of the investments of the applicable Series or to determine fairly the value of the net assets held with respect to such Series or during any other period permitted by order of the Commission for the protection of investors, such obligations may be suspended or postponed by the Trustees.

The redemption price may in any case or cases be paid wholly or partly in kind of the Trustees determine that such payment is advisable in the interest of the remaining Shareholders of the Series for which the Shares are being redeemed.  Subject to the foregoing, the fair value, selection and quantity of securities or other property so paid or delivered as all or part of the redemption price may be determined by or under authority of the Trustees.  In no case shall the Trust be liable for any delay of any corporation or other Person in transferring securities selected for delivery as all or part of any payment in kind.

Section 4.     Redemptions at the Option of the Trust .   The Trust shall have the right at its option and at any time to redeem Shares of any Shareholder at the net asset value thereof as described in Section 1 of this Article VI:  (i) if at such time such Shareholder owns Shares of any Series having an aggregate net asset value of less than an amount determined from time to time by the Trustees prior to the acquisition of said Shares; or (ii) to the extent that such Shareholder owns Shares of a particular Series equal to or in excess of a percentage of the outstanding Shares of that Series determined from time to time by the Trustees; or (iii) to the extent that such Shareholder owns shares equal to or in excess of a percentage, determined from time to time by the Trustees, of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or of any Series.
 
 
Section 5.     Suspension of the Right of Redemption .   The Trustees may declare a suspension of the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment as permitted under the 1940 Act.  Such suspension shall take effect at such time as the Trustees shall specify but not later than the close of business on the business day next following the declaration of suspension, and thereafter there shall be no right of redemption or payment until the Trustees shall declare the suspension at an end.  In the case of a suspension of the right of redemption, a Shareholder may either withdraw his request for redemption or receive payment based on the Net Asset Value per Share next determined after the termination of the suspension.  In the event that any Series is divided into classes, the provisions of this Section 4, to the extent applicable as determined in the discretion of the Trustees and consistent with applicable law, may be equally applied to each such class.

Section 6.     Redemption of Shares in Order to Qualify as Regulated Investment Company .   If the Trustees shall, at any time and in good faith, be of the opinion that direct or indirect ownership of Shares of any Series has or may become concentrated in any Person to an extent which would disqualify any Series as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code, then the Trustees shall have the power (but not the obligation) by lot or other means deemed equitable by them (i) to call for redemption by any such Person of a number, or principal amount, of Shares sufficient to maintain or bring the direct or indirect ownership of Shares into conformity with the requirements for such qualification and (ii) to refuse to transfer or issue Shares to any Person whose acquisition of Shares in question would result in such disqualification.  The redemption shall be effected at the redemption price and in the manner provided in this Article VI.

The holders of Shares shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority.
 
ARTICLE VII:  Compensation and Limitation of Liability of Trustees
 

Section 1.    Compensation .   The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust, and they may fix the amount of such compensation.  Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, legal, accounting, investment banking or other services and payment for the same by the Trust.

Section 2.     Indemnification and Limitation of Liability .   The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrong-doing of any officer, agent, employee, Manager or Principal Underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee, and the Trust out of its assets shall indemnify and hold harmless each and every Trustee from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever arising out of or related to each Trustee’s performance of his duties as a Trustee of the Trust; provided that nothing herein contained shall indemnify, hold harmless or protect any Trustee from or against any liability to the Trust or any Shareholder to which he would otherwise by subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
 
 
Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever issued, executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been issued, executed or done only in or with respect to their or his capacity as Trustees or Trustee, and such Trustees or Trustee shall not be personally liable thereon.

Section 3.     Trustee’s Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety .   The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested.  A Trustee shall be liable to the Trust and to any Shareholder solely for his own willful misfeasance, bad faith; gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law.  The Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of the Declaration of Trust, and shall be under no liability for any act or omissions in accordance with such advice nor for failing to follow such advice.  The Trustees shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.

Section 4.     Expenses .   The Trustees shall be entitled and empowered to the fullest extent permitted by law to payment or reimbursement for all expenses reasonably incurred or paid or expected to be paid by a Trustee or officer in connection with any claim, actions, suit or proceeding in which he become involved by virtue of his capacity or former capacity with the Trust.

 
ARTICLE VIII:  Miscellaneous
 

Section 1.     Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees .   No Person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order.

Section 2.     Termination of Trust or Series .   Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time.  The Trust may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Shares of each Series entitled to vote, voting separately by Series, or by the Trustees by written notice to the Shareholders.  Any Series may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Shares of that Series or by the Trustees by written notice to the Shareholders of that Series.
 
Upon termination of the Trust (or any Series, as the case may be), after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities held, severally, with respect to each Series (or the applicable Series, as the case may be), whether due or accrued or anticipated with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate, reduce the remaining assets held, severally, with respect to each Series (or the applicable Series, as the case may be), to distributable form in cash or shares or other securities, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds held with respect to each Series (or the applicable Series, as the case may be), to the Shareholders of that Series, as a Series, ratably according to the number of Shares of that Series held by the several Shareholders on the date of termination.
 
 
Section 3.    Merger and Consolidation .   The Trustees may cause (i) the Trust or one or more of its Series to the extent consistent with applicable law to be merged into or consolidated with another Trust or company, (ii) the Shares of the Trust or any Series to be converted into beneficial interests in another business or statutory trust (or series thereof) created pursuant to this Section 3 of Article VIII, or (iii) the Shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law.  To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Trustees may (i) cause any such Series to merge or consolidate with or into one or more entities, if the surviving or resulting entity is another company registered as an open-end, management investment company under the 1940 Act, or a series thereof and (ii) cause any or all Shares of a Series to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law.  The Trustees shall have power to prescribe the procedure necessary or appropriate to accomplish the sale of assets, merger or consolidation including the power to create one or more separate business or statutory trusts to which all or any part of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Trust may be transferred and to provide for the conversion of Shares of the Trust or any Series into beneficial interests in such separate business or statutory trust or trusts (or series thereof).

Section 4 .     Amendments .   This Declaration of Trust may be restated and/or amended at any time by an instruments in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees and, if required, by approval of such amendment to Shareholders in accordance with Article V, Section 3 hereof.  Any such restatement and/or amendment hereto shall be effective immediately upon execution and approval.  The Certificate of Trust of the Trust may be restated and/or amended by a similar procedure, and any such restatement and/or amendment shall be effective immediately upon filing with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or upon such future date as may be stated therein.

Section 5.     Filing of Copies, References, Headings .   The original or a copy of this instrument and of each restatement and/or amendment hereto shall be kept at the office if the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder.  Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer of the Trust as to whether or not any such restatements and/or amendments have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder; and, with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such restatements and/or amendments.  In this instrument and in any such restatements and/or amendment, references to this instrument and all expressions like “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, shall be deemed to refer to this instrument as amended or affected by any such restatements and/or amendment.  Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, constructions or effect of this instrument.  Whenever the singular number is used herein, the same shall include the plural; and the neuter, masculine and feminine genders shall include each other, as applicable.  This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original.
 
 
Section 6.    Applicable Law .   This Agreement and Declaration of Trust is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of the State of Delaware and the Delaware Business Trust Act, as amended from time to time (the “Act”).  The Trust shall be a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to such Act, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a statutory trust.

Section 7.      Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations .

(a)   The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust; provided however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of the declaration of Trust or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.

(b)   If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.

Section 8.     Trust Not a Partnership .   It is hereby expressly declared that a trust and not a partnership is created hereby.  No Trustee hereunder shall have any power to bind personally either the Trust officers or any Shareholder.  All Persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or the Trustees shall look only to the assets of the appropriate Series or (if the Trustees shall have yet to have established Series) of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, nor any of their agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor.  Nothing in this Trust Instrument shall protect a Trustee against any liability to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trustee named below does hereby make and enter into this Declaration of Trust as of the 25th day of January, 2011.

                                                             /s/ Robert J. Kern                                                        
                             Robert J. Kern
                             615 East Michigan Street
                             Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202


 
 
 
THE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OF THE TRUST IS

Managed Portfolio Series
c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 
 
 
 
19
 



 
Managed Portfolio Series
A Delaware Statutory Trust




BYLAWS


January 25, 2011

 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED.
DETERMINATION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.
 
 
 
 
 
iii

 
 
 
 
 
iv

 

BY LAWS

These Bylaws of Managed Portfolio Series (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, are subject to the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust as from time to time amended, supplemented or restated (the “Declaration of Trust”).  Any capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Declaration of Trust are used as therein defined.


ARTICLE I:      OFFICES

Section 1.      PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The Board of Trustees shall fix and, from time to time, may change the location of the principal executive office of the Trust at any place within or outside the State of Delaware.

Section 2.     DELAWARE OFFICE .  The Board of Trustees shall establish a registered office in the State of Delaware and shall appoint as the Trust’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware an individual resident of the State of Delaware or a Delaware corporation or a corporation authorized to transact business in the State of Delaware; in each case the business office of such registered agent for service of process shall be identical with the registered Delaware office of the Trust.

Section 3.     OTHER OFFICES . The Board of Trustees may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the Trust intends to do business.

ARTICLE II:      TRUSTEES

Section 1.     POWERS .  Subject to the applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed and all powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

Section 2.     NUMBER OF TRUSTEES .  The exact number of Trustees within the limits specified in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed or a resolution approved at a duly constituted meeting by a majority of the Board of Trustees.

Section 3.     VACANCIES .  In case of the declination to serve, death, resignation, retirement, removal, physical or mental incapacity by reason of disease or otherwise, or a Trustee is otherwise unable to serve, or an increase in the number of Trustees, a vacancy shall occur.  Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled, the other Trustees shall have all the powers hereunder and the certificate of the other Trustees of such vacancy shall be conclusive.  In the case of an existing vacancy, the remaining Trustees shall fill such vacancy by appointing such other person as they in their discretion shall see fit, consistent with the limitations under the 1940 Act.  Such appointment shall be evidenced by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees in office or by resolution of the Trustees, duly adopted, which shall be recorded in the minutes of a meeting of the Trustees, whereupon the appointment shall take effect.
 
 
An appointment of a Trustee may be made by the Trustees then in office in anticipation of a vacancy to occur by reason of retirement, resignation or increase in number of Trustees effective at a later date, provided that said appointment shall become effective only at or after the effective date of said retirement, resignation or increase in number of Trustees.  As soon as any Trustee appointed pursuant to this Section 3 shall have accepted this trust, the trust estate shall vest in the new Trustee or Trustees, together with the continuing Trustees, without any further act or conveyance, and he shall be deemed a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.     PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE .  All meetings of the Board of Trustees may be held at any place that has been designated from time to time by the Board.  In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.  Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all Trustees participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all such Trustees shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

Section 5.      REGULAR MEETINGS . Regular meetings of the Board of Trustees shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board of Trustees.  Such regular meetings may be held without notice.

Section 6.     SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Trustees for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the board or the President or any Vice President or the Secretary or any two (2) Trustees.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each Trustee or sent by first-class mail, overnight delivery, facsimile or other electronic mechanism, addressed to each Trustee at that Trustee’s address as it is shown on the records of the Trust.  The notice shall be delivered at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting or in case the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the mail at least 72 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the Trustee or to a person at the office of the Trustee who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the Trustee.  The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting or the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.

Section 7.     QUORUM .  A majority of the authorized number of Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 10 of this Article II.  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of Trustees if any action taken in approved by a least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

Section 8.     WAIVER OF NOTICE .  Notice of any meeting need not be given to any Trustee who attends the meeting without objecting to the lack of notice or who either before or after the meeting signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes.  The waiver of notice or consent need not specify the purpose of the meeting.  All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the records of the Trust or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
 
 
Section 9.     ADJOURNMENT .  A majority of the Trustees present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

Section 10.     NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT .  Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-eight (48) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting in the manner specified in Section 7 of this Article II to the Trustees who were present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 11.     ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting if a majority of the members of the Board of Trustees shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action.  Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a majority vote of the Board of Trustees.  Such Written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the Proceedings of the Board of Trustees.

Section 12.     FEES AND COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES .  Trustees and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  This Section 12 shall not be construed to preclude any Trustee from serving the Trust in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

Section 13.     DELEGATION OF POWER TO OTHER TRUSTEES .  Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his power for a period not exceeding six (6) months at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees; provided that in no case shall fewer than two (2) trustees personally exercise the powers granted to the Trustees under this Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust except as otherwise expressly provided herein or by resolution of the Board of Trustees.  Except where applicable law may require a Trustee to be present in person, a Trustee represented by another Trustee pursuant to such power of attorney shall be deemed to be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and satisfying the required majority vote.

ARTICLE III:      COMMITTEES

Section 1.     COMMITTEES OF TRUSTEES .  The Board of Trustees may by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of Trustees designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more Trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.  The Board may designate one or more Trustees as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.  Any committee to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

 
(a)  
the approval of any action which under applicable law also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares, or requires approval by a majority of the entire Board or certain members of said Board;
 
 
 
(b)  
the filling of vacancies on the Board of Trustees for serving on the Board of Trustees or on any committee;

 
(c)  
the fixing of compensation of the Trustees for serving on the Board of Trustees or on any committee;

 
(d)  
the amendment or repeal of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws or the adoption of new Bylaws;

 
(e)  
the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Trustees which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

 
(f)  
a distribution to the shareholders of the Trust, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a designated range determined by the Board of Trustees; or

 
(g)  
the appointment of any other committee of the Board of Trustees or the members of these committees.

Section 2.     MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES .  Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by and held and taken in accordance with the provisions of Article II of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context thereof as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Trustees and its members, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Trustees or by resolution of the committee.  Special meetings of committees may also be called resolution by the Board of Trustees.  Alternate members shall be given notice of meetings of committees and shall have the right to attend all meetings of committees.  The Board of Trustees may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV:      OFFICERS

Section 1.     OFFICERS .  The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Secretary, a Chief Compliance Officer, a Principal Financial Officer, and a Treasurer.  The Trust may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Trustees, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one of more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2.     ELECTION OF OFFICERS .  The officers of the Trust, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article IV, shall be chosen by the Board of Trustees, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the board of Trustees, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

Section 3.     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS .  The Board of Trustees may appoint and may empower the President to appoint such other officers as the business of the Trust may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.
 
 
Section 4.     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS .  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees or by the President or by such other officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Trustees.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Trust.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Trust under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Section 5.     VACANCIES IN OFFICE .  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointment to that office.  The President may make temporary appointments to a vacant office pending action by the Board of Trustees.

Section 6.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Chairman of the Board, if such an Officer is elected (the “Chairman”), shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Trustees and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Trustees, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the Officers of the Trust and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Trustees or prescribed by the Bylaws.  The Trustees may choose to appoint the Chairman from among their number or alternatively may appoint another Person to serve in such Officer capacity.

Section 7.     PRESIDENT .  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Trustees to the Chairman, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Principal Executive Officer of the Trust and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Trustees and the Chairman, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the Officers of the Trust.  He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of the Chairman or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Trustees.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or these Bylaws.

Section 8.     PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The Principal Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Trust and shall furnish such reports regarding the business and condition of the Trust and its series as the Trustees may from time to time require.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Principal Financial Officer shall be the person who shall execute documents and forms required to be filed by the Trust’s “principal financial officer” with respect to the Trust and its series under applicable Federal securities laws.  The Principal Financial Officer shall (1) review and execute amendments to the Trust’s registration statements, (2) review and execute the Trust’s Federal, state and other tax returns, (3) certify shareholder reports, including portfolio holdings reports, pursuant to or under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or other Federal securities laws, and (4) design, establish, maintain and evaluate the Trust’s internal controls to the extent and in the manner required under applicable law.  
 
 
Section 9.     CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER .   The Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall be the principal compliance officer and shall be responsible for overseeing and administering the Trust's policies and procedures, adopted in accordance with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Rule 38a-1”), or otherwise, that are reasonably designed to prevent violation of federal securities laws in connection with the Trust's activities.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall be authorized to compel all officers, employees and agents of the Trust to produce the books and records of each series’ investment adviser, administrator, principal underwriter, transfer or shareholder servicing agent and other service provider (each a "Service Provider") to the Trust and shall have all such other powers and perform such other duties consistent with the administration of the Trust's compliance policies and procedures and the CCO’s other responsibilities under Rule 38a-1, and as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Trustees.  The CCO shall make recommendations  to the Trust and the service providers as to any  amendments  that the CCO  believes  are  necessary  and desirable  to  carry  out  or  improve  the compliance policies  and procedures.  The CCO shall be subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees, which shall have the exclusive authority to hire and remove the Chief Compliance Officer.  The Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare and make the annual report to the Board concerning the compliance policies and procedures as required by Rule 38a-1.

Section 10.     VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Trustees or if not ranked, as shall be designated by the Board of Trustees, shall perform all the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Trustees or the President or the Chairman of the Board or by these Bylaws.

Section 11.     SECRETARY .  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust, or such other place as the Board of Trustees may direct, a book of minutes or all meetings and actions of Trustees, committees of Trustees and shareholders with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at Trustees’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings.

The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust or at the office of the Trust’s transfer agent or registrar, a share register or a duplicate share register showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
 
 
The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Trustees required to be given by these Bylaws or by applicable law and shall have such other power and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws.

Section 12.     TREASURER .  The Treasurer shall be the chief accounting officer of the Trust and shall kept and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Trust, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any Trustee.

The Treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Trust with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Trustees.  He shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, shall render to the President and Trustees, whenever they request it, an account of all such  transactions and of the financial condition of the Trust and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees or these Bylaws.

Section 13.     ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING COMPLIANCE O FFICER.  The Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) Compliance Officer for the Trust shall be responsible for implementing, overseeing and enforcing the Trust’s AML Program.

ARTICLE V:      MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.     PLACE OF MEETINGS .  Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place designated by the Board of Trustees.  In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.

Section 2.     CALL OF MEETING .  A meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Trustees or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President.

Section 3.     NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING .  All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 4 of this Article II not less than seven (7) nor more than seventy-five (75) days before the date of the meeting.  The notice shall specify (i) the place, date and hour of the meeting, and (ii) the general nature of the business to be transacted.  The notice of any meeting at which Trustees are to be elected also shall include the name of any nominee or nominees whom at the time of the notice are intended to be presented for election.

Section 4.     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE .  Notice of any meeting of the shareholders shall be given by the Secretary by delivering or mailing, postage prepaid, to each shareholder entitled to vote at said meeting, written or printed notification of such meeting at least fifteen (15) days before the meeting, to such address as may be registered with the Trust by the shareholder.  Notice of any shareholder meeting need not be given to any shareholder if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after such meeting, is filed with the record of such meeting, or to any shareholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy.  Notice of adjournment of a shareholder's meeting to another time or place need not be given, if such time and place are announced at the meeting or reasonable notice is given to persons present at the meeting and the adjourned meeting is held within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting.
 
 
If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the Trust is returned to the Trust and marked undeliverable by the delivery service indicating that the service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the Trust for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholder’s meeting shall be executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent of the Trust giving the notice and shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the Trust.

Section 5.     ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE .  Any shareholder’s meeting, whether a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy.

When any meeting of shareholders is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless a new record date of the adjourned meeting is fixed or unless the adjournment is for more than sixty (60) dates from the date set for the original meeting, in which case the Board of Trustees shall set a new record date.  Notice of any such adjourned meeting with a new record date shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of this Article V.  At any adjourned meeting, the Trust may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 6.     VOTING; PROXIES .  The shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, as in effect at such time.  The shareholders’ vote may be either in person or by proxy, provided, that either (a) an instrument authorizing such proxy to act is executed by the shareholder in writing and dated not more than eleven (11) months before the meeting, unless the instrument specifically provides for a longer period or (b) the Trustees adopt by resolution an electronic, telephonic, computerized or other alternative to execution of a written instrument authorizing the proxy to act, which authorization is received not more than eleven (11) months before the meeting.  Proxies shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust or other person responsible for recording the proceedings before being voted.  A proxy with respect to shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one of them unless at or prior to exercise of such proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice from any one of them.  Unless otherwise specifically limited by their terms, proxies shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any adjournment of a meeting.  A proxy purporting to be exercised by or on behalf of a shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden or proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  At all meetings of the shareholders, unless the voting is conducted by inspectors, all questions relating to the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided by the Chairman of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Declaration of Trust, as these Bylaws or such Declaration of Trust may be amended or supplemented from time to time, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the shareholders were shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
 
 
Section 7.      SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING; WAIVER OF NOTICE BY CONSENT OF ABSENT SHAREHOLDERS .  Any action which may be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.  All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Trust and shall be maintained in the Trust’s records.
Any action to be taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if all Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter (or such lower number as may be permitted by applicable law and the Trust Instrument) consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of meetings of Shareholders of the Trust.  Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting of the Shareholders held at the principal place of business of the Trust. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any meeting of shareholders. Any shareholder giving a written consent or the shareholder’s proxy holders or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy holders may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Secretary of the Trust before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary.
 
Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver or any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the beginning of the meeting.
 
Section 8.     RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE VOTING AND GIVING CONSENTS .  For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to give consent to action without a meeting, the Board of Trustees may fix in advance a record date which shall not be more than ninety (90) days nor less than seven (7) days before the date of any such meeting as provided in the Declaration of Trust.

If the Board of Trustees does not so fix a record date:

 
(a)
The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
 
 
 
(b)  
The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the Board of Trustees has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action of the Board of Trustees has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Trustees adopt the resolution relating to that action or the seventy-fifth day before the date of such other action, whichever is later.

Section 10.     INSPECTORS OF ELECTION .  Before any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Trustees may appoint any persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment.  If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the Chairman of the meeting may and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy, shall appoint a person to fill the vacancy.

These inspectors shall:

 
(a)  
Determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies;

 
(b)  
Receive votes, ballots or consents;

 
(c)  
Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 
(d)  
Count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 
(e)  
Determine when the polls shall close;

 
(f)  
Determine the result; and

 
(g)  
Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.


ARTICLE VI:      INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS

Section 1.     AGENTS, PROCEEDINGS AND EXPENSES .  For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of this Trust or is or was serving at the request of this Trust as a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or was a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor entity; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative; and “expenses” includes without limitation attorney’s fees and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article.
 
 
Section 2.     ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY TRUST .  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of this Trust) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding, if it is determined that person acted in good faith and reasonably believed:

 
(a)  
in the case of conduct in his official capacity as a Trustee of the Trust, that his conduct was in the Trust’s best interests, and

 
(b)  
in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Trust’s best interests, and

 
(c)  
in the case of a criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful.

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of this Trust or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 3.     ACTIONS BY THE TRUST .  This Trust shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of this Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that that person is or was an agent of this Trust, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this Trust and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

Section 4.     EXCLUSION OF INDEMNIFICATION .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, there shall be no right to indemnification for any liability arising by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or the reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the agent’s office with this Trust.

No indemnification shall be made under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article:

 
(a)  
In respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity; or
 
 
 
(b)  
In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable in the performance of that person’s duty to this Trust, unless and only to the extent that the court in which that action was brought shall determine upon application that in view of all the circumstances of the case, that person was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct set forth in the preceding paragraph and is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for the expenses which the court shall determine; or

 
(c)  
Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a threatened or pending action, with or without court approval, or of expenses incurred in defending a threatened or pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval, unless the required approval set forth in Section 6 of this Article is obtained.

Section 5.     SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT .  To the extent that an agent of this Trust has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, before the court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith, provided that the Board of Trustees, including a majority who are disinterested, non-party Trustees, also determined that based upon a review of the facts, the agent was not liable by reason of the disabling conduct referred to in Section 4 of this Article.

Section 6.     REQUIRED APPROVAL .  Except as provided in Section 5 of this Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this Trust only if authorized in the specific case on a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article and is not prohibited from indemnification because of the disabling conduct set forth in Section 4 of this Article, by:

 
(a)  
A majority vote of a quorum consisting of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940); or

 
(b)  
A written opinion by an independent legal counsel.

Section 7.     ADVANCE OF EXPENSES .  Expenses incurred in defending any proceeding may be advanced by this Trust before the final disposition of the proceeding upon a written undertaking by or on behalf of the agent, to repay the amount of the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification, together with at least one of the following as a condition to the advance: (i)  security for the undertaking; or (ii)  the existence of insurance protecting the Trust against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances; or (iii)  a determination by a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of the Trust, or by an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, based on a review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that the agent ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.  Determinations and authorizations of payments under this Section must be made in the manner specified in Section 6 or this Article for determining that the indemnification is permissible.
 
 
Section 8.     OTHER CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS .  Nothing contained in this Article shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons other than Trustees and officers of this Trust or any subsidiary hereof may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

Section 9.     LIMITATIONS .  No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article, except as provided in Sections 5 or 6 in any circumstances where it appears:

 
(a)  
that it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Declaration of Trust, a resolution of the shareholders, or an agreement in effect at the time of accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnifications; or
 
 
(b)  
that it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

Section 10.     INSURANCE .  Upon and in the event of a determination by the Board of Trustees of this Trust to purchase such insurance, this Trust shall purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of this Trust against any liability asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent’s status as such, but only to the extent that this Trust would have the power to indemnify the agent against that liability under the provisions of this Article and the Declaration of Trust.

Section 11.     FIDUCIARIES OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN .  This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary or an employee benefit plan in that person’s capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article.  Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.

ARTICLE VII:      RECORDS AND REPORTS

Section 1.     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER .  This Trust shall keep at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and series of shares held by each shareholder.

Section 2.     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS .  The Trust shall keep at its principal executive office the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

Section 3.      MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER RECORDS .  The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the board of Trustees and any committee or committees of the Board of Trustees shall be kept at such place of places designated by the Board of Trustees or in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the Trust.  The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.  The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate.  The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and make extracts.
 
 
Section 4.     INSPECTION BY TRUSTEES .  Every Trustee shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the Trust.  This inspection by a Trustee may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

Section 5.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .  A copy of any financial statements and any income statement of the Trust for each quarterly period of each fiscal year and accompanying balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of each such period that has been prepared by the Trust shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the Trust for at least twelve (12) months and each such statement shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of any such statement or a copy shall be mailed to any such shareholder.

The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Trust or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Trust that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII:      GENERAL MATTERS

Section 1.     CHECKS, DRAFTS, EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS .  All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of or payable to the Trust shall be signed or endorsed in such manner and by such person or persons as shall be designated from time to time in accordance with the resolution of the Board of Trustees.

Section 2.     CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED .  The Board of Trustees, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Trustees or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Trust by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 3.     SHARES OF BENEFICAL INTEREST .   The beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided into transferable shares of one or more separate and distinct series, or classes thereof, as the Trustees shall from time to time create and establish.  The number of shares is unlimited, and each share of each series or class thereof shall be without par value and shall represent an equal proportionate interest with each other share in the series, none having priority or preference over another, except to the extent that such priorities or preference are established with respect to one or more classes of shares consistent with applicable law and any rule or order of the Commission.
 
 
Section 4.      CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES .  No certificates certifying the ownership of shares shall be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise authorize.  The Trustees may issue certificates to a shareholder of any series or class thereof for any purpose and the issuance of a certificate to one or more shareholders shall not require the issuance of certificates generally.  In the event that the Trustees authorize the issuance of share certificates, such certificates shall be signed in the name of the Trust by the Chairman of the Board or the President or Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the series of shares owned by the shareholders as proscribed by the Trustees.  Any of all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be that officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

In lieu of issuing certificates for shares, the Trustees or the transfer or shareholder services agent may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trusts for the record holders of such shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such shares as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof.

Section 5.     LOST CERTIFICATES .  Except as provided in this Section 4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Trust and cancelled at the same time.  The Board of Trustees may in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as the Board of Trustees may require, including a provision for indemnification of the Trust secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the Trust against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

Section 6.     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER ENTITIES HELD BY TRUST .  The Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President or any other person authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees or by any of the foregoing designated officers, is authorized to vote or represent on behalf of the Trust any and all shares of any corporation, partnership, trusts, or other entities, foreign or domestic, standing in the name of the Trust.  The authority granted may be exercised in person or by a proxy duly executed by such designated person.

Section 7.      FISCAL YEAR .  The fiscal year of the Trust shall be fixed and refixed or changed from time to time by resolution of the Trustees.  The fiscal year of the Trust shall be the taxable year of each series of the Trust.
 
 
Section 8.     PROVISIONS IN CONFLICT WITH LAW OR THE DECLARATION OF TRUST .  The provisions of these Bylaws are severable, and if the Trustees should determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the Declaration of Trust, the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of these Bylaws; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.  If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any matter affect such provisions in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of these Bylaws in any jurisdiction.

Section 9.      INTERPRETATION .  A copy of these Bylaws and any amendments thereto shall be kept at the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any shareholder.  Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer or Trustee of the Trust as to whether or not any such amendments have been made, and with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer or Trustee of the Trust to be a copy of these Bylaws or of any such amendment.  In these Bylaws or in any amendment, references to these Bylaws, and all expressions like "herein," "hereof” and "hereunder," shall be deemed to refer to these Bylaws as amended.  All expressions like "his", "he" and "him", shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, as well as masculine, genders.  Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and in case of any conflict, the text of these Bylaws, rather than the headings, shall control.

Section 10.     DETERMINATION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES .  Any determination involving interpretation or application of these Bylaws made in good faith by the Board of Trustees shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties in interest.



ARTICLE IX:      AMENDMENTS

Section 1.     AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS .  These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.

Section 2.     AMENDMENT BY TRUSTEES .  Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, and except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws may be adopted, amended, or repealed by the Board of Trustees.

Section 3.     INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE INTO DECLARATION OF TRUST .  These Bylaws and any amendments thereto hall be incorporated by reference to the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.
 
 
 
 
 
16